While you might associate cooler fall temperatures with flu season, it’s also a good time to start thinking about COVID-19 protection. You can now get updated COVID vaccines — including the new Novavax vaccine, and the federal government has started sending at-home COVID tests again.
Using the COVIDTests.gov website, US households can once again order four free at-home COVID test kits. The government opened the ordering system on Sept. 26.
Beyond the free tests from USPS, there are still a few different ways to get free testing for COVID-19. Read on to find out the ways you can still get free COVID testing, as well as how to get free COVID treatments.
For more, learn the best time to get a flu shot and how to tell whether your symptoms are COVID-19, flu or just allergies.
How does the USPS free COVID-19 test program work?
In January 2022, President Joe Biden announced the launch of CovidTests.gov, a website where households could order four free rapid antigen COVID-19 tests shipped by the Postal Service. The site added four more free tests in March 2022, eight more in May 2022, four more in December 2022 and four more again in September 2023. This new round of shipments also includes four COVID tests to start. It’s not certain if there will be another round of free tests this winter.
Unlike some complicated government applications, ordering free tests from the Postal Service is simple. It take less than 2 minutes to complete a short form asking for your name and mailing address, and the tests should ship in about a week or two. People without internet access or those who have trouble ordering online can request tests using a toll-free phone number: 800-232-0233
It’s not clear exactly how long the free COVID-19 tests will last, so it’s best to get your order in as early as possible..
How can I order free tests from USPS?
Visit CovidTests.gov and then click on the blue button reading Order Free At-homeTests, which will take you to the ordering page. You only need to provide your name and your address to order your tests. You can also enter an email if you want to receive shipping notifications. You don’t need to provide any credit or debit card details — the tests and the shipping are free.
All orders will be shipped via First Class Package Service. People who can’t access the website or who have trouble ordering online should be able to call 800-232-0233 to order their free tests.
When will my COVID tests arrive?
In the past, free COVID tests from USPS have arrived about two weeks after ordering. The tests are typically sent out within seven to 12 days and are delivered by USPS within one to three days after shipping.
What are my other free COVID-19 testing options?
Aside from the Postal Service’s program to ship free COVID tests, you have five main avenues to find free COVID-19 testing locations across the US: HRSA health centers, Test to Treat locations, ICATT testing sites, private health insurance, and Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program. These options function similarly, but we’ll break down the specific steps to find your nearest free testing location.
First, select the language you would like to receive your results in. Then simply enter the location you wish to search into the box labeled Location. The locator also allows you to widen your search radius, so you can see all the options your area has to offer.
Once you’ve found a center that works for you, click through to that particular location’s website and follow their specific instructions for obtaining a free COVID-19 test.
Test to Treat locations have COVID testing and medicine
The Test to Treat program makes COVID testing and therapeutics more accessible.
HHS/Screenshot by CNET
Test to Treat is a federally funded healthcare initiative that provides more accessible COVID-19 care. This option differs from the others in this article as you can use the Test to Treat centers to receive both COVID testing and treatment for infections. Like the other COVID-19 free testing options, Test to Treat has a locator tool that you can use to find an eligible Test to Treat center near you.
The Test to Treat center locator works like the other COVID testing search tools. Enter your location into the search bar and the tool will display Test to Treat locations in your area. A sliding bar lets you resize the search radius to capture all of the Test to Treat centers within your area.
Within the Test to Treat locator results, you’ll be able to see each location’s address, which COVID-19 therapeutics they offer and other special instructions you might need to know to get tested. If there’s not an option to schedule a COVID test online through your chosen site, you may need to call.
Increasing Community Access to Testing provides COVID testing for the uninsured
ICATT offers free testing to uninsured patients who are showing symptoms of COVID-19 or who have recently been exposed.
CDC/Screenshot by CNET
Increasing Community Access to Testing is another free testing program that you can use if you need access to free COVID-19 testing. ICATT works a bit differently than the other programs on this list.
ICATT is specifically designed for uninsured patients who have been exposed to COVID-19 or are experiencing symptoms of COVID-19. Anyone can get an ICATT test at one of the program’s locations, regardless of insurance status. If you are uninsured and you wish to be tested at an ICATT-eligible site, you will not need to pay for your test. If you are insured, you might need to pay a fee.
The ICATT locator tool works just like the other locator tools for free COVID testing — input your address or your ZIP code to find ICATT locations near you. There is a search radius adjuster in this locator to tweak your searches to capture the entire area that you want to search.
Once you’ve found a location, follow your testing site’s steps for scheduling your appointment.
What about free COVID tests from health insurance, Medicare or Medicaid?
On Jan. 10, 2022, President Joe Biden announced that all health insurance companies would be required by law to provide their customers with eight free COVID-19 tests per month. That requirement expired with the end of the national public health emergency for COVID-19 on May 11, 2023.
California law still requires all health care providers to offer eight free at-home COVID-19 tests per month to their customers. Outside that state, you’ll need to check with your own health insurance to learn its coverage policy for over-the-counter COVID tests.
Medicare generally doesn’t pay for over-the-counter products like COVID-19 test kits, according to the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Medicare’s coverage of at-home COVID tests ended with the public health emergency.
If you’re enrolled in Medicare Plan B, you still have access to “laboratory-conducted COVID-19 tests” such as polymerase chain reaction tests, but you won’t be covered for over-the-counter rapid antigen tests. If you have health care coverage through Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, you can still receive free at-home COVID tests through Sept. 30, 2024.
For more, learn how your blood type could make you more susceptible to COVID.
You have reached your maximum number of articles. Log in or create an account FREE of charge to continue reading.
By entering your email and pushing continue, you are agreeing to Fox News’ Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive.
Please enter a valid email address.
As many as 30% of children and teens across the world were nearsighted in 2023, a new study has revealed.
Diagnoses of nearsightedness (myopia) are expected to worsen over the next two decades, according to the findings, which were published in the British Journal of Ophthalmology.
By 2050, nearly 740 million young individuals worldwide are expected to have the condition, lead study author Dr. Yajun Chen, a professor at Sun Yat-sen University in China, told Fox News Digital.
‘PICKLEBALL SAVED MY SIGHT,’ SAYS FLORIDA WOMAN, 79: ‘I WAS REALLY WORRIED’
“The study also highlights significant disparities in myopia rates across different regions, suggesting that factors such as gender, ethnicity and culture play a crucial role,” he said.
“Understanding these variations is crucial for tailoring prevention and intervention strategies to specific at-risk populations.”
As many as 30% of children and teens across the world were nearsighted in 2023, a new study has revealed.(iStock)
In the study, researchers analyzed 276 studies that included more than 5.4 million participants from 50 countries across all six continents.
Rates of nearsightedness were highest in East Asia (35.22%), in urban areas (28.55%), among females (33.57%), among adolescents (47%) and among high school students (45.71%), the study found.
ASK A DOCTOR: ‘IS IT SAFE TO SWIM UNDERWATER WITH MY EYES OPEN?’
Myopia can progress rapidly during critical growth periods, particularly in children and adolescents, Chen noted.
There was a significant spike in myopia after the COVID-19 pandemic, research has shown.
By 2050, nearly 740 million young individuals worldwide are expected to have myopia, the researchers found.(iStock)
“During the pandemic, many countries implemented nationwide lockdowns to curb the spread of the virus,” he said.
“Prolonged indoor living reduced outdoor activity for children and adolescents while increasing screen time, potentially exacerbating the ocular burden on this population and worsening the myopia crisis.”
NEBRASKA BABY BORN WITH CATARACTS HAS 3 EYE SURGERIES TO SAVE HER SIGHT: ‘I JUST KEPT PRAYING’
Dr. Marc Siegel, senior medical analyst for Fox News and clinical professor of medicine at NYU Langone Medical Center, was not involved in the study but commented on the findings.
“Diet may play a role, but I think the greatest reason for the increase, especially coming out of the pandemic, is due to lockdowns and being indoors more,” he told Fox News Digital.
“Untreated myopia can lead to more severe vision problems later in life.”
With increased screen time, kids and teens have fewer opportunities for the eye muscles to have to adapt, Siegel said.
“For example, going back and forth from looking close to looking far, and accommodating to light by going from indoors to outdoors, and talking to people in person — all of those exercise the small eye muscles that keep you from getting nearsighted,” he added.
Warnings of long-term effects
Dr. Jesse Willingham, an optometrist at Brighter Outlook Vision in North Charleston, South Carolina, warned that unaddressed vision problems can have several significant consequences for children, including academic problems, social and emotional struggles, behavioral issues and long-term eye health issues.
I think the greatest reason for the increase, especially coming out of the pandemic, is due to lockdowns and being indoors more,” one medical expert told Fox News Digital.(iStock)
“We all understand that being able to see clearly is important for school, but there are many different visual skills we need for learning,” Willingham, who was not involved in the study, told Fox News Digital.
“Nearsightedness is the most common developmental vision problem, but early vision problems can start with tracking difficulties, poor ability to adapt the focus of the eyes or use the two eyes as a team, or other functional problems that arise from too much stress on the visual system at an early age,” he added.
Study limitations
The study did have some limitations, Chen acknowledged.
“The major limitation of the included studies is the disparity in the designs and methods utilized,” he said.
Parents should ensure that their children receive regular eye examinations starting at a young age, the researcher recommended. (iStock)
“The quality of included epidemiologic studies varied significantly within and among the reviews, ranging from high to low risk of bias.”
There is also a possibility of “uneven distribution of data” among countries within any given continent, Chen said.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“As a result, our reported findings might be biased because they were mainly influenced by data from a limited number of countries.”
Studies included in the analysis also varied in terms of criteria and procedures for assessing nearsightedness, Chen noted.
Bringing solutions into view
Creating a supportive environment at home and in schools can encourage children to adopt healthy habits that protect their vision, the researchers said.
Unaddressed vision problems can have several significant health consequences for children, a doctor cautioned.(iStock)
Experts offered the following interventions to help reduce the prevalence of myopia among youth.
1. Promote outdoor activities
Families should prioritize outdoor playtime, Chen recommended.
“Schools can organize outdoor activities and encourage sports, creating a culture that values physical engagement and natural light exposure,” he said.
2. Manage screen time
For very young children who haven’t started school yet, Willingham recommends only allowing screen time when video-chatting with friends and family.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“For school-aged children, matching screen time one-to-one with outdoor time and limiting screen sessions to no more than 20 minutes at a time are good rules of thumb,” he told Fox News Digital.
“Also make sure screen time is done ergonomically, with screens held at least 12 inches away and done while maintaining good posture.”
3. Schedule regular eye exams
Parents should ensure that their children receive regular eye examinations starting at a young age, Chen recommended.
With increased screen time, kids and teens have fewer opportunities for the eye muscles to have to adapt, a doctor noted.(Getty Images)
“Early detection and intervention is crucial, as untreated myopia can lead to more severe vision problems later in life,” he said.
“It’s also beneficial to stay informed about new treatments and technologies aimed at slowing myopia progression, such as specialized contact lenses and eye drops.”
It’s important to choose an eye care provider who understands visual development, according to Willingham.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“Developmental optometrists have more training and experience in this area, and are typically affiliated with OVDRA, the Optometric Vision Development and Rehabilitation Association,” he said.
“If your child is at high risk of developing nearsightedness or is already nearsighted, consider finding a myopia management specialist through organizations like TreeHouse Eyes.”
4. Participate in community initiatives
Engaging with community programs aimed at preventing myopia, such as vision screening events or educational outreach, can help reduce the prevalence, according to Chen.
“Prolonged indoor living reduced outdoor activity for children and adolescents while increasing screen time, potentially exacerbating the ocular burden on this population and worsening the myopia crisis,” one eye doctor said.(iStock)
Integrating vision education into school curricula and supporting public health campaigns focused on myopia prevention can also be effective, he added.
“By taking these proactive steps, everyone can contribute to reducing the prevalence of myopia and promoting healthier vision for children and adolescents,” Chen said.
Erin Wade is a successful chef, author, and restauranteur. However, before all this, Erin was a highly-paid lawyer in a high-rise in San Francisco. What is the difference between the two jobs? Happiness and love. In a recent article in Fortune Magazine, Erin Wade talks about how she quit her respectable job and started a business of her own in the food industry. Talking about her previous job as a lawyer, Erin shared, “I sounded important at cocktail parties, looked damned respectable in a suit each day, and did work representing some of the largest companies in America. The problem was that I was miserable.”
In the Fortune Magazine article adapted from her book ‘The Mac & Cheese Millionaire: Building a Better Business by Thinking Outside the Box’, Erin shared that she wanted to love who she was at work. “I would hear people talk about being excited to wake up in the morning to go to work and think they were crazy-that maybe I just wasn’t that kind of person. I wanted to love who I was in the world and how I spent my days there. I wanted the people around me to feel the same way,” she wrote. Also Read:Cooking Tips: How To Make Mac And Cheese In A Microwave (Recipe Inside)
She found her love and calling in mac and cheese. “I hoped that the longing I felt for something more meaningful could be found in making delicious food and sharing it with people,” she shared. Erin opened Homeroom, a macaroni and cheese restaurant, in 2011.
Erin is now the world’s leading expert on macaroni and cheese. “I have personally cooked more than 10,000 mac and cheese dishes. I have grated over one metric ton of cheese, boiled thousands of pounds of pasta, and whisked such vast amounts of cream sauce that I developed a wrist injury,” she shared.
Homeroom’s mac and cheese is so popular that it has been featured on The Wall Street Journal, and the Cooking Channel, and its financial performance puts it in the top 1% of restaurants nationwide. Also Read:World’s Largest Macaroni And Cheese Dish: US Cheesemaker Sets Guinness World Record
Erin shared, “When I first put together my Homeroom business plan, I had estimated my take-home pay to be $40,000. I was stunned when in our first year I earned more than I had as a corporate attorney.” After a decade of running Homeroom, Erin sold the restaurant in 2020 to a large, venture-backed restaurant company. She has now become a mac-and-cheese millionaire.
Erin began the restaurant for her love for food, mac and cheese in particular, and the joy of feeding people. Eventually, she enjoyed running a business and learned how to run a profitable company that is also a happy workplace for all employees.
By continuing to browse our site you agree to our use of cookies, revised Privacy Policy and Terms of Use. You can change your cookie settings through your browser.
One of the last remaining union-run hat factory in the country is in New Jersey. Over more than three decades, its workers have made hats for competing campaigns.
In this part of his Pharmaceutical Executive video interview, Jonathan Scheinberg, of the Northeast Science and Technology Center, discusses what specific areas of research and development are likely to benefit the most from this influx of of venture capital and federal funding.
The information is current and up-to-date in accordance with the latest veterinarian research.
Learn more »
Your cat is losing weight and withdrawn, so you schedule a veterinary appointment. Your veterinarian suggests several diagnostic tests that point to your cat having stomach cancer. Let’s look at stomach cancer in cats and the options available to treat it.
What Is Stomach Cancer in Cats?
Leiomyosarcoma is a cancer occurring in the stomach of cats and the intestines. It is not a common neoplasia (cancer), but it is aggressive and can metastasize or spread. Other possible cancers include lymphoma and adenocarcinoma.
Leiomyosarcoma specifically affects the smooth muscles throughout the gastrointestinal system, which use involuntary contractions to move food through the gut. Any cat can be affected by leiomyosarcoma, but it most commonly occurs in cats older than six years of age.
Image Credit: HelloRF Zcool, Shutterstock
What Are the Signs of Stomach Cancer in Cats?
If your cat has leiomyosarcoma, the most likely signs of this cancer involve the gastrointestinal tract. Some cats have vomiting or diarrhea. Most commonly, vomiting or diarrhea is chronic and may occur intermittently. You might notice visible blood in the stools (hematochezia) or dark, tarry stools (melena). They may start to lose weight despite your increasing feedings.
You might see less apparent signs associated with stomach cancer in cats. Your cat might develop flatulence (gas), even with no changes in food, and you might hear their stomach rumbling, also called borborygmus.
What Are the Causes of Stomach Cancer in Cats?
Unfortunately, we don’t know what causes cats to develop leiomyosarcoma, so more research is needed. As it is less common than other cancers like lymphoma, leiomyosarcoma is not well-studied in cats. Researchers know that certain viral infections, such as feline leukemia and feline immunodeficiency virus, are linked to lymphoma. Therefore, exposure to these viruses may increase the likelihood of your cat developing cancer.
Diagnosing Stomach Cancer in Your Cat
If your cat isn’t feeling well and exhibits signs such as vomiting and diarrhea, your veterinarian will start with a physical exam and take a thorough history. During the exam, your veterinarian will gently palpate your cat’s abdomen to see if anything feels out of the ordinary, such as lumps, thickened intestines, or abnormally large lymph nodes.
Your veterinarian might start with blood work and a fecal parasite screening test to rule out common causes of gastrointestinal distress, such as roundworms. Blood work may often be normal or reveal mild changes that don’t pinpoint a specific reason, but it is essential to rule out certain conditions. They will likely perform radiographs (X-rays) or an ultrasound, or they might refer your cat to a specialist who can perform diagnostic imaging. Endoscopy is another helpful tool, where your veterinarian can scope your cat’s stomach and take biopsy samples to evaluate for cancer cells.
Image Credit: Libre, Shutterstock
How Do I Care for a Cat With Stomach Cancer?
If your cat is a candidate for surgery, your veterinarian may recommend surgery to remove a localized mass. The vet might refer you to a surgical or oncology specialist to develop the best action plan.
Unfortunately, leiomyosarcoma can metastasize to other organs. Because of this, before surgery, your veterinarian will likely perform what Is commonly called a “met check” to look for evidence of metastasis. Typically, that involves radiographs (X-rays) and potentially an ultrasound to look for evidence of cancer spread to other organs.
Your cat’s post-operative recovery will likely be at least ten to fourteen days, where they will need an Elizabethan collar or bodysuit to keep your cat from licking or chewing at their incision.
In some cases, chemotherapy may be indicated. Your veterinarian and oncologist will work together to develop the best medication regimen for your cat.
Your cat will likely need supportive care while they are being treated, including:
Anti-nausea medications like Cerenia (maropitant) help reduce the risk of your cat vomiting.
Appetite stimulants like Elura (capromorelin)
Pain medication, which could be a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug like Onsior (robenacoxib) or a steroid like prednisolone as a potential adjunct to chemotherapy
Your cat will likely need a diet that is easily digestible. Some diets your veterinarian could recommend include:
Purina ProPlan Veterinary Diet EN
Hill’s Gastrointestinal Biome
Hill’s i/d
Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)
How common is stomach cancer in cats?
Stomach cancer is considered much less common in cats than in dogs. In cases of reported neoplasia in cats, only 0.4% to 0.7% were cases of tumors associated with the stomach.
Image Credit: Natali _ Mis, Shutterstock
Are there other types of stomach cancer in cats?
Several other cancers can affect the stomach and other areas of the gastrointestinal tract. One cancer is adenocarcinoma, which starts in the glandular tissue of the stomach and can spread. Lymphoma is another intestinal cancer in cats. It develops in lymphatic tissue and can originate or spread throughout the body.
Is stomach cancer painful for cats?
Stomach cancer can be painful, so your veterinarian might look at options to treat your cat’s discomfort. Many chemotherapy protocols utilize prednisolone, a steroid, which can also relieve some discomfort and pain. You must not give a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory like Onsior or meloxicam if your cat takes a steroid due to the risk of gastric ulcers and other complications.
Signs that your cat could be in pain include:
Inappetance
Withdrawn behavior
Abnormal vocalizing
Excessive grooming leading to hair loss
Aggression
Conclusion
While stomach cancer is not common in cats, it is a potential cause of weight loss, vomiting, and diarrhea. Leiomyosarcoma is a cancer of the stomach and intestinal smooth muscles. Treatment typically involves surgical removal of the mass if it has not spread, although your veterinarian might recommend chemotherapy as an option, especially if there is evidence of cancer metastasis. Other treatments involve highly digestible diets and symptomatic treatment, such as anti-nausea medication, as needed.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
ANNE Hathaway nedavno je otkrila što sve nosi u svojoj torbici, a jedan proizvod posebno je privukao pažnju – njen crveni ruž. Poznata po svojim zanosnim crvenim usnama, Anne uvijek izgleda elegantno i stylish, a sada znamo i koju nijansu koristi.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
U videu je spomenula da je tog dana nosila crveni ruž, ali nije otkrila koji se proizvod krije iza njenog prepoznatljivog izgleda. Srećom, jedan od njezinih obožavatelja uspio je uočiti nijansu i otkrio da se radi o ružu Westman Atelier u nijansi Pip.
Crveni ruž joj uvijek daje elegantan izgled
Osim crvenog ruža, Anne u torbici ima i druge proizvode, kao što su hidratantni balzami i korektori, koji joj pomažu da uvijek izgleda svježe.
Annein crveni ruž postao je njen zaštitni znak. Bez obzira radi li se o crvenom tepihu ili opuštenim izlascima, ovaj ruž joj pomaže da uvijek izgleda elegantno.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Facing a tie score in the fourth quarter for a second consecutive week, the Chargers lined up with a chance to make a strong statement. Fourth and one from the Kansas City three-yard line, Justin Herbert dropped back. Before he could even set his feet to pass, Kansas City’s Chris Jones was in the quarterback’s face.
Herbert could only throw the best chance to knock off their AFC West rival through the back of the end zone.
The quarterback played through a high-ankle sprain for a second consecutive week but couldn’t will his shorthanded team to an upset over the Chiefs, who did convert on their critical chances in the fourth quarter Sunday to win 17-10 at SoFi Stadium.
The two-time defending Super Bowl champions won their sixth straight game over the Chargers (2-2) with five of the six coming by one possession.
Outside linebacker Khalil Mack, now in his third season with the Chargers, said this week that the championship pedigree of the Chiefs shows up as the team “find[s] ways to win games.”
The statement he made with equal parts envy and awe in front of his locker Thursday played out on the field.
The Chargers (2-2) came up empty from the three-yard line. The Chiefs (4-0) pieced together the game-winning five-play, 60-yard drive in the fourth quarter that broke a 10-10 tie.
“We had a chance to do something special, man,” Mack said, “and wasn’t able to hold on to the rope when it mattered the most.”
Including a 20-10 loss to the Steelers last week, the Chargers have not scored a second-half point in consecutive games. The Chargers, who allowed just one red zone touchdown in the first three games, gave up the decisive score on a two-yard touchdown run by Samaje Perine.
The Chargers dominated the first quarter behind a shorthanded defense that forced takeaways on each of the Chiefs’ first two drives.
A fumble forced by Tuli Tuipulotu and recovered by Elijah Molden led to a seven-yard touchdown pass from Herbert to Ladd McConkey, who tapped his toes in the back of the end zone for his second NFL touchdown.
Chargers receiver Ladd McConkey (15) hauls in a touchdown pass in the first half behind Chiefs safety Bryan Cook (6).
(Robert Gauthier / Los Angeles Times)
But Herbert got up from the play limping after absorbing a strong hit from Kansas City defensive end Malik Herring. Already hobbled with a high-right ankle sprain, Herbert was sacked twice and hit 10 times behind an offensive line without starting tackles Rashawn Slater (pectoral) and Joe Alt (knee).
Herbert finished with 179 yards and one touchdown on 16-of-27 passing.
“Gotta get him just a little bit more time,” Chargers coach Jim Harbaugh said. “Some of the throws he made, some of the plays he made were incredible.”
The patchwork offensive line that featured Sam Mustipher at starting right guard one day after the third-string center was elevated from the practice squad struggled in all aspects. The Chargers rushed for just 55 yards and had nine penalties, including five from offensive linemen.
Cornerback Kristian Fulton intercepted a pass in the second quarter and returned it 29 yards to the Kansas City 20. However, penalties by Mustipher and new left tackle Jamaree Salyer turned that opportunity into a 50-yard field goal and a 10-0 lead with 3:53 left in the first quarter.
That kept the Chiefs well within striking distance and they finally took advantage in the second quarter on a 54-yard touchdown pass from Patrick Mahomes to Xavier Worthy to draw within three.
Chargers’ injured starting offensive tackles Joe Alt (left) and Rashawn Slater watch action against the Chiefs.
(Robert Gauthier/Los Angeles Times)
“We gotta be more disciplined,” left guard Zion Johnson said. “But I think that’s the thing, that we can go to the drawing board, and fix those things and the future’s bright once we fix those things.”
The upcoming off week that at first seemed too early is now coming at the right time for the Chargers, who were also without safety Derwin James Jr. (suspension) and outside linebacker Joey Bosa (hip).
Herbert, who played with an additional brace around his ankle Sunday, finished the game but came up limping after several hits. Getting Slater and Alt back will be necessary to stabilize an offense that wants to rely on its rushing attack, which has been held to 116 yards over the last two games.
Mack, now in his 11th year in the league, will focus on nursing his ailing hip and knee. After consecutive losses, however, the Chargers still are expected to practice once during the off week.
“Can’t really think about this as a bye week,” Mack said, “gotta think about it as a work week.”
In an event recently, Meta released a slew of AI-powered features for Meta AI on WhatsApp. These features will enable users to have real-time conversations with the AI chatbot, as well as will offer the option to send photos for editing. At the event, dubbed Meta Connect, Meta stated that the new updates will assist people explore their ideas, enhance user experience, and discover new things.
Recently, Meta has released a range of features, with the Meta AI’s voice mode gaining the most traction among users. This mode allows users to have real-time conversations with the AI chatbot.
The new Meta AI features on WhatsApp include the “Talk to Me”, which helps user interact with the Meta AI and ask questions. The company has also promised to get access to celebrity voices, including John Cena, Kristen Bell, Judi Dench, and others. Another feature “Look at This”, processes the images and answer any related questions, while “Edit My Photo”, helps users edit their photos. Notably, Meta AI will also allow users to remove unwanted objects from photos.
In other developments related to Meta: In what can be termed as its commitment to artificial intelligence (AI) and next-generation computing platforms, Meta has announced updates to its virtual reality (VR) headset and Ray-Ban smart glasses, demonstrating its commitment to. At the company’s headquarters in Menlo Park, California, CEO Mark Zuckerberg revealed a prototype called Orion, which he described as “the most advanced glasses the world has ever seen.”
Last-chance tourism is a mix of exciting and kind-of-scary. With climate change reshaping the planet, people are rushing to see natural wonders before they disappear. Thanks to social media hype, it’s not just about taking a vacation anymore, it’s about checking off bucket-list spots that might not be around much longer. Think coral reefs, glaciers, and ancient forests, places that have gone from peaceful escapes to urgent, must-see destinations. It gives tourists a chance to experience unique adventure in nature’s disappearing beauty. But the reality is harsh as every visit and footprint speeds up the destruction of these fragile ecosystems. (Also read: La Digue to Caye Caulker: Best off-beat islands for a calmer tropical vacation )
As environmental changes accelerate, last-chance tourism has become a trending travel choice. (Instagram)
What is last chance tourism?
The rise of last-chance tourism comes from the idea that some travel destinations have an expiration date. Whether they’re changing so rapidly that the experience isn’t what it used to be, or there’s a genuine fear they’ll vanish altogether, this has pushed many travellers to book trips to remote spots while they still can.
According to a 2021 report from the World Travel and Tourism Council, travel contributes about 8 to 11 percent of all global greenhouse gas emissions. Ironically, some of the greenhouse gases produced by travellers aiming to see these vulnerable destinations may actually be worsening the very changes that threaten them.
Popular last-chance destinations
1. Antarctica: Climate change is rapidly affecting this pristine environment, with ice melting and wildlife at risk. Visiting now allows for a glimpse into a unique ecosystem that may not last.
2. Maldives: These beautiful islands are at risk of disappearing due to rising sea levels and climate change, prompting many to visit while they still can.
3. Galápagos Islands, Ecuador: Increased tourism and environmental changes threaten the unique species that inhabit these islands, making visits essential while they still thrive.
4. Venice, Italy: Rising sea levels and frequent flooding threaten this historic city, making it a race against time to experience its unique charm.
5. Machu Picchu, Peru: Increased tourism and environmental pressures are affecting this ancient site, making it crucial to experience its majesty while it remains accessible.
6. Great Barrier Reef, Australia: Suffering from coral bleaching and environmental degradation, this iconic reef is at risk, making it essential to see its beauty while it lasts.
7. Himalayas, Nepal/Tibet: The Himalayas, home to some of the world’s tallest peaks, including Mount Everest, are a breathtaking destination for trekkers and adventurers. However, the region faces several threats that could change its landscape and cultural heritage.
What is the impact?
The more we rush to see natural wonders before they disappear, the faster we’re pushing them toward extinction. Many travellers feel an urgent need to visit melting glaciers and dying forests while they still can. The latest IPCC report is alarming, predicting that glaciers could lose up to 80% of their mass by the end of the century and that over 90% of coral reefs could bleach by 2050.
These numbers aren’t just scary projections; they’re a wake-up call. But it makes you wonder what do these trips really mean? Are we merely capturing fleeting beauty while our actions hasten its disappearance? In chasing these moments, we become witnesses to our own destruction.
It’s fair to say that PS5 Pro pre-orders were a bit chaotic when they went live on September 26. Reminiscent of the early days of the PS5, customers were forced to queue to purchase the new and improved console from the PlayStation Direct website. To make matters worse, the PS5 Pro went on sale at the same time as Sony’s 30th Anniversary Collection of consoles and accessories, which were only available in limited quantities. Indeed, the PS5 Pro 30th Anniversary Edition was limited to just 12,300 units, which were snapped up in an instant. However, in a worrying turn of events, customers who pre-ordered the regular PS5 Pro or the Anniversary Edition are being urged to check their emails.
In a post on Reddit, a number of PS5 Pro pre-order customers claim to have received an email from Sony confirming that their order had been cancelled.
Some believe the cancellations are due to banks blocking suspicious transactions in a bid to combat fraud, while others speculate that Sony cancelled some pre-orders after accidentally selling too many units.
Either way, it’s worth double checking your emails, bank account and pre-order status, just in case.
Priced at a whopping £699, the PS5 Pro aims to improve on the original PS5 in three main ways. Specifically with a bigger GPU, Advanced Ray-Tracing and AI-driven upscaling.
The GPU will provide rendering that’s up to 45% faster thanks to 67% more Compute Units and 28% faster memory. This should lead to a better balance between visuals and performance.
Advanced Ray Tracing will provide “more dynamic reflection and refraction of light”, which allows rays to be cast at double and sometimes even triple the speeds of the current PS5.
Then there’s the AI Driven Upscaling, which is said to use “machine learning-based technology to provide super sharp image clarity by adding an extraordinary amount of detail”.
Elsewhere, PS5 Pro Game Boost will give older PS4 and PS5 games an upgrade in the visual and performance department.
Games that will receive a boost include Final Fantasy 7 Rebirth, Demon’s Souls, Marvel’s Spider-Man 2, Alan Wake 2 and Hogwarts Legacy.
Volkswagen’s next-generation Multivan is set to launch in Australia in the first quarter of 2025, and it’ll be the most passenger car-like iteration of the people mover yet.
Unlike the existing Multivan, which is based on the same commercial vehicle platform as the T6.1 Transporter range, the new T7 model is based on the VW Group’s MQB Evo modular passenger car platform.
The move to a car platform is claimed to bring marked improvements to refinement, ride and handling, and also gives the Multivan better access to the electrification options that are compatible with the architecture which underpins the likes of the Golf and Tiguan.
The Transporter, meanwhile, will move to a commercial vehicle platform shared with the Ford Transit Custom.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
With the new platform comes a highly configurable setup. The rear seats will come standard in a 2+2+3 configuration, though owners will be able to slide, remove and rotate the rear seats into a maximum of seven different configurations.
Volkswagen’s T7 Transporter will launch in Australia in only one diesel-only variant, though the brand has confirmed another engine option will be joining the range later next year. Details on that engine have not yet been revealed.
Pricing is yet to be confirmed too, though Volkswagen Australia says it’ll likely be priced similarly to the outgoing T6.1 Multivan.
Volkswagen is targeting the likes of the best-selling Kia Carnival with the next-generation Multivan, with the passenger car underpinnings expected to align it more closely against well-established options in the people mover segment.
Pricing
Though Australian pricing is currently unknown, Volkswagen Australia says it’s unlikely to differ greatly from the outgoing generation.
The T6.1 Multivan range currently starts at $72,290 before on-roads and extends to $95,690 before on-roads. In the United Kingdom, where the T7 Multivan range is already on sale, pricing starts at £48,375 (A$93,444) and extends to £64,561 (A$124,710).
Drivetrains
Only one engine will be available at launch, though Volkswagen Australia says another unspecified engine will join the line-up in 2025.
In Europe, the Multivan is offered with a choice of two turbocharged four-cylinder petrol engines – a 100kW/220Nm 1.5-litre, and a 150kW/320Nm 2.0-litre – plus a plug-in hybrid.
The latter mates a turbo 1.4-litre four with an 85kW electric motor, 13kWh lithium-ion battery and a six-speed dual-clutch automatic transmission, for 160kW of power in total and 50km of electric-only range.
Service pricing and warranty information for the new Multivan has not yet been confirmed by Volkswagen Australia.
It’ll likely be backed by a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty, as with Volkswagen’s broader passenger and commercial vehicle lineup.
Safety
The T7 Multivan has a five-star safety rating from ANCAP, based on testing conducted in 2022, but this currently applies only to New Zealand-market plug-in hybrid variants.
Standard safety equipment includes:
7 airbags
Dual front
Front centre
Front side
Full-length curtain
Adaptive cruise control (with stop/go)
Active lane assist
Rear cross-traffic alert
Autonomous emergency braking (AEB)
Park assist
High beam assist
Reversing camera
Parking sensors (front and rear)
Driver fatigue monitoring
Tyre pressure monitoring
Safe exit warning
Standard Equipment
Volkswagen Australia will launch the next-generation Multivan in its base Life variant, though further variants will join the range later next year.
Standard equipment on the Multivan Life includes:
17-inch alloy wheels
LED headlights and tail lights
Power sliding doors
Power tailgate
Leather-wrapped steering wheel
Shift-by-wire lever
Two-tone cloth upholstery
Heated front seats (manual adjustment, powered lumbar support)
The importance of asset allocation is becoming more pronounced.
The service is designed to boost the bank’s deposits by offering higher interest rates to attract depositors.
The State Bank of India (SBI) is set to introduce a new financial product aimed at investors seeking high returns without risk. The service is designed to boost the bank’s deposits by offering higher interest rates to attract depositors. According to SBI Chairman CS Shetty, the upcoming product will be a blend of Recurring Deposits (RD) and Systematic Investment Plans (SIPs), providing an opportunity for depositors to earn significant returns, similar to those seen in the stock market. Shetty also highlighted that as the economy grows, customers are becoming more financially aware and are demanding better returns on their investments. In response to this, the bank is considering launching innovative products like the RD-SIP combination to meet the changing needs of investors.
CS Shetty emphasised that today’s customers are increasingly focused on the value proposition of financial products. With rising financial literacy, the importance of asset allocation is becoming more pronounced. Investors are wary of placing all their funds in risky assets, preferring a balanced approach. As a result, banking products will continue to play a crucial role in their investment strategies. To address this shift, SBI is working on developing innovative products that appeal to these evolving preferences, ensuring that they meet the diverse needs of investors.
He said, “We are trying to bring innovation in some traditional products like recurring deposit, which is actually a traditional SIP. Maybe, we can give a combined product by combining both fixed deposit/recurring deposit and SIP which can be accessible digitally. The bank is considering these innovations to popularise deposit products among the new generation.”
Shetty mentioned that SBI has initiated a comprehensive outreach program aimed at boosting deposit growth. The bank is focusing on digital processes, with around 50% of fixed deposits (FDs) now being opened online. SBI is successfully opening 50,000 to 60,000 savings accounts daily across the country, with a significant portion of these accounts also created through digital channels. He noted that investments in the upcoming products from SBI will also be facilitated digitally, reflecting the bank’s commitment to enhancing convenience and accessibility for its customers.
Business Desk
A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings …Read More
Bitgert ecosystem expansion is making investors in Dogwifhat more conservative. New sentiments held by Bitgert, followed by the latest news, make Bitgert a possibly interesting investment, grabbing attention away from Dogwifhat. Many ask, with Bitgert right in the middle of hyper-growth: Will the price stagnate for Dogwifhat as Bitgert goes up? What is pulling investors towards Bitgert’s allure?
About Bitgert
Bitgert has its own fast, custom blockchain—referred to as the Brise Chain—which operates at nearly zero gas fees and 100,000+ TPS. Bitgert.exchange, Paybrise, BitgertSwap, a real estate marketplace, and an AI Auditing Platform comprise the four unique solutions of the Bitgert ecosystem. Bitgert’s tokenomics include a restrained supply of 1 quadrillion $BRISE tokens.
Distribution:
50% for initial burn,
38% for liquidity,
7% goes for future development/marketing, and
5% to the dev team.
Apart from supporting multiple chains, Bitgert has innovative products that resonate with developers and investors alike.
About Dogwifhat
Dogwifhat is a meme-based crypto token on the Solana blockchain, with a picture of a dog wearing a hat. $WIF is a native token symbolizing progress toward and into the future of transactions. Dogwifhat is anticipated to tear down barriers between finance and technology. The community and meme culture are used hand in hand to drive growth and popularity in this project.
4 Reasons Why Bitgert Shines Over Dogwifhat
Utility: While Bitgert has a wide range of practical applications through its broad ecosystem, Dogwifhat gains much of its flavour through meme utility. This difference in utility might just be the thing that gets investors to align with Bitgert.
Higher speed of transactions: Bitgert outsmarts Solana’s operational speed—on which Dogwifhat runs—with 100,000 TPS. This performance excellence might attract developers and users to itself and away from Dogwifhat.
Diversified Ecosystem: The ecosystem diversity of Bitgert is vastly larger than what is offered by Dogwifhat is very limited. This provides Bitgert with a competitive advantage in gaining and retaining users.
Tokenomics: Bitgert demonstrates structured token distribution and a very clear path toward value creation through the burning mechanism. Dogwifhat’s tokenomics are not period-defined, which can be worrying for investors looking at long-term stability.
Big News about Bitgert: Will Change the Tides for Dogwifhat Investors?
News of big announcements for Bitgert may lead to an extremely high price increment for the token. Potential new partnerships or innovative tech advancements can be announced—the reasons keeping the investors on a high note. This news will make Bitgert gain again in the market and impact the price of Dogwifhat. Nonetheless, investors are advised to study the market more and update themselves with news about Bitgert to try and diversify their crypto investment portfolio.
This is a sponsored post. Coinpedia does not endorse or is responsible for any content, accuracy, quality, advertising, products, or other materials on this page. The image used in this article is for informational purposes only and is provided to us by a third party. Coinpedia should not be held responsible for image copyright issues. Contact us if you have any issues or concerns. Readers should do their research before taking any actions related to the company.
A DNA test kit is a great tool to learn about your family history, but its usefulness can go beyond just ethnicity estimates. By testing your DNA sample, a test kit can provide information about predisposed medical conditions, which is very useful. The best genetic tests are from Ancestry and 23andMe. The latter was the first to offer a DNA testing kit you could use in the comfort of your own home. However, after reports of the company’s financial difficulties and data breach, you may want to know how other options stack up.
Below, we compare 23andMe with Ancestry, one of its most popular alternatives. Here’s how to tell which one’s best for you.
Ancestry vs. 23andMe
AncestryDNA
I tried the AncestryDNA kit, which comes with a saliva collection tube and cap, a return bag and a prepaid return label box. To register the kit, I downloaded the Ancestry app and scanned the barcode on the side of the collection tube. You can register your kit online too, and just manually enter the number.
When you make an account, the app asks for your consent on several items, including consent to process your sample, to store the sample if you want future testing, and to participate in research. The research includes taking surveys and questionnaires that AncestryDNA says it will use to attempt to better understand human history and health.
I declined to consent to store my sample or participate in research. AncestryDNA asks a few questions about your health history. You can edit what information becomes public or private on the site, and how you want to appear to other users if your DNA matches with someone else. You’ll have an opportunity to review all information before proceeding.
Read more: In the Future, Not Even Your DNA Will Be Sacred
Ancestry does not use the standard Y-chromosome and/or mitochondrial DNA methodologies most others use — so we know less about how it actually analyzes DNA.
After spitting in the tube, I mailed off the kit and confirmed that it was sent off in the app. The app “tracked” the kit’s journey from being received at the lab to processing and more before it told me my results were ready.
Your results will include an AncestryHealth report and an Ethnicity Estimate report. AncestryDNA also tells you which other users your DNA closely matches. It flagged my aunt, who also used the site, as Close Family. The app let me compare our Ethnicity Estimates and gave me the option to send her a message.
Read more: What AncestryDNA Taught Me About DNA, Privacy and the Complex World of Genetic Testing
Pros:
You can decline to have your sample stored or participate in research.
The AncestryHealth report was broken down into Notable Health Results, Health Results and Wellness Results. The reports include information about cancer risks, carrier status for diseases like cystic fibrosis and your blood health.
The wellness reports give you information on your vitamin levels, among other things.
AncestryHealth can flag potential health conditions based on the family history you shared or by variants detected in your DNA sample.
You get an Ethnicity Estimate report, which shows which regions in the world your ancestors were most likely linked to. This area on the map was color-coded, along with the others that my DNA was linked to. The AncestryDNA Regions list has over 1,000 regions that your sample is tested against, so you’ll see where your DNA didn’t turn up results, too.
Cons:
The family tree aspect and the DNA aspect required two separate apps. The desktop version keeps it all in one place if you work on a browser.
The health screening does not have Food and Drug Administration approval.
23andMe
I tried the Health and Ancestry kit which came with the saliva collection tube and cap, a return bag and a prepaid return label box. Like AncestryDNA, 23andMe also required kit registration (in-app or online) prior to testing. I downloaded the app and scanned the barcode on the side of the collection tube. You can also manually enter the code.
The 23andMe kit asked for consent on several items when I made an account, as AncestryDNA did. I could store my sample for future tests, participate in research, get health reports and had the ability to share my step data from a fitness app for a more comprehensive look at my activity. I declined all except the health reports.
Unlike Ancestry, 23andMe does have FDA approval as a risk screener for a handful of genetic conditions and diseases. If you’re primarily interested in DNA testing for this purpose, 23andMe is the better choice.
The app tracked my sample’s journey to the lab and the DNA extraction process. The app tested 216 populations to generate the report.
23andMe can display the results in a timeline, so you can see approximately how many generations ago your most recent ancestor came from each region. For example, my results turned up a tiny bit of Ashkenazi Jewish background, but my timeline indicated that the relative would’ve been alive five to eight generations ago. You can also view your results as a Chromosome Painting, which shows where in your chromosomes a specific region matched and how prevalent it is.
There were a lot of facets to explore in the results. For example, 23andMe gave me more information on each region my DNA matched. If I tapped on the icon for each country, 23andMe told me about the history of the region and the people’s migration patterns over time and also provided resources to learn about the culture, ways to book an Airbnb to visit and other features. I could also seek out possible relatives among 23andMe users and found my mother’s cousin.
Pros:
23andMe is FDA-approved as a risk screening.
23andMe’s health reports included predispositions, carrier status, wellness, traits and a health action plan. Predispositions tested for Parkinson’s disease, Type 2 diabetes, celiac disease and more. The lab would test for certain genetic variants.
The wellness report included interesting items like whether or not you’re a deep sleeper, how much you likely move in your sleep, genetic weight and other factors.
The traits reported are particularly interesting. These detailed how likely I was to be able to have a certain eye color, hate cilantro, have freckles, hate eating sounds, get bitten more by mosquitos and other things.
Cons:
Like with AncestryDNA, 23andMe specified that the test results weren’t a diagnosis or a guarantee that you wouldn’t be diagnosed with a disease later.
AncestryDNA vs. 23andMe cost comparison
The best DNA kits will have different services that come at varying prices. Let’s break down AncestryDNA’s and 23andMe’s services and costs.
AncestryDNA cost
AncestryDNA ($99): Ancestry’s basic offering allows you to search its US database for family connections.
AncestryDNA + Family Tree ($100): Includes access to international records to trace your family lineage.
AncestryDNA Traits + All Access ($199): In addition to the other services, you can access historical records and 35 genetic traits with this tier.
23andMe cost
23andMe offers four different DNA testing kits. All four products include ancestry reports, relative-finding options, trait reports and family tree building.
Ancestry and Traits Service ($119): Includes ancestry reports, relative finding options, trait reports and family tree building.
Health and Ancestry Service ($199): Includes carrier status reports, health predispositions and wellness reports.
23andMe Plus Membership ($268): Only the 23andMe Plus membership enhanced ancestry features, pharmacogenetics reports and consistent updates to existing reports.
23andMe Plus Total Health ($999): Builds upon the 23andMe Plus Membership reports and adds blood testing, biological age identification and genetics informed clinical care.
The bottom line
Ancestry is best known for its family tree feature. When you use its DNA testing service and integrate those results, you can view everything in one browser. The information is split across two different mobile apps, which is less helpful. Overall, Ancestry’s tools, including the ability to build a tree and link your health and DNA insights, definitely help paint a bigger picture of a person’s origins and can help facilitate a conversation with newly discovered family members.
23andMe has a more user-friendly layout and presents its findings in a way that encourages you to immerse yourself in your (possibly newfound) heritage. It lacks the strength that Ancestry has when it comes to building your family tree. I could view a predicted tree, but it was sparse and only included other 23andMe users.
Because I was already familiar with my family’s origins, I can say that both kits seemed to yield accurate results.
Who should choose AncestryDNA:
If you’re working on a family history project, AncestryDNA is the best choice for you. Remember that the family tree and DNA information are in two separate apps.
Who should choose 23andMe:
If you’re looking to learn about your genetics or health information, I’d go with 23andMe. You’ll like the easy-to-read format.
For more, find out how I used tech to uncover more about my own family tree. You can also order a DNA test from other services for your pet, if you really want to.
Watch this: Here’s how genetic genealogist CeCe Moore finds potential criminal suspects
Ancestry vs. 23andMe FAQs
Which is more accurate, AncestryDNA or 23andMe?
Both AncestryDNA and 23andMe seemed to yield accurate results. Ancestry has a bigger DNA database, but 23andMe has a more user-friendly layout. They are two of the best options you can get.
What is the difference between 23andMe and Ancestry?
23andMe and Ancestry are two of the best DNA kits you can use. When deciding which one you want to choose, it comes down to what you’re looking to get out of your search. If you’re looking for thorough health information, go with 23andMe. Ancestry is the better option if you’re looking for family members or chart your lineage.
Which DNA site is most accurate for ethnicity?
Thanks to its extensive DNA database, AncestryDNA is one of the best DNA tests for accurately assessing ethnicity. The results you get will be broken down into an AncestryHealth report and an Ethnicity Estimate report. The ethnicity report is an in-depth look at which regions your ancestors are linked to.
If you want to learn more about your genetics and health information, you’ll like 23andMe. It’s one of the most popular DNA kits you can get. The website and app do a great job of breaking down all the information provided about your health, ancestry and traits. Additionally, 23andMe has FDA approval as a risk screener for a handful of genetic conditions and diseases.
Correction, July 3: A previous version of this story transposed the “who should choose” sections. The error has been corrected.
Hot on the heels of the National Public Records data breach, which leaked more than 2 billion records, another background check firm has now had a leak.
The company in question, MC2 Data, exposed the sensitive data of around one-third of the U.S. population – 106 million people – to the entire internet.
While data leaks are sometimes unavoidable, in this case, MC2 Data is fully responsible, as it left a database containing 2.2TB of personal data passwordless.
A woman analyzing data on her computer(Kurt “CyberGuy” Knutsson)
MC2 Data’s negligence led to the data leak
Cybernews broke the story of this security incident, noting that on Aug. 7 its research team discovered that MC2 Data had left a database containing 2.2TB of personal data unprotected and easily accessible to anyone on the internet.
The database contained 106,316,633 records with private information about U.S. citizens, and Cybernews estimates that at least 100 million individuals were affected by this massive data leak.
CLICK HERE FOR MORE US NEWS
The leaked data included names, emails, IP addresses, user agents, encrypted passwords, partial payment information, home addresses, dates of birth, phone numbers, property records, legal records, and family, relatives’ and neighbors’ data as well as employment history. MC2 Data even exposed data of 2,319,873 users who subscribed to its services, including individuals and organizations needing background checks.
What was the company doing with all that data anyway?
As I mentioned, MC2 Data is a background check firm. It was probably using the data to provide background check services, gathering information on people for clients like employers, landlords or organizations needing to verify things like identities or employment history.
While data collection like this is pretty standard in the background check industry, companies are required to follow strict rules. They have to comply with federal, state and local regulations to make sure their operations are legal and that people’s data stays protected.
“Background-checking services have always been problematic, as cybercriminals would often be able to purchase their services to gather data on their victims,” said Aras Nazarovas, a Cybernews security researcher.
The world’s most valuable resource is no longer oil but data. Everyone from big tech companies to cybercriminals to small-time marketers is willing to pay a premium for access to this vast amount of information. The biggest concern, however, lies with cybercriminals who can use this data for identity theft and other malicious attacks.
The leaked information of subscribers is particularly concerning, as these individuals could be high-value targets for cybercriminals. The subscribers may include employers, landlords, law enforcement and similar entities.
MC2 Data is yet to issue a statement confirming the breach. We reached out to MC2 Data for a comment but did not hear back before our deadline.
It’s time to invest in identity theft protection
Cybercriminals who have access to this data may attempt identity theft, but with an identity theft protection service, you’ll be notified if and when you are affected. Identity theft companies can monitor personal information like your Social Security number, phone number and email address and alert you if it is being sold on the dark web or being used to open an account. They can also assist you in freezing your bank and credit card accounts to prevent further unauthorized use by criminals.
One of the best parts of using some services is that they might include identity theft insurance of up to $1 million to cover losses and legal fees and a white-glove fraud resolution team where a U.S.-based case manager helps you recover any losses. See my tips and best picks on how to protect yourself from identity theft.
In addition to opting for an identity theft protection service, you can follow these tips to protect yourself from data breaches.
1. Remove your personal information from the internet: While no service can guarantee the complete removal of your data from the internet, a data removal service is really a smart choice. They aren’t cheap, and neither is your privacy. These services do all the work for you by actively monitoring and systematically erasing your personal information from hundreds of websites. It’s what gives me peace of mind and has proven to be the most effective way to erase your personal data from the internet. By limiting the information available, you reduce the risk of scammers cross-referencing data from breaches with the information they might find on the dark web, making it harder for them to target you. Check out my top picks for data removal services here.
2. Be wary of mailbox communications: Bad actors may also try to scam you through snail mail. The data leak gives them access to your address. They may impersonate people or brands you know and use themes that require urgent attention, such as missed deliveries, account suspensions and security alerts.
3. Be cautious of phishing attempts: Be vigilant about emails, phone calls or messages from unknown sources asking for personal information. Avoid clicking on suspicious links or providing sensitive details unless you can verify the legitimacy of the request. The best way to protect yourself from clicking malicious links that install malware is to have strong antivirus protection installed on all your devices. Get my picks for the best 2024 antivirus protection winners for your Windows, Mac, Android and iOS devices.
4. Monitor your accounts: Breaches of this magnitude will make it a necessity for you to start routinely reviewing your bank accounts, credit card statements and other financial accounts for any unauthorized activity. If you notice any suspicious transactions, report them immediately to your bank or credit card company.
Kurt’s key takeaway
When your business model relies on collecting people’s data and providing services based on that information, you must do everything possible to protect it. This is not only a moral responsibility, it’s also a legal requirement. MC2 Data has failed to meet this obligation, and its negligence puts millions of Americans at risk, many of whom were unaware their data was being collected by the firm. Companies should face strict legal actions and hefty penalties for such incidents rather than just receiving a slap on the wrist.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
What do you think should be the consequences for companies that fail to protect consumer data? Let us know by writing us atCyberguy.com/Contact.
For more of my tech tips and security alerts, subscribe to my free CyberGuy Report Newsletter by heading to Cyberguy.com/Newsletter.
Kurt “CyberGuy” Knutsson is an award-winning tech journalist who has a deep love of technology, gear and gadgets that make life better with his contributions for Fox News & FOX Business beginning mornings on “FOX & Friends.” Got a tech question? Get Kurt’s free CyberGuy Newsletter, share your voice, a story idea or comment at CyberGuy.com.
When it comes to street food, pani puri steals the show without a doubt. From North to South, East to West, this beloved snack has captured the hearts of people all across the country. Whether you call it gol gappe, phuchka, or pani ke patashe, everyone knows and loves it. What’s fascinating is that each region has its own unique take on this street-side delight. But in recent times, pani puri has taken a wild journey of experimentation. The internet has witnessed some truly eccentric twists on this humble treat. From egg-filled variations to Mexican-inspired adaptations, mango-infused surprises, and even ice cream pani puri, there’s no limit to creativity. And now, Kolkata joins the trend with its own twist. Daab fuchka[coconut water pani puri]- Yes, you heard that right! In a viral video on Instagram, we witnessed a healthy version of our favourite street-side snack. We all know coconut water has multiple health benefits and this genius vendor replaced the traditional pani with the tropical delight. First up, he puts ice in a big bowl. In goes, some masalas and chutneys. After this, he adds the main ingredient- coconut water. As if that wasn’t enough, the vendor throws in a slice of lemon [gondhoraj lemon] to add a citrusy punch. And voila! He takes a puri, dips it into this pani, and presents it to customers. But wait, there’s more! This innovative vendor even offers Thumbs Up, Coca Cola and Limca pani puris. Also Read:Phuchka Chop: The Latest Bizarre Street Food Combination That’s Dividing The Internet Watch the video below:
This video has become an instant hit with more than one million views and hundreds of mixed reactions in the comment section. “Thora sa zeher daaliye, abhi tak zinda hi hu[put some poison in it, I am still alive]”, wrote a user who hated the experiment. “What the hell is this”, added another OG pani puri enthusiast. A few did not even want to try fizzy puris. “Instantly I don’t wanna try”. A person said, “It tastes horrible”. What are your views? Don’t forget to tell us in the comment section below.
Nurshati, a taxi driver, plans to turn his house into a bed and breakfast (B&B) to capitalize on the tourism boom on Liuxing Street in Yining City.
In 2019, the local government renovated the street, originally built in the 1930s and located in northwest China’s Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, aiming to boost tourism while protecting and promoting the area’s original features.
“Look, there are so many cars parked on the roadside. This road used to be a quagmire; it was impossible to walk on it without boots,” Nurshati said.
Today, the street is a cultural attraction. With summer being the peak tourism season, Nurshati is confident his family-run B&B will be profitable.
“I have three children, a house, and a car. Everything is fine,” said the Uygur taxi driver. “If you look for them, there are many opportunities.”
Like Nurshati, the other 1,000 residents of the street also enjoy more business opportunities and better lives thanks to the street’s upgrading.
“The Chinese people’s aspiration for a better life is the goal to strive for,” said Xi Jinping when he first addressed journalists after being elected general secretary of the 18th Central Committee of the Communist Party of China (CPC) in November 2012.
Enriching the people
By the end of 2020, China had lifted all 98.99 million rural residents living below the current poverty line out of poverty, declaring the elimination of absolute poverty in the country in February 2021.
“The key to running a country is to first enrich the people.”
This ancient Chinese saying was quoted by President Xi in a speech at the National Poverty Alleviation Summary and Commendation Conference in February 2021.
Xi stated that the CPC has always stood on the side of the people and consistently emphasized that eradicating poverty, improving people’s lives, and achieving common prosperity are essential requirements of socialism.
When the People’s Republic of China was founded in October 1949, the country was among the poorest in the world. Per capita GDP was just 119 yuan ($53) in 1952. However, boosted by the reform and opening-up policies implemented from 1978, which helped attract foreign investment, unleash market vitality and better allocate resources, living standards have transformed.
In 2019, per capita GDP reached 70,078 yuan, or $10,158 at the annual average exchange rate, exceeding $10,000 for the first time. It hit 89,358 yuan ($12,622) in 2023, representing an 89-fold increase since 1952, with an average annual growth rate of 6.5 percent, according to data from the National Bureau of Statistics.
China has eradicated extreme poverty and built a moderately prosperous society in all respects over the past 75 years. The country has also ensured access to better education, more stable jobs, reliable social security, and improved medical and health care.
The country now has the largest basic education system in the world, with 487,900 primary and secondary schools and kindergartens, according to Huai Jinpeng, the minister of education, in March.
China has consistently implemented pro-employment measures. Since 2012, the number of new urban jobs created each year has remained above 11 million, reaching 12.44 million in 2023, according to the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security.
To ensure better access to medical care, the country has built the world’s largest basic healthcare insurance network, covering over 95 percent of its citizens by the end of 2023, according to a report published by the National Healthcare Security Administration in July.
As China continues on the journey toward realizing modernization, reforms are set to continue. According to a resolution adopted at the third plenary session of the 20th CPC Central Committee in July, China aims to improve the income distribution system, enhance the employment-first policy and social security system, further reform the medical and healthcare systems, and improve the systems for facilitating population development and providing related services.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
JEDNA se žena nedavno na TikToku požalila kako se zbog samoposlužne blagajne osjećala kao zaposlenica trgovine. U viralnom videu s gotovo pola milijuna pregleda Gia Pendergast (@giapendergast) prozvala je Walmart zbog nedostatka blagajnika, prisiljavajući ju da sama obavi posao.
“Poznat osjećaj”
Gia nije pobornica samoposlužnih blagajni i kaže kako je čine nervoznom. No kad je došla u Walmart, primijetila je da je samo jedna blagajna otvorena, dok je 15 samooslužnih blagajni bilo slobodno. Odlučila se za samoposlužnu blagajnu zbog gužve. Čim je tamo došla, troje zaposlenika ju je krenulo promatrati.
“Ako imate vremena stajati i gledati me, možda biste trebali raditi na blagajni”, rekla je. “Gledali su me kao kriminalku. Znojila sam se, ne volim kad me se tako promatra.”
Kad je završila sa skeniranjem, prišla joj je jedna zaposlenica da je pita je li skenirala toaletni papir. Nakon što je pregledala svoj tablet, zaštitaru je rekla da provjeri njezin račun. Utvrdili su kako ništa nije ukradeno, no Gia je napustila trgovinu s velikom nelagodom.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
“Konačno video s kojim se mogu poistovjetiti”, “Napustila sam kolica puna robe jer su bile slobodne samo samoposlužne blagajne”, “Najviše volim kad me pitaju jesam li sve skenirala prije nego što završim”, “Ne podnosim kad tako gledaju”, “Blagajnica sam već 20 godina i odmah sam se zapitala zašto nisu na blagajnama umjesto da te gledaju” neki su od komentara na objavu.
Mnogi su dodali kako je u njima obližnjim trgovinama takva praksa uobičajena: “Dogodilo se i meni”, “Isto se dogodilo mom suprugu”, “Ovo rade i kod mene u Kanadi”, “Poznat osjećaj”.
Potreba za nadzorom na samoposlužnim blagajnama razvila se zato što neki korisnici priznaju kako ih koriste za krađu. Pri tome koriste takozvani “banana trik” pri kojemu namjerno unose jeftiniji artikl umjesto proizvoda koji doista kupuju i tako štede, a mnogi ne smatraju da bi ovaj trik trebao biti kazneno djelo.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
A week after a dramatic comeback victory, the Rams could not maintain any momentum against the Chicago Bears.
The Rams’ 24-18 defeat on Sunday before 59,074 at Soldier Field, dropped their record to 1-3 going into next Sunday’s game against the Green Bay Packers at SoFi Stadium.
After that, the Rams will have an off week, a chance for some of their injured starters to perhaps fully recover from injuries and return.
Stafford had brought back the Rams against the San Francisco 49ers, but he could not do the same against a stout Bears defense.
On a day when Stafford moved into 10th place on the NFL’s career passing yardage list, the Rams could not beat a Bears team led by quarterback Caleb Williams, the top pick in the NFL draft.
Stafford completed 20 of 29 passes for 224 yards, with an interception. He moved past Eli Manning on the all-time list.
Kyren Williams rushed for 94 yards and a touchdowns in 19 carries. He caught four passes for 10 yards. Tutu Atwell had four catches for 82 yards, rookie Jordan Whittington six for 62 yards.
Caleb Williams completed 17 of 23 passes for 157 yards and a touchdown. Running back D’Andre Swift rushed for 93 yards in 16 carries. He also caught seven passes for 72 yards.
The Bears’ D’Andre Swift rushed for 93 yards in 16 carries. He also caught seven passes for 72 yards.
(Nam Y. Huh / Associated Press)
Despite limiting the Bears to 97 yards in the first half, the Rams trailed, 10-6.
Joshua Karty provided all of the Rams’ first-half points with two field goals, but his miss from 43-yards — his first of the season, gave the Bears an opportunity to drive for a field goal that gave them their four-point lead.
Karty’s 25-yard field goal midway through the third quarter pulled the Rams to within 10-9.
Williams answered by engineering a 12-play, 74-yard drive that he capped with a nine-yard touchdown pass to DJ Moore. It was Williams’ first touchdown pass at Soldier Field.
Stafford connected with Whittington and Atwell to start a drive that culminated with Williams’ short touchdown run early in the fourth quarter but Stafford’s pass intended for receiver Demarcus Robinson fell incomplete, leaving the Rams trailing, 17-15.
Swift extended the Bears’ lead with a 36-yard touchdown run.
Karty pulled the Rams within 24-18 with a 52-yard field goal with just under nine minutes left.
Safety Quentin Lake gave the Rams another opportunity with 6:25 remaining when he sacked Williams on third down, forcing the Bears to punt. But the Rams went three and out.
They got the ball back with 1:03 left at their eight-yard line but safety Jaquan Brisker intercepted a pass to seal the Bears’ victory.
Dreame Technology has unveiled its latest flagship product, the Dreame X40 Ultra. According to the company, the Dreame X40 Ultra is engineered to deliver superior cleaning performance, ease of use, and minimal human intervention.
Available on Amazon and Dreame’s official website, the X40 Ultra is set to elevate the standard for intelligent home cleaning solutions. It will be available at a launch price of Rs 1,29,999. As part of the upcoming Diwali festivities, the brand is offering an exclusive promotional price of 99,999/-.
Features and Specifications:
Side Reach Technology: Dreame X40 Ultra is equipped with this feature of side reach technology to clean even the toughest spots of the user’s home with 100 per cent efficiency. The side brush can lift up to 10mm and extend to reach wall corners and curved furniture legs with fewer missed spots. It also prevents cross-contamination between dry and wet messes, especially for carpet cleaning.
MopExtend RoboSwing Technology: This innovative feature allows the X40 Ultra to extend its mop up to 4cm, enabling it to clean under low-profile furniture with ease. Automatic mop extension and retraction ensures thorough cleaning in hard-to-reach areas such as corners and gaps, offering unparalleled convenience.
Powerful Vormax Suction: The Dreame X40 Ultra boasts 12,000 Pa of suction power, making it one of the most powerful in the industry. Its optimized air duct design ensures smooth airflow, effectively removing pet hair, dust, and larger debris with ease, while maintaining a quieter cleaning operation.
7-in-1 Auto Base Station Care: The Dreame X40 Ultra takes self-maintenance to the next level with its 7-in-1 Auto Base Station. The base station handles automatic dustbin emptying, 70°C hot water mop cleaning, self-cleaning washboard, automatic mop drying, and refilling of both water and cleaning solution. This seamless functionality allows users to experience truly hands-off cleaning.
Omni Sensitivity & Obstacle Avoidance: With advanced OmniDirt detection, the X40 Ultra intelligently identifies and targets stubborn stains, adjusting its cleaning method for optimal results. The built-in RGB camera and 3D structured light technology enable precise obstacle detection, allowing for efficient cleaning even in dimly lit rooms. The turbidity sensor ensures mops are rewashing when necessary, providing a cleaner home environment.
Versatile Carpet Cleaning Strategies: Equipped with advanced carpet strategies, the X40 Ultra lifts its mops when encountering carpets, preventing them from getting wet. Users can choose from various modes, including avoiding carpets, using extra suction, or deep cleaning for a more thorough result.
If previous rumours are to be believed, then the second GTA 6 trailer could launch within the next week. If you cast your mind back to the end of July, Grand Theft Auto developer Rockstar Games released the Pizza Delivery update for GTA Online. In the launch trailer for the game mode fans noticed the delivery bike had ‘OCT 4’ written on the license plate. Needless to say, this led to speculation that Rockstar Games is planning to release the second trailer for GTA 6 on October 4. If the theories are correct, then this means GTA 6 Trailer 2 will make its debut next Friday.
While the imminent release of the next trailer could be wishful thinking, we do know for sure that Rockstar is planning to ramp up the marketing campaign for GTA 6.
Rockstar Dundee is currently advertising for a Screenshot Capture Artist to work at its studio in Scotland. As the job advert points out, the successful candidate will be responsible for capturing still footage to be used in marketing campaigns.
“This position is responsible for capturing still footage of gameplay for use in marketing campaigns as well as in the games themselves,” the job description reads.
“In essence, this process is shooting photography in a virtual 3D game environment, similar to a digital street photographer.
“Detached camera controls allow for almost any shot imaginable. The successful candidate will be someone who loves games, can conceive and execute the best-looking scenes and shots possible, and take specific direction when needed.”
Grand Theft Auto 6 takes place in the state of Leonida, which is based on Florida.
Rockstar explains: “Grand Theft Auto VI heads to the state of Leonida, home to the neon-soaked streets of Vice City and beyond in the biggest, most immersive evolution of the Grand Theft Auto series yet.”
The previously released trailer gives fans a look some of the map locations as seen from the skies above. This includes locations based on the Florida Keys, as well as the beach and more.
The trailer also hints at a potential game-changing new feature for Grand Theft Auto 6, which will up the scale to never-before-seen levels.
If you’ve got a growing family, you’d be silly to not consider a car that offers a third row of seating.
Thankfully there are plenty of three-row options out there as long as you like SUVs. Before you type in the comments, we’re well aware people movers like the Kia Carnival, among others exist.
Sales data however shows people are still gravitating toward SUVs over people movers.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
SsangYong Rexton
Isuzu MU-X
Volkswagen Tiguan Allspace
Mahindra XUV700
In this op-ed we’re focusing exclusively on seven-seat SUVs under the price cap of $60,000 before on-road costs.
The reason we’ve selected the $60k price cap is because the average new car price in 2023 was around this amount.
Below the CarExpert editorial team have shared the seven-seat SUV under $60,000 they would buy.
William Stopford: Hyundai Santa Fe Hybrid
If you really want maximum space for both passengers and luggage, you can’t go past a Kia Carnival… but that’s technically an eight-seater, and in my experience trying to convince people to buy a minivan is like trying to convince them to give up coffee.
That leaves us with SUVs, and not all three-row SUVs are created equal.
Take your X-Trails, CR-Vs and Outlanders, for example. They nominally have a third row of seating, but only the smallest of children will fit back there. Better than nothing, but not great.
Even some larger SUVs don’t offer a third row that’s truly hospitable, while usability is further impacted by the lack of child-seat anchor points back there.
So, without reservation, my choice is the Hyundai Santa Fe.
Not only does it have anchor points for child seats in the third row, you can actually fit grown adults in the rearmost seats. I should know, I took the opportunity to be ferried around in the farthest row at the launch of the car in South Korea, and few SUVs can match it in terms of comfort.
It also has a smooth, responsive and efficient hybrid powertrain, as well as plenty of standard technology. The styling is polarising, but that boxy shape translates to maximum practicality. I don’t even mind the funky cloth seats of the base model.
This is a car I could see myself owning, and I don’t even have kids yet.
Another recommendation is the SsangYong Rexton, if you need something with off-road ability. There are few cars more slept on than the Rexton, which is absolutely loaded with kit and sharply priced.
Interested in buying a Hyundai Santa Fe? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
MORE: Everything Hyundai Santa Fe
Jack Quick: Kia Sorento
The entry-level Kia Sorento S offers a considerable amount for a surprisingly affordable asking price.
This variant is priced from $50,680 before on-roads with the petrol V6 and front-wheel drive, or $53,680 before on-roads with the turbo-diesel and all-wheel drive. Both powertrains are great in different ways and you can’t really go wrong, though my personal favourite is the diesel.
One of my favourite things about the Sorento is how relaxing and easy the driver experience is, especially with the smaller 17-inch wheels fitted to the base model. The front seats are also like armchairs, meaning you can eat up the kilometres on the highway.
Something to note is the Sorento offers proper ISOFIX and top-tether anchor points in the third row, unlike some other seven-seaters, which is a major tick for those wanting to fit child seats. Only thing is there’s not proper airbag coverage back there.
Another option if you’re keen on carrying as many people as possible is the Kia Carnival, though it’s technically an eight-seater rather than a seven-seater. The entry-level S variant with the petrol V6 also just undercuts the equivalent Sorento S in terms of asking price.
Interested in buying a Kia Sorento? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
MORE: Everything Kia Sorento
James Wong: Hyundai Santa Fe Hybrid
After spending a week in the cheapest new-gen Hyundai Santa Fe (review coming soon), I was genuinely impressed with how much the Korean brand has managed to squeeze into an entry-level variant for $55,000 plus on-road costs.
The hybrid drivetrain is pretty efficient relative to the old V6, particularly in town, and the new boxy body means there’s a heap more space for up to seven people compared to the old one.
Even better, even the base grade is filled with all of the infotainment and assistance tech you’d ever need, and is almost aligned with even the flagship Calligraphy.
There’s a lot of goodness from the base grade, and I love the tartan cloth trim – just like my Golf GTI that I never talk about…
Interested in buying a Hyundai Santa Fe? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
MORE: Everything Hyundai Santa Fe
Max Davies: Nissan X-Trail
It’s always been hard to look past the X-Trail in the SUV equation, and it seems Australians would agree.
It’s Nissan’s best-selling local model so far this year (by some margin), and it out-does many of the other seven-seaters on this list – except the Outlander in particular.
But in the context of value and comfort, I’d say the X-Trail has the Outlander beat. It’s cheaper across the range and stays below $60,000 even at the top, but its interior feels more up-to-date and is put together in quite a convincing package.
There are seven-seat versions of the ST, ST-L, and N-Trek, which all offer all-wheel drive as standard in that configuration. All are available for less than $50,000 too, except the N-Trek, which is just $890 over that threshold before on-roads.
The X-Trail is built from a solid formula, and you’d be making a good choice if you bought one as a cheaper seven-seater. The only way it could get any better is if Nissan brings out seven-seat e-Power options…
Interested in buying a Nissan X-Trail? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
MORE: Everything Nissan X-Trail
Jordan Mulach: Kia Sorento
Unfortunately, I am a better man than a cheat, so what I thought was going to be quite a cheeky idea of speccing a Ford Everest Ambiente 4×4 with seven seats comes in just over budget. Darn.
It’s an impressive field of contenders if you’re in the market for a seven-seater at this price point, and though it’s an all-SUV show at least there’s some variance between unibody and ladder-frame options.
If I was the off-roading type who enjoyed camping, it’s very hard to go past an MU-X, as it’s really the closest competitor to the Everest, not only in sales but also ability.
However, I like staying in hotels and not sacrificing comfort, which is why the Kia Sorento is my pick. At this price point you’re restricted to no higher than the Sport if you want the 2.2-litre turbo-diesel, which is by all accounts the engine of choice – especially as the petrol V6 doesn’t get all-wheel drive.
It’s a handsome thing, spacious and efficient. That’s a lot of box ticking.
Alternatively, if there was any leftover stock of the last-gen Santa Fe I’d be interested, as the new model hasn’t yet grown on me. Time could change though, and its impressive hybrid system is a unique feather in its cap among rivals at this price.
Interested in buying a Kia Sorento? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
MORE: Everything Kia Sorento
Josh Nevett: Chery Tiggo 8 Pro Max
If you can look past the silly name, the Tiggo 8 Pro Max offers excellent value for a sub-$50k seven-seat SUV – it’s a well-rounded package with few weaknesses.
I reviewed the flagship Ultimate and was thoroughly impressed by the luxurious interior and smooth, purposeful powertrain. In many ways Chery’s biggest offering feels far more expensive than it is.
And it’s not like you lose out on important things like practicality or aftersales support, either. The Tiggo 8 has three usable rows of seating and a seven-year warranty, what’s not to love?
For one, the active driver assists still need work, as is the case with many new cars. Chery is already honing its ADAS for the Australian market, so I’m hopeful that improvements aren’t far away. The fuel consumption also left me disappointed.
However, on balance, the Chery is my winner based on bang-for-buck.
If you’re after more of a known quantity, the outgoing Skoda Kodiaq Sportline can be had for a bargain right now ($51,990 drive-away), and it has a refreshingly flat learning curve compared to screen-heavy, button-free SUVs like the Chery.
Interested in buying a Chery Tiggo 8 Pro Max? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
The twin cities of Noida and Gurugram have done exceptionally well in terms of infrastructure development.
NCR remains the only market in the September quarter where new launches have exceeded sales.
Written by Sanju Bhadana:
The national capital region (NCR) has recorded a significant growth in new property launches in the past one year. This is attributed not just to the infrastructure developments that are happening around Delhi to ease commute and enhance attractiveness of corporates and tourist but also the rising aspirations and affluence of the middle class, growing number of HNIs/UHNIs, and not to forget the interest of NRIs, further upping its reputation in terms of the cosmopolitan culture.
According to PropEquity data for the September quarter of 2024, the new launches have risen 221% Y-o-Y and 29% Q-o-Q to 13,311 units. With this, NCR’s share in total new launches has risen to 14% from 4% a year ago thereby outperforming Bengaluru and Hyderabad at 12% each.
The new launches have gone up drastically from 4147 units in Q3 CY2023 to 7072 units in Q4 CY 2023, 11,948 units in Q1 CY 2024, 10,308 units in Q2 CY 2024 to 13311 units in Q3 CY 2024. NCR remains the only market in the September quarter where new launches have exceeded sales. In fact, NCR has seen launches exceed sales in every quarter of 2024. This, however, was not the case in 2023.
Infrastructure boom
The twin cities of Noida and Gurugram have done exceptionally well in terms of infrastructure development. From Dwarka Expressway that connects Delhi to Gurugram to Delhi-Mumbai industrial corridor and the soon-to-be-operational Noida International Airport, the NCR has witnessed a transformation like never before. The ever-expanding metro rail and high-speed rail networks have eased the commute-to-work culture from nearby cities thereby driving up the economy.
Irresistible proposition for developers & investors
The growing interest of NRIs and HNIs/UHNIs along with stock market gainers, startup founders and young millionaires in the region’s real estate have also played a huge factor in driving up the demand. The streamlining of regulatory challenges and policy uncertainties have also played a key role in increasing transparency. Not to forget the massive returns some of the micro markets have given post-covid have induced fence-sitters and those looking to further elevate their income to invest in second homes.
Noida is no longer considered a poor cousin of Gurugram. The city has taken to premiumisation in terms of both amenities and pricing of real estate properties. Owing to the soon-to-be-operational Noida international airport, the leasing activities in office and retail spaces have also gone up signalling a positive outlook and encouraging growth trends in the region.
The two regions also have a multiplier effect on the economy of Uttar Pradesh and Haryana. Delhi-NCR’s real estate market has attracted highest private equity investment of USD 633.3 million during January-June period of this year as investors look to encash high demand for prime office space and luxury housing, according to Cushman & Wakefield. The strategic location, burgeoning economy, and growing population make it an irresistible proposition for developers and investors alike.
Over 100% rise in price between 2021-24
The PropEquity data further highlights the sales pattern in NCR. Sales have grown 22% Y-o-Y and 3% Q-o-Q to 10,263 units gaining the distinction of being the only city to record growth in both new launches and sales! NCR’s share in total sales have also risen from 6.6% in Q3 CY 2023 to 10% in Q3 CY 2024.
The primary micro-markets like Golf Course Extension, SPR, Dwarka Expressway etc. in Gurugram and Noida Expressway, Noida extension and Central Noida in Noida have seen a huge growth in prices. Between July 2021 and July 2024, Dwarka Expressway and Golf Course Extension Road have seen weighted average price of new launches rise by 101% and 53%, respectively. Similarly, Noida expressway saw a rise of 165%.
Conclusion
With homebuyers gravitating towards these micro markets in NCR tells a lot about how big a role infrastructure development has played in the growth of real estate in this region. The spurt in new launches is an opportunity for homebuyers to choose the best real estate project that not just fulfils their lifestyle aspirations but also financial goals.
(The author is managing director, 4S Developers)
Business Desk
A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings …Read More
The FTX token has recorded a massive price surge in its portfolio in the past few hours raising many speculations. Notably, the price rally sparked following a tweet by a crypto influencer “Crypto Rover” claiming that the FTX exchange could be repaying $16 billion to its creditors from 30th September.
Following this, Alamanda Research’s native token “FTT” token has soared ~93% in the past 24 hours with a trading volume of $228.95 million, a jump of 2,263.3%. With this, investors have entered into a FOMO-like situation with questions like “Why is FTT Pumping?”!
FTX Price Tops Single Day Inflow For The 1st Time Since 09th Nov 2023!
With the recent price surge, the FTT coin price has experienced a multi-level breakout. Moreover, after recording a consolidated price action for a brief period, this failed exchange has surpassed its resistance trendline and has further achieved its 7-month high.
The Relative Strength Index (RSI) has displayed a sharp rise in its FTT price chart in the 1D time frame. This has resulted in its breaching its overbought range with its average trendline supporting the price trend.
Further, the MACD indicator has experienced a significant rise in its green histogram with its averages recording intensified bullish action. This highlights that the FTX price will continue gaining value in the coming time.
Will FTX Price Hit $5 This Uptober?
If the speculations are correct, in that case, the FTT coin price may head toward its upper resistance level of $3.255. Maintaining the price at that level could set the stage for this collapsed exchange to retest its high of $4 in the coming time.
However, there is no official confirmation from the official team concerning this claim. Moreover, with a lack of strong reliable sources, many investors are unsure about the authenticity of this claim by the crypto influence on the “X” platform.
If the news is proven to be hoaxed, this could result in a serious market correction. The FTX price could potentially experience a free fall-like situation and plunge toward its crucial low of $1 within a short period.
Concerned about the FTT token’s future? Read our FTX Crypto Price Prediction
Two of the most exciting quarterbacks in the NFL will be on display in Arizona on Sunday. Kyler Murray has looked like his old self through three games this year, after missing parts of the past two seasons with a knee injury. Meanwhile, rookie Jayden Daniels entered the dual-threat QB chat last Monday night in leading the Commanders to a prime-time victory. Daniels completed 21 of 23 passes for 254 yards and two touchdowns, and rushed for a third score.
The Commanders and Cards kick off in Arizona at 4:05 p.m. ET (1:05 p.m. PT) on Fox. Here’s how you can watch, even if the game isn’t available on your local Fox channel.
After an injury-blighted last couple of seasons, Kyler Murray has made an impressive start to the new campaign for the Cardinals.
Dustin Bradford/Getty Images
Commanders vs. Cardinals game today: When and where?
This matchup sees the Cardinals host the Commanders at 4:05 p.m. ET (1:05 p.m. PT) on Sunday. The game will take place at State Farm Stadium in Glendale, Arizona, home of the Cardinals.
How to watch the Commanders vs. Cardinals game online from anywhere using a VPN
If you find yourself unable to view the game locally due to incorrectly applied blackout restrictions, you may need a different way to watch the game and that’s where using a VPN can come in handy. A VPN is also the best way to stop your ISP from throttling your speeds on game day by encrypting your traffic, plus it’s a great idea for when you’re traveling and find yourself connected to a Wi-Fi network, and you want to add an extra layer of privacy for your devices and logins.
With a VPN, you’re able to virtually change your location on your phone, tablet or laptop to get access to the game. So if your internet provider or mobile carrier has stuck you with an IP address that incorrectly shows your location in a blackout zone, a VPN can correct that problem by giving you an IP address in your correct, nonblackout area. Most VPNs, like our Editors’ Choice, ExpressVPN, make it really easy to do this.
Using a VPN to watch or stream sports is legal in any country where VPNs are legal, including the US and Canada, as long as you’ve got a legitimate subscription to the service you’re streaming. You should be sure your VPN is set up correctly to prevent leaks: Even where VPNs are legal, the streaming service may terminate the account of anyone it deems to be circumventing correctly applied blackout restrictions.
Looking for other options? Be sure to check out some of the other great VPN deals taking place right now.
James Martin/CNET
Latest Tests DNS leaks detected, 25% speed loss in 2024 testsNetwork 3,000 plus servers in 105 countriesJurisdiction British Virgin Islands
ExpressVPN is our current best VPN pick for people who want a reliable and safe VPN, and it works on a variety of devices. It’s normally $13 a month, but if you sign up for an annual subscription for $100 you’ll get three months free and save 49%. That’s the equivalent of $6.67 a month with code SPECIALDEAL, which should be automatically applied.
Note that ExpressVPN offers a 30-day money-back guarantee.
How to watch Commanders vs. Cardinals in the US
Sunday’s Commanders vs. Cardinals game is on Fox nationally. The good news for football fans is that Fox is available on most of the major live TV streaming services. The least expensive such service is Sling TV Blue.
Sling/CNET
Sling TV’s Blue plan includes NBC, Fox and the NFL Network, though it does not have CBS, ABC or ESPN. Enter your address here to see which local channels are available where you live. NFL RedZone is also available for an extra $11 a month.
Note that to get ABC and ESPN, you’ll need to switch to the similarly priced Orange plan (which drops Fox, NBC and NFL Network) or go for the combined $60 a month Orange and Blue bundle that includes channels from both packages. With the combined plan, the Sports Extra add-on, which has RedZone, is an extra $15 a month.
One important caveat: In our experience, Fox local affiliates will only be available if your billing address is in one of the 18 metropolitan areas covered in Sling’s agreement. If you’re outside of one of these areas, you’re probably better off going with one of the alternate services listed below.
Numerous other live TV streaming services carry local Fox stations as well, namely YouTube TV, Hulu Plus Live TV, DirecTV Stream and Fubo. They all cost far more than Sling, but they also carry a full complement of live channels, including football broadcasting channels like CBS and ESPN. Check out our live TV streaming services guide for details.
Sarah Tew/CNET
For $73 a month, you’ll get all the major football channels with YouTube TV. Plus, RedZone is available for an extra $11 per month. Plug in your ZIP code on YouTube TV’s welcome page to see which local networks are available in your area.
Fubo
Fubo costs at least $92 per month when you factor in the RSN fees it charges, which you don’t need for NFL games but must pay for anyway. Fubo’s base plan costs $80 but it charges an extra $12 a month if you get one RSN or $15 a month if you have two or more in your area. RedZone is available for an extra $11 per month, and you can get 4K broadcasts with its $90-a-month Elite plan. It’s worth noting that Fubo has recently introduced a new $30 off for the first month offer for its Pro, Elite With Sports Plus and Deluxe plans. Click here to see which local channels you get in your region with Fubo. Read our Fubo review.
Sarah Tew/CNET
DirecTV
All the live TV streaming services above offer free trials, allow you to cancel anytime and require a solid internet connection. Looking for more information? Check out our live TV streaming services guide.
An over-the-air antenna connected to your TV provides another option for Fox. The best part about antennas is that there are no streaming or monthly fees required, although you will need to make sure you have good reception.
Quick tips for streaming the Commanders vs. Cardinals game using a VPN
With four variables at play — your ISP, browser, video streaming provider and VPN — experience and success may vary.
If you don’t see your desired location as a default option for ExpressVPN, try using the “search for city or country” option.
If you’re having trouble getting the game after you’ve turned on your VPN and set it to the correct viewing area, there are two things you can try for a quick fix. First, log into your streaming service subscription account and make sure the address registered for the account is an address in the correct viewing area. If not, you may need to change the physical address on file with your account. Second, some smart TVs — like Roku — don’t have VPN apps you can install directly on the device itself. Instead, you’ll have to install the VPN on your router or the mobile hotspot you’re using (like your phone) so that any device on its Wi-Fi network now appears in the correct viewing location.
All of the VPN providers we recommend have helpful instructions on their main site for quickly installing the VPN on your router. In some cases with smart TV services, after you install a cable network’s sports app, you’ll be asked to verify a numeric code or click a link sent to your email address on file for your smart TV. This is where having a VPN on your router will also help, since both devices will appear to be in the correct location.
And remember, browsers can often give away a location despite using a VPN, so be sure you’re using a privacy-first browser to log into your services. We normally recommend Brave.
Plus special access to select articles and other premium content with your account – free of charge.
By entering your email and pushing continue, you are agreeing to Fox News’ Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive.
Please enter a valid email address.
Bestselling author Jack Carr, a former Navy SEAL sniper and military leader, is right now traveling the country to discuss his new nonfiction book, “Targeted: The 1983 Beirut Barracks Bombing,” the first in a new series about key terror events around the globe.
For him, the new book — a nonfiction work of military history — is the result of the highly focused new mission he took on after leaving the world of U.S. Special Forces and matching this new mission in life with a longtime passion for writing.
Carr spent 20 years on SEAL teams.
EXCLUSIVE: BESTSELLING AUTHOR JACK CARR SHARES EXCERPT FROM ‘BEIRUT,’ HIS NEW NONFICTION BOOK ON TERROR
The veteran’s turn to literary endeavors produced novels featuring James Reece, his protagonist, first in “The Terminal List” and then in such New York Times bestselling novels as “True Believer,” “Savage Son,” “The Devil’s Hand,” “In the Blood,” “Only the Dead” and more.
But none of this was a snap. It took mental focus, a key set of decisions and perseverance, he shared. (See the video at the top of this article.)
Jack Carr spent 20 years on SEAL teams — and spoke to Fox News Digital about how he forged a new path in life once he stepped away from military work, something that is hard for many to do and navigate, he said. (Jack Carr)
With Veterans Day already on the horizon this fall, Carr spoke to Fox News Digial in an on-camera interview about the importance for anyone moving from the military world to the civilian to chart a new course — and how he was able to carve his own meaningful path.
As a Navy SEAL Task Unit commander and sniper, Carr had deployments to Afghanistan and Iraq.
“I can only talk from my own experience,” he said. “But I recognized as I was getting ready to leave the SEAL teams that it was a hard place to leave.”
“They can have a hard time leaving this foundation.”
He said, “Meaning, someone has put in their papers to [move] out [of Special Forces] or move into the private sector. And they can have a hard time leaving this foundation.”
VETERANS WITH PTSD GET ‘SIGNIFICANT’ BENEFITS FROM SERVICE DOGS, FIRST NIH-FUNDED STUDY FINDS
“It was almost like a foundation of cement and their feet were on it and it was drying all around them — and they couldn’t move forward,” he said. “They couldn’t build on that foundation because they were stuck in it because it was just so powerful.”
Carr said, “This was five years or 10 years or 15 or 20 — however long they’d spent in the military in Special Operations. It was a very powerful few years, and it’s hard to move on from something like that.”
Carr, at left, said he’d read many thrillers during his formative years by such authors as Tom Clancy, right, as well as Louis L’Amour, David Morrell, Nelson de Mille and others. They “were my professors in the art of storytelling,” he told Fox News Digital — giving him a foundation for a new phase of life. (Jack Carr; Getty Images)
The bestselling author noted, “I think people in professional sports deal with it. People in amateur sports deal with it. College athletes, too. You know, anybody making a transition in life, [after the] death of a loved one, divorce, a new job — it can be anything.”
COMBAT VETERAN AND HIS WIFE HELP OTHERS FIGHT PTSD — AND FIND HEALING AND HOPE
He added, “But my experience just happens to be in the SEAL teams. So for me, it was important to identify a mission going forward and a purpose going forward.”
“It was important to identify a mission going forward and a purpose going forward.”
Said Carr, “For me, my mission is taking care of my family.”
He told Fox News Digital, “We have a middle child with really severe special needs. He needs 24/7 full-time care forever. So my mission was kind of handed to me.”
Carr’s newest book is his first nonfiction entry, “Targeted: Beirut,” published this month. (Mike Stoner Photography; Jack Carr/Simon & Schuster; iStock)
He continued, “I knew that I loved writing. I loved telling stories. I’d trained myself from an early age, inadvertently, just from the fan perspective, by reading David Morrell and Nelson de Mille and Tom Clancy and … all these guys who were essentially giants in the thriller space back when I was growing up in my formative years.”
For more Lifestyle articles, visit www.foxnews.com/lifestyle
He said that he’d given himself “this education, and those were my professors in the art of storytelling.”
It was critical, Carr said, to “identify that mission and identify a passion — [for me], writing and then the mission, taking care of the family, and then combining those two.”
Carr during his years of military service to the United States of America.(Simon & Schuster)
So “that passion, that mission, can give you purpose going forward.”
He said, “It’s going to be different for everyone. But for me, it was very important, too, because I recognized how difficult it was to leave this organization that I was in and turn that page.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR LIFESTYLE NEWSLETTER
And so “for me, mission and passion combined — for me, anyway. I’m not saying it’s going to work for everybody.”
But “that was a very natural thing for me to do.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“And it has given me purpose in life going forward.”
Brittany Kasko of Fox News Digital contributed reporting.
Heart disease remains a leading cause of death worldwide, claiming millions of lives each year. While many associate heart attacks with dramatic chest pains, it’s crucial to recognize the often subtle and overlooked signs that could signal a serious heart problem. These silent heart attacks can occur with minimal or no noticeable symptoms, leading individuals to underestimate the damage they’ve sustained to their hearts. The heart is the tireless engine that drives our bodies, pumping blood throughout our system, and delivering oxygen, nutrients, and vital substances to every cell. However, when its arteries become blocked or narrowed, it can lead to a heart attack.
Also Read:World Heart Day: Here’s A Food Guide To A Healthy Heart
Silent Heart Attacks:
Unlike traditional heart attacks, which are often accompanied by severe chest pain, silent heart attacks can occur with minimal or no noticeable symptoms. These silent episodes can go undetected, leaving individuals unaware of the damage they’ve sustained to their hearts. Dr Pankaj Doshi reveals the silent signs that we should look out for and also shares ways to maintain heart health.
4 Subtle Signs to Watch For Heart Problems:
Chest Discomfort: While not always as intense as a classic heart attack, you might experience mild tightness, pressure, or discomfort in your chest.
Shortness of Breath: Difficulty breathing, even during mild exertion, can be a sign of a heart problem. This might be accompanied by feeling lightheaded or dizzy.
Nausea and Indigestion: Unexplained nausea or heartburn can sometimes be a symptom of a heart attack, especially if it occurs without a clear digestive cause.
Cold Sweats: Unexpected cold sweats, even without physical exertion, can be a warning sign. This is particularly important for individuals with diabetes.
Also Read: World Heart Day: Expert Tips To Live A Heart-Healthy Lifestyle
Risk Factors Of Heart Issues and Prevention Measures:
Heart attacks are often preventable through lifestyle changes and proactive healthcare. Common risk factors include:
Uncontrollable factors: Age, family history, race, and gender can increase the risk. Controllable factors: Poor diet, lack of exercise, smoking, excessive stress, diabetes, and high blood pressure.
To reduce your risk:
Healthy Diet: Focus on fruits, vegetables, whole grains, lean proteins, and healthy fats.
Regular Exercise: Aim for at least 30 minutes of moderate-intensity exercise most days of the week.
Quit Smoking: Smoking significantly increases your risk of heart disease.
Manage Stress: Practice stress-reduction techniques like meditation, yoga, or deep breathing.
Control Blood Pressure and Cholesterol: Regular checkups and medication can help manage these conditions.
If you experience any of these symptoms, especially if they persist or occur frequently, it’s essential to consult a healthcare professional. Early diagnosis and treatment can significantly improve outcomes and prevent further complications.
About Neha GroverLove for reading roused her writing instincts. Neha is guilty of having a deep-set fixation with anything caffeinated. When she is not pouring out her nest of thoughts onto the screen, you can see her reading while sipping on coffee.
The Southern Theater Command of the Chinese People’s Liberation Army (PLA) organized sea-air patrol exercises near Huangyan Island in the South China Sea on Saturday.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
PREGLEDAVAJUĆI Index Oglase u potrazi za zanimljivim nekretninama za prodaju, pronašli smo lijepo uređen dvosobni stan u Zagrebu. Stan ima 42 kvadrata, s parkirnim mjestom i spremištem 51 kvadrat, a prodaje se po cijeni od 176.000 eura.
Stan se prodaje s ugradbenim namještajem
Stan se nalazi u naselju Trešnjevka na drugom katu zgrade s liftom. Zgrada je izgrađena je 2002. godine, ima ukupno osam katova, a nalazi se na križanju Selske i Ozaljske ulice.
Stan se sastoji od dnevnog boravka i blagovaonice, kuhinje, spavaće sobe, kupaonice s WC-om i hodnika. Prodaje se sa svim ugradbenim namještajem. Grijanje u stanu je plinsko etažno, a stan ima odvojena brojila.
U neposrednoj blizini stana nalazi se okretište tramvaja Remiza, kao i svi sadržaji potrebni za ugodan život, uključujući trgovine i ugostiteljske objekte. Oglas možete pogledati ovdje.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
UCLA fans who gave up and went to bed should consider themselves the smart ones.
They only missed more disappointment.
A late start for the Bruins on Saturday night at the Rose Bowl came with an early ending for hopes of an upset.
UCLA fell behind by multiple touchdowns, found a flicker of hope with a big defensive play and ultimately came up short once again during a 34-13 loss to No. 8 Oregon.
Oregon defensive tackle Derrick Harmon (55) sacks UCLA quarterback Ethan Garbers (4) in the second quarter at the Rose Bowl in Pasadena on Saturday.
(Allen J. Schaben/Los Angeles Times)
The Bruins played the final nine minutes with backup quarterback Justyn Martin in the game after starter Ethan Garbers, already limping, got walloped in the end zone and came out, a pat to the head from one of his coaches serving as no solace.
That’s three consecutive losses for the Bruins (1-3 overall, 0-2 Big Ten), with little hope of a reprieve next weekend on the road against No. 9 Penn State.
It was basically the same old sad story for UCLA: The Bruins couldn’t generate a pass rush or do much in the running game.
For a third consecutive game, UCLA did not register a sack. The lack of pressure allowed Oregon quarterback Dillon Gabriel to shrug off one shaky stretch to complete 31 of 41 passes for 280 yards and three touchdowns to go with one interception.
His Bruins counterpart was not nearly as efficient while on the run all night. In a sign of how things were going, Garbers lost a shoe on one play in which he threw the ball away while eluding defenders. He completed 12 of 20 passes for 118 yards and two interceptions before his departure after he held the back of his helmet in apparent anguish.
What was UCLA coach DeShaun Foster’s thinking in leaving Gabers in the game while clearly hobbled?
“Well, if you know Ethan, you know he was fighting to stay out there,” Foster said. “So when you have a player that’s begging to stay out there and he wanted to keep playing, [they’re] going to let him play.”
Was Garbers in concussion protocol given that he was holding his head after taking the last hit?
“I would assume he was crying or sad about the situation,” Foster said.
UCLA quarterback Ethan Garbers drops a snap and proceeds to fall on the ball for a loss against Oregon at the Rose Bowl Saturday.
(Allen J. Schaben/Los Angeles Times)
Bruins center Josh Carlin said Garbers was OK after the game but that the offensive line’s inability to protect its quarterback was unacceptable.
“He’s all good,” Carlin said. “I was talking to him, and I told him that as the leader of the offensive line, we need to figure this out. We need to keep him up. We failed at that miserably. We got to start taking pride and not let him get hurt and not let him get touched so he can operate this offense.”
Trailing by 15 points on the final play of the third quarter, UCLA’s remote chances for a comeback ended when Garbers had a pass intercepted on fourth down. Expected to be the strength of the offense, Garbers now has twice as many interceptions (six) as touchdown passes (three).
“You know, it’s hard to play quarterback when you’re not upright,” Foster said, “so he’s a tough kid and he’s trying to find ways to make plays and it’s just unfortunate, what’s happened, but I’m riding with Ethan no matter what.”
UCLA’s run game ran the risk of finishing in negative yardage before some big runs from TJ Harden (53 yards in 13 carries) in the third quarter helped move the Bruins into positive territory. UCLA finished with 47 yards on the ground and averaged only two yards per carry, though a big part of that came as a result of the 21 yards lost on sacks.
The debut of “Big Ten After Dark” was nearly a blackout for the UCLA offense, which managed just two field goals and has not topped 17 points in a game this season. The Bruins’ offense has scored only four touchdowns in as many games.
UCLA quarterback Ethan Garbers gets up and recovers after being sacked by the Oregon defense in the second quarter at the Rose Bowl Saturday.
(Allen J. Schaben/Los Angeles Times)
UCLA’s 28-10 halftime deficit did not fully reflect the essence of what had happened given that Oregon (4-0, 1-0) held a 304-54 advantage in total yardage. The Ducks finished the game with a 433-172 edge in that category.
Foster pinned his defense’s inability to generate pressure on the loss of edge rusher Laiatu Latu, who continues to wreak havoc as a rookie with the NFL’s Indianapolis Colts.
“It’s a tough thing to replace a player of his caliber,” Foster said, “but as long as we can continue to make efforts to do so, eventually you’re going to see a change.”
A former Duck spared his new team a blowout with some spunky play late in the first half. Bruins safety Bryan Addison, who had walloped Oregon receiver Terrance Ferguson on an incomplete pass earlier in the second quarter, stepped in front of a Gabriel pass and returned the interception 96 yards for a touchdown that injected some life into a listless crowd.
Pointing to a run game that generated 54 yards in the second half and a defense that held the Ducks mostly in check after they built a big early lead, Foster said he saw signs of progress.
“I know y’all see it — some of you choose not to,” Foster said, “but they’re improving and we’re just going to continue to improve and keep working hard and eventually it’s going to turn around.”
Foster said he was encouraged that his players kept fighting but acknowledged that there was nothing that could be said to change the team’s fortunes.
“It’s our actions,” Foster said. “Actions speak louder than words. We’ve got to change our actions out there on the field and hopefully that will fix some stuff.”
Taiwanese tech giant ASUS aims to become India’s top PC (personal computer) brand having 25-30 per cent market share in two years, with aggressive retail expansion as one of its key strategies.
ASUS has already tripled its market share in India from 6.3 per cent in 2017 to 17.8 per cent in 2023, making it the number two consumer notebook brand in the country, said Arnold Su, Vice President, Consumer & Gaming PC, System Business Group, ASUS India.
“It took us six years to triple the market share. Our target is to become the number one brand in the coming two years. And to reach number one, our market share should reach between 25-30 per cent.
“We will continue to aggressively expand our retail touch points to ensure that consumers from tier-3 and tier-4 cities can experience ASUS technology without having to travel to metro cities,” he said in an interview to PTI.
Being one of the largest gaming and consumer PC companies, ASUS understands the need to sustain momentum, he added.
Su said ASUS currently has a presence in over 400 districts and plans to expand pan-India soon.
“We are currently present in over 400 districts and in the next two years, we want to touch 600 out of 750 districts in India with our stores. Our touch point in the districts is a mix of ASUS-exclusive stores and via our channel partners.
“In the next four years, we are aspiring to have at least one exclusive store in all 600 districts and after covering districts we will also target talukas to ensure that every Indian has the opportunity to experience ASUS products,” he affirmed.
Additionally, ASUS has launched 6 select stores for refurbished PCs.
Su said that these strategies will ensure that ASUS retains a leading position and attains a significant market share in the consumer and gaming PC market in India.
He further said the company is actively working towards reducing the time gap of product launches between Indian and global markets, reaffirming the country as a priority market.
Telangana’s historical revival: Musi riverfront project to transform forgotten buildings into tourist magnets
Telangana Chief Minister A Revanth Reddy on Friday said the historical buildings located along the Musi river in the city would be developed as major tourist attractions.
Hyderabad’s forgotten heritage to become tourist hub: Historical buildings along Musi river to be new attractions (Photo by Twitter/Hyderabad1st)
He appealed to industrialists to come forward for the preservation of buildings which reflect the culture of the city.
The CM said the government is committed to promote the tourism sector along with its focus on welfare.
The state tourism department signed an agreement with CII for the restoration of several ancient stepwells in Hyderabad, an official release said.
Speaking on the occasion, Reddy said the government has taken up the Musi Riverfront development project ambitiously.
The CM criticized the previous government for neglecting the numerous historical buildings in the city which are in a dilapidated condition.
He said the state government has taken up renovation of the old assembly building and that the Legislative Council would be shifted to the renovated buildings soon.
The preservation of the old Osmania General Hospital was also being taken up and a new hospital building would be constructed at Goshamahal stadium soon, he said.
Industrialists came forward to restore and preserve the ancient stepwells in the city and promote them as tourist spots, the release said.
“Infosys took the responsibility of the renovation of the Mahalaka stepwell in Osmania University. Sai Life adopted Manchirevula stepwell. Bharat Biotech will restore the Salar Jung and Ammapalli wells,” it said.
Catch every big hit,…
See more
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / Hyderabad’s forgotten heritage to become tourist hub: Historical buildings along Musi river to be new attractions
This story has been published from a wire agency feed without modifications to the text. Only the headline has been changed.
Forrest Gump is officially turning 30 this year, and movie buffs now have the chance to watch the Robert Zemeckis classic for free.
The iconic historical drama is currently available to stream for anyone with a Sky Cinema or NOW Cinema subscription.
Originally released in 1994, beloved star Tom Hanks portrays Forrest, a simple but determined man with an IQ of 75.
Throughout his life, he encounters important political and cultural figures, life-changing events and tries to prove himself worthy of love to his childhood crush Jenny Curran (played by Robin Wright).
Featuring some of the most recognisable faces in movie history, what is the cast of Forrest Gump up to now?
Forrest Gump cast now: From health scares to Hollywood comeback (Image: PARAMOUNT PICTURES)
Tom Hanks
Actor, writer and director Tom Hanks is still considered Hollywood royalty to this day, his films earning almost a staggering $10 billion worldwide.
After breaking out in comedies like Splash and Big, he has since dipped his toes into every genre imaginable, such as the survival drama Cast Away, war classic Saving Private Ryan, sci-fi epic Cloud Atlas and the animated Toy Story franchise.
His most recent appearances include playing the adored children’s TV presenter Mr Rogers in A Beautiful Day in the Neighborhood, Elvis Presley’s notorious manager Colonel Tom Parker in Elvis and a bereaved father in Asteroid City.
He has recently re-teamed with Forrest Gump director Zemeckis and co-star Wright in the ambitious drama film Here, which tells a decades-spanning family story from a single perspective.
Hanks has written the books Uncommon Type and The Making of Another Major Motion Picture Masterpiece and married his current wife Rita Wilson in 1988. They have two sons, including internet personality and actor Chet.
Robin Wright has starred in several huge films and recently made her directorial debut (Image: PARAMOUNT PICTURES)
Robin Wright
Hanks’ co-star Robin Wright is equally beloved by fans after starring in some of the most iconic films of all time, such as The Princess Bride and Unbreakable.
She has starred in several recent franchise films, including Wonder Woman, Blade Runner 2049 and Justice League and made her directorial debut with the 2021 film Land. Wright is also well-known for the hit Netflix series House of Cards.
After an on-off relationship with Sean Penn, their divorce was finalised in 2010 before Wright began a relationship with actor Ben Foster. They were engaged twice but finally called it quits in 2015.
She then began dating Saint Laurent executive Clément Giraudet in 2017, secretly wedding the following year but Wright has since filed for divorce in 2022.
Gary Sinise suffered a tragic loss at the start of this year (Image: PARAMOUNT PICTURES)
Gary Sinise
Lieutenant Dan Taylor star Gary Sinise has endured a difficult personal life away from the screen.
His wife Moira Harris was diagnosed with breast cancer in 2018 and is thankfully now cancer-free as of this year.
However, in January of this year, he suffered a devastating loss as their son McCanna ‘Mac’ Anthony Sinise died after being diagnosed with chordoma, a rare spine cancer, also in 2018.
In 2011 he founded the Gary Sinise Foundation which provides charitable support and programs for injured veterans, mirroring his role as an amputee vet in Forrest Gump and inspired by his childhood growing up in a family of veterans.
Bubba star Mykelti Williamson has made the transition from acting to directing (Image: PARAMOUNT PICTURES)
Mykelti Williamson
Despite portraying one of Forrest Gump’s most iconic supporting characters, Benjamin Buford ‘Bubba’ Blue, actor Mykelti Williamson hasn’t enjoyed the same level of Hollywood success as some of his co-stars.
However, his career is nothing to be sniffed at as he has appeared in a number of other popular films such as Lucky Number Slevin, Black Dynamite, The Purge: Election Year and Fences, opposite Denzel Washington and Viola Davis.
He has also landed major roles in hit American shows like Designated Survivor, Chicago P.D., the Lethal Weapon reboot and this year’s Fallout.
Plus, he has also expanded his career behind the camera, too, directing episodes of shows in the Chicago Franchise, FBI and Sweet Magnolias as well as the TV film Spring Breakthrough.
Haley Joel Osment made his film debut playing Forrest Jr (Image: PARAMOUNT PICTURES)
Haley Joel Osment
Most recognised for his role in The Sixth Sense, child star Haley Joel Osment has turned his attention to indie films, TV and voice acting in recent years.
In 2006, his career suffered a setback when an auto accident left him with a broken rib and a fractured shoulder blade. He had to serve three years probation and 60 hours in alcohol rehab after pleading no contest to driving while under the influence and drug possession.
However, he bounced back in 2014 with an appearance in Kevin Smith’s cult comedy-horror Tusk, later landing roles in Entourage, Extremely Wicked, Shockingly Evil and Vile and Amazon Prime Video’s hit superhero series The Boys.
His latest film credit was in Zoe Kravitz’s directorial debut Blink Twice, a thriller starring Channing Tatum. Could this be the start of Osment’s big Hollywood comeback?
Forrest Gump is available to watch with a Sky Cinema or NOW Cinema membership.
Genesis hasn’t even existed for 10 years, but it’s made a mark on the luxury car world.
As a luxury Hyundai spinoff, Genesis entered the market as a direct competitor to other similar brands like Lexus as well as German juggernauts BMW, Mercedes-Benz and Audi.
Even with that target, Genesis remains a niche player in Australia especially. Sales are much lower than that of its rivals, but it’s comfortable in its position as it looks to maintain its model range and expand into new technologies – particularly as it eyes a shift to become electric-only by 2030.
That doesn’t mean it can’t have fun though, as it recently revealed its Magma performance sub-brand, previewing hotted-up versions of its GV60 electric SUV and G80 sedan.
It also recently launched its Nürburgring taxi service, utilising the G70 sedan to give customers the chance to experience a hot lap around the “Green Hell”.
If you’ve come across the Genesis name but weren’t sure what it was all about, here’s everything you need to know.
Interested in a Genesis? CarExpert’s specialists can help you find a deal.
MORE: Everything Genesis
What is Genesis?
Genesis Motor is a luxury brand within the Hyundai Motor Group, established as a standalone brand in 2015 and arriving in Australia in 2019. It’s headquartered in Seoul, South Korea.
G90
The Genesis name was first brought into the light as early as 2003, when Hyundai rolled out its first Genesis vehicle in the form of a luxury concept car.
It wasn’t until 2007 that the first Genesis would launch. That car was the Hyundai Genesis, labelled as a “progressive interpretation of the modern rear-wheel drive sports sedan” according to a press release at the time. It was followed by a Genesis Coupe in 2008.
After internal debate, it was decided those two cars would be launched as models under the Hyundai name, rather than under their own luxury brand.
Hyundai Genesis
Genesis launched as a standalone brand in 2015, with Hyundai United States spokesman Chris Hosford citing three main reasons behind the decision to media at the time. The reasons were:
Genesis had already experienced seven successful years in the luxury car market
Genesis ranked among the top three segment sellers
Customers showed an interest in a separate Genesis division
The second-generation Hyundai Genesis was rechristened as the Genesis G80, while the brand’s first unique model was the G90 sedan, which was launched in December 2015 and continues to be a flagship vehicle for Genesis.
The G90 was the successor to the Hyundai Equus, a large luxury sedan that first entered production in 1999.
G70 pre-facelift
These were followed by the smaller G70 sedan, a BMW 3 Series rival launched in 2017. The brand launched its first SUV in 2020, which came in the form of the GV80.
In the same year, Genesis launched the GV70, while two new electric vehicles (EVs) followed in 2021. Those were the Electrified G80 and the GV60, the latter of which shares Hyundai’s e-GMP platform used in the Hyundai Ioniq 5 and Kia EV6.
Genesis has also unveiled a spate of concept vehicles, the first of which was the Vision G of 2015. While it was first shown as a Hyundai model and predated the launch of the standalone brand, it wore Genesis badging and was eventually whittled into the G90.
What followed was one new concept each year, starting with the New York sedan in 2016 (which became the G70), then the GV80 SUV, Essentia grand tourer, and Mint city car. There were no concepts in 2020, though in the next year Genesis revealed the X coupe, followed by the Neolun SUV earlier this year.
Genesis Studio in Melbourne
Genesis also has a number of studios worldwide, intended to provide customers the chance to view and experience models in a more intimate setting than a typical dealership. The first opened in Hanam, South Korea in 2016, and has since been followed by others in South Korea and international locations like China.
In Australia, Genesis has just seven retail outlets: two flagship studios in Sydney and Melbourne respectively, plus five more conventional (but still company-run) dealerships.
Unlike other markets like the US, Genesis doesn’t sell vehicles in Australia through Hyundai dealerships, though its vehicles can be serviced through these.
Genesis models are currently sold in countries including South Korea, China, the Middle East, Canada, Australia, the US, Europe, Taiwan, and Japan.
Interested in a Genesis? CarExpert’s specialists can help you find a deal.
MORE: Everything Genesis
What can you currently buy from Genesis?
Genesis sells five models in Australia.
Genesis’ Australian lineup is as follows:
Model
Segment
Price range
2023 sales
Genesis G70
Medium
$80,065 – $86,914
81
Genesis G80
Large
$84,584 – $145,058
51
Genesis GV60
Small SUV
$103,384 – $113,384
191
Genesis GV70
Medium SUV
$70,500 – $125,858
1190
Genesis GV80
Large SUV
$128,914 – $139,414
403
All prices are excluding on-roads.
You’ll notice Genesis has adopted an alphanumeric naming convention – its sedans are prefaced with ‘G’, while its SUVs wear ‘GV’. EV versions of its combustion-powered cars add ‘Electrified’ before the model designation.
Hotter performance versions of each model will wear the Magma name.
It offers three electric models, though only one – the GV60 – is on a dedicated EV platform. The Electrified G80 and Electrified GV70 share their platforms with the combustion-powered G80 and GV70, respectively.
While most of Genesis’ vehicles are sedans or SUVs, it offers a single wagon: the G70 Shooting Brake, which was developed with Europe in mind.
It also has a single coupe SUV, the recently introduced GV80 Coupe.
Interested in a Genesis? CarExpert’s specialists can help you find a deal.
MORE: Everything Genesis
Which brands are Genesis competing against?
As it’s positioned as a luxury brand (and the luxury division of a mainstream brand), Genesis primarily competes with the likes of Lexus, Audi, BMW, and Mercedes-Benz.
Mercedes-Benz GLC 300
The GV70 is the Korean brand’s best-selling model in Australia, and it competes with the likes of the BMW X3, Audi Q5, Lexus NX, and Mercedes-Benz GLC-Class.
The larger GV80 is a competitor to the BMW X5 and Mercedes-Benz GLE, with the GV80 Coupe taking on the X6 and GLE Coupe.
Genesis offers two alternatives to electric SUVs like the BMW iX3 with its GV60 and Electrified GV70.
BMW 3 Series
In terms of sedans, Genesis’ rear-wheel drive G70 takes on the likes of the BMW 3 Series and Mercedes-Benz C-Class.
Genesis also offers the G70 in a Shooting Brake body style, which is comparable to the BMW 3 Series Touring and Audi A4 Avant wagons.
The G80 is larger than the G70, which means it goes up against German offerings like Audi A6 and Mercedes-Benz E-Class.
The Electrified G80 is more expensive than its combustion counterpart and goes up against the BMW i5.
Interested in a Genesis? CarExpert’s specialists can help you find a deal.
MORE: Everything Genesis
How popular is Genesis in Australia?
Genesis is a niche brand and has sold in much fewer numbers to its competitors so far in 2024.
GV60
Genesis has so far sold 951 cars to the end of August this year, while Lexus has shifted 8662, Audi 10,228, Mercedes-Benz 13,264, and BMW 17,304.
Its best-selling local model is the GV70, of which it has sold 593 units so far this year. It was the only model to break the 500-unit barrier, with the GV80 the only other car to be above 100 with 235 sales.
The GV60 has so far recorded 55 sales, while the two sedans – G70 and G80 – have logged 29 and 39 sales respectively to the end of August this year.
Interested in a Genesis? CarExpert’s specialists can help you find a deal.
MORE: Everything Genesis
What’s next for Genesis?
The company has previously confirmed its new vehicle launches from 2025 onwards will be electric, ahead of its switch to an EV-only lineup from 2030.
However, it recently confirmed it would introduce hybrid models, after having previously indicated it would skip these in the move to an electric-only lineup.
Some current models are expected to receive electric power in the coming years, and others could be on the chopping block very soon. Hyundai Motor Group has a new-generation EV platform in development too, called eM, which will be capable of adapting to various applications and will allow the carmaker to cut costs by around 20 per cent.
The Korean giant is reportedly targeting ranges of up to 800km with batteries as large as 113.2kWh, coupled with motors of outputs ranging from 200kW to 450kW.
Neolun concept
Vehicles on this new-generation platform will also support over-the-air updates and a higher level of autonomous driving.
The GV90 is set to be the first to appear and will be Genesis’ largest SUV yet, and it’s been reported it will enter production in December next year.
While there aren’t details on any powertrains yet, the eM platform is touted to be an evolution of established e-GMP architecture underpinning most new Hyundai, Genesis and Kia electric models, including the Kia EV9.
The Genesis Neolun concept, revealed ahead of the New York motor show in March this year, is expected to be a preview of the upcoming GV90.
GV60 Magma concept
Following the release of the flagship GV90, the second-generation GV80 is expected to launch with only electric power.
It’s been reported the first GV80 electric prototype to begin testing sometime in the first half of 2025. After that, it’s expected to enter mass production in the second quarter of 2026 and use the new eM architecture.
Genesis is also reportedly developing an extended range electric vehicle (EREV) version of its GV70.
The GV70 EREV is expected to incorporate both a battery – potentially a large 40kWh pack – and an internal combustion engine, giving a potential total driving range in excess of 900 kilometres.
2025 Electrified G80
The G80 will reportedly be the only remaining Genesis sedan in a year’s time. While it currently offers internal combustion and electric power, it’ll likely be another to go fully electric in its next generation.
Genesis recently revealed hot Magma concept versions of both the petrol-powered G80 and the Electrified G80 EV as well, while a longer-wheelbase version has also been detailed for greater comfort in the rear.
The loser in it all this is the G70, which will likely soon meet its end as plans for a second generation have been scrapped.
Interested in a Genesis? CarExpert’s specialists can help you find a deal.
Even as the stock market has been hitting all-time highs, companies are also taking to the Dalal Street to ride on the bulls and raise funds. According to news agency PTI, the primary market is set to witness IPOs worth Rs 60,000 crore during October-November, including big-shot initial public offerings like NTPC Green Energy, Hyundai Motor India, Swiggy.
Apart from these three firms, Afcons Infrastructure, Waaree Energies, Niva Bupa Health Insurance, One Mobikwik Systems, and Garuda Construction are among the companies planning to launch initial public offerings (IPOs) during October-November, according to the report.
Together, these firms are looking to raise Rs 60,000 crore through their IPOs.
Munish Aggarwal, managing director and head of Equity Capital Markets at Equirus, expects over 30 IPOs to be launched between September-end and December. This will be across sectors, deal sizes and a combination of fresh issues and offers for sale.
The strong momentum in IPO markets is driven by several key macroeconomic, sector-specific factors and the willingness of funds to look at new ideas, which is partially led by strong inflows into domestic mutual funds and the robust capital formation happening across corporate India, he added.
The companies are tapping the primary market to raise funds for expansion plans, retire debt, support working capital requirements and provide exit routes to the existing shareholders.
Hyundai Motor India IPO
Hyundai Motor India Ltd, the Indian subsidiary of South Korea’s Hyundai Motor Company, is expected to raise Rs 25,000 crore, making it the largest-ever IPO in India. This could surpass LIC’s Rs 21,000-crore initial share sale.
The automaker’s entire issue will be an offer-for-sale (OFS) of 14,21,94,700 shares by Hyundai Motor Company, with no fresh issue component, according to its draft red herring prospectus (DRHP).
Swiggy IPO
Other major IPOs lined up include food and grocery delivery giant Swiggy, which according to sources, is targeting to raise Rs 10,414 crore via fresh issue and OFS.
Swiggy’s IPO consists of a fresh issue of shares worth Rs 3,750 crore and an OFS component of 18.52 crore worth Rs 6,664 crore.
NTPC Green Energy IPO
Further, NTPC Green Energy, the renewable energy arm of state-owned NTPC, is looking to launch its Rs 10,000 crore IPO in the first week of November.
Other IPOs
Shapoorji Pallonji Group’s construction firm Afcons Infrastructure will also join the IPO rush with a Rs 7,000 crore offer while Waaree Energies is expected to raise Rs 3,000 crore through a fresh issue of shares, in addition to an OFS component.
Niva Bupa Health Insurance and One Mobikwik Systems are planning to raise Rs 3,000 crore and Rs 700 crore, respectively.
Moreover, 62 companies, including Bajaj Housing Finance, Ola Electric Mobility, and FirstCry’s parent Brainbees Solutions have already mobilised around Rs 64,000 crore collectively via mainboard, marking a 29 per cent increase from Rs 49,436 crore collected by 57 firms through the route in 2023.
IPO Outlook for 2025
The primary market is experiencing strong interest from issuers and investors across various sectors.
Going ahead, the outlook for the IPO market in 2025 remains broadly positive as Sebi approved 22 IPOs as of now with companies planning to raise around Rs 25,000 crore, V Prashant Rao Director & Head – ECM, Investment Banking at Anand Rathi Advisors, said.
Additionally, over 50 firms have filed draft papers and are awaiting approval.
Cumulatively, these companies aim to raise more than 1 lakh crore, reflecting the significant momentum in the IPO market, he added.
The positive sentiment is supported by strong macroeconomic fundamentals, favourable market conditions, and sectoral growth.
Further, there are no signs of the IPO frenzy fizzling out and this behaviour might persist in the short term. However, risks like market corrections and regulatory interventions could moderate the enthusiasm, Vaibhav Porwal, Co-founder, Dezrev, said.
As the crypto market holds its bullish momentum, the altcoin leader, Ethereum, maintains its value above the $2,600 level. Following this, ETH-based altcoins have regained power with some tokens recording a 3-digit surge this month.
With a potential AltSeason market around the corner, investors are looking to find potential 100x Gems. In this article, we have covered the top 3 Ethereum-based altcoins that have the potential to outperform the crypto market.
Moon Tropica (CAH)
The CAH price continues to gain momentum by adding 8.71% in the past 24 hours, with a trading volume of $352,929. Moreover, it has jumped 63.47% over the past week and ~44% during the past 30 days. With a surge of over 400%, it is one of the best performers in the Ethereum ecosystem.
The Moving Average Convergence Divergence (MACD) displays a constant rise in the histogram. Further, with its averages showing an uptrend, the CAH coin price may continue gaining value in the coming time.
If the bulls continue gaining momentum, the Moon Tropica price will break out of its important resistance level and head toward its upper high of $17.450 in the coming time. However, a bearish action could pull the altcoin toward its crucial low of $7.465.
JasmyCoin (JASMY)
Despite trading at a massive discount from its previous ATH, the Jasmy price has jumped 14.61% over the past week and 24.84% during the past month. With a YTD return of +266.55%, it has secured the 64th position with a market cap of $1.187 billion.
The EMA 50/200-day has recorded a Golden Cross in the 1D time frame. Moreover, the RSI indicator is hovering close to its overbought range. This highlights a bullish outlook for the Jasmy price during the upcoming week.
Maintaining the price above its resistance level of $0.02450 could set the stage for this altcoin to head toward its upper high of $0.03150. Conversely, if the bears regain momentum, the JasmyCoin price could retest its low of $0.01790 in the coming time.
Curious about Jasmy Coin’s future? Read our Jasmy Price Prediction
Ondo (ONDO)
The Ondo price stays under the limelight by adding ~18% to its valuation over the past week. Furthermore, it has surged 25.49% during the past month, and 407.68% this year. The ETH-based altcoin is trading at a discount of 44.18% from its ATH, making it a potential pick for the AltSeason.
The SMA indicator constantly supports the Ondo price chart in the 1D time frame. Further, the MACD shows a steady green histogram. This highlights a positive outlook for the Ethereum-based altcoin in the cryptocurrency market.
If the market continues trading under a bullish sentiment, the Ondo coin price could head toward its upper resistance level of $1.216 in the coming time. On the flip side, if the bears overpowered the bulls, the price could plunge toward its support level of $0.6970.
Aakash Educational Services, which came out with a 2.0 strategy as part of a revamp, has identified 250+ unserved or under-served locations in the country to have its physical presence.
Deepak Mehrotra, Managing Director and CEO, said the presence of the company will be felt in these locations in the next 18-24 months which would help to increase the reach hugely from having 315 centres in 196 cities. Most of these centres would be spread in Tier 4 cities in the hinterland or in different areas within the larger metropolises. “We are hoping to go to an additional 100 cities in the next 6-8 months. We need to catch the academic cycle”, he told businessline in an interaction.
Also read: Aakash Institute appoints Deepak Mehrotra as Managing Director
Mehrotra, who was in Kochi to launch a Malayalam youtube channel for NEET and JEE students, said that the new centres will be a combination of owned ones or with franchise partners. “We take responsibility for the academic delivery and the partners provide the infrastructure. But we get involved in ensuring that the academic delivery meets the standards of Aakash”, Mehrotra said.
Asked about the investments envisaged for these expansions, he said “I don’t want to put a number. It is going to be significant. But not all of it is happening upfront. A big chunk of our investments is happening in AI & ML which will help to create a personalised learning path for every child”.
Aakash, he said, is now catering to 400,000 students and it is going to serve an additional 30 per cent more population by increasing its presence. “With Akash 2.0, our intention is to double the strength of students in the next 3-4 years with a combination of digital, hybrid and physical infrastructure”, he said. New centres would also mean additional manpower which would be in the range of 1500 plus new hires.
The company is also in the process of creating a hub and spoke model for children in junior classes or in the lower age group whose parents are hesitant to send them out. This will also allow the child to save extra hours from commuting. Aakash branch will be the hub, while spokes will be large residential concentrations, he said adding that the presence of more multi-storey apartments in Kerala can be ideal places for spokes.
Also read: Aakash’s head of marketing Sushant Kumar quits amid turmoil
The company is also focussing more on creating content, pedagogy, assessments and technology to move ahead in the learning journey of students, he said adding that these pillars and the teacher make up the Aakash system.
Looking for the most recent Mini Crossword answer? Click here for today’s Mini Crossword hints, as well as our daily answers and hints for The New York Times Wordle, Strands and Connections puzzles.
The New York Times Crossword Puzzle is legendary. But if you don’t have that much time, the Mini Crossword is an entertaining substitute. The Mini Crossword is much easier than the old-school NYT Crossword, and you probably can complete it in a couple of minutes. But if you’re stuck, we’ve got the answers. And if you could use some hints and guidance for daily solving, check out our Mini Crossword tips.
The Mini Crossword is far from alone in the Times’ stable of games. If you’re looking for today’s Wordle, Connections and Strands answers, you can visit CNET’s NYT puzzle hints page.
Read more: Tips and Tricks for Solving The New York Times Mini Crossword
Let’s get at those Mini Crossword clues and answers.
NYT Mini Crossword completed puzzle for Sept. 29, 2024.
NYT/Screenshot by CNET
Mini across clues and answers
1A clue: Politician whose last name sounds like 1-Down (and not like a dance!) Answer: WALZ
5A clue: ___ Hawkins dance Answer: SADIE
6A clue: The person I used to be, self-descriptively Answer: OLDME
7A clue: Botches Answer: FLUBS
8A clue: Egyptian snakes Answer: ASPS
Mini down clues and answers
1D clue: See 1-Across Answer: WALLS
2D clue: Make sense, so to speak Answer: ADDUP
3D clue: Arms or legs … or branches Answer: LIMBS
4D clue: Features of puzzles, blizzards and jazz Answer: ZEES
5D clue: Spot to sleep when you’re in the doghouse Answer: SOFA
How to play more Mini Crosswords
The New York Times Games section offers a large number of online games, but only some of them are free for all to play. You can play the current day’s Mini Crossword for free, but you’ll need a subscription to the Times Games section to play older puzzles from the archives.
One in three Americans over 30 wake up at least twice each night to use the restroom, studies show.
These frequent interruptions can wreak havoc on your sleep, but there are some practical ways to manage them.
Dr. Hana Patel, resident sleep expert at Mattress Online, who is based in London, provided the following tips to cut down on nightly bathroom trips to improve your rest.
‘IS IT SAFE TO DRINK TAP WATER?’: ASK A DOCTOR
1. Train your bladder with Kegels and exercise
Patel recommends doing Kegel exercises — also known as pelvic floor muscle training — as a means of strengthening the muscles that support the bladder.
One in three Americans over 30 wake up at least twice each night to use the restroom, studies show.(iStock)
“When done right, Kegels can strengthen pelvic muscles, cutting down on the urge to go at night,” she told Fox News Digital.
The doctor also emphasized the importance of staying active overall.
‘WHAT IS BRAIN FOG — AND WHEN SHOULD I SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION?’: ASK A DOCTOR
“Simple preventive measures, like regular exercise, can significantly lower the need for nighttime bathroom visits,” she said.
Exercises that involve the lower abdomen are particularly effective, the expert noted.
2. Say no to triggering beverages
Cutting back on certain drinks can help reduce the need for nighttime bathroom trips.
“Caffeine, alcohol, artificially sweetened and fizzy drinks are diuretics, meaning they’ll increase urine production, so I advise avoiding them where you can,” Patel said.
Cutting back on certain drinks can help reduce the need for nighttime bathroom trips, the doctor said.(iStock)
To reduce nighttime disruptions, she recommends either enjoying these beverages earlier in the day or switching to less irritating alternatives, like decaffeinated or non-alcoholic drinks.
3. Ease up on evening salt and protein
Adjusting your meal timing and composition can help reduce the need to visit the bathroom overnight, Patel said.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“Salty and protein-rich meals can boost urine production, especially close to bedtime,” she told Fox News Digital.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Eating these types of meals earlier in the evening or at lunch instead of dinner can prevent increased nighttime trips to the bathroom without having to give up those foods entirely, the doctor added.
4. Limit the TV, and keep your feet up
A recent study found that adults who spend five or more hours a day watching TV or videos are 48% more likely to experience nocturia (frequent urination at night) compared to those with less than an hour of screen time.
For those who spend long periods of time in front of the TV, the doctor suggests setting limits and elevating the legs when possible.(iStock)
“While the exact cause is unclear, one idea suggests that sitting for long periods causes fluid retention in your legs, and increased beverage intake may also play a role,” said Patel.
For those who spend long periods of time in front of the TV, the doctor suggests setting limits and elevating the legs when possible to help reduce the likelihood of nighttime bathroom trips.
5. Drink up early and skip fluids late
Maintaining proper hydration during the day while avoiding fluid intake in the evening can help to reduce the urge to use the bathroom at night, according to the doctor.
Patel recommends drinking between 48 and 64 ounces of hydrating fluids in the morning and afternoon to avoid dehydration in the evenings.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“If you need to drink later, try to do so at least two hours before bedtime to minimize interruptions during sleep,” she said.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
Are you looking to add more protein to your meals? How about having a high-protein burger that’s also yummy? This can be possible with chickpea burger buns! These delightful buns offer a unique taste, a boost of protein, and a host of health benefits. Chickpea burger buns are a delicious and healthy alternative to traditional burger buns. They are made with chickpeas, a versatile legume packed with nutrients. By incorporating chickpea burger buns into your diet, you can enjoy a delicious and satisfying meal while reaping the benefits of these nutritious legumes. The chef-special recipe for chickpea burger buns was shared on the Instagram page ‘bellycius_by_shristysharda.’
Also Read:Green Moong Bean Burger Buns: The Ultimate Healthy Upgrade For Your Favourite Meals
Why Chickpea Buns? Benefits Of Chickpeas:
Chickpeas are a great source of plant-based protein, fibre, and complex carbohydrates. They are also rich in iron, magnesium, and potassium, essential minerals for overall health. These buns are perfect for those who follow a vegetarian or vegan diet, but they are also a great option for anyone looking to follow a plant-based diet.
How To Make Healthy Burger Buns I Chickpea Burger Buns Recipe:
Soak the chickpeas overnight.
In a blender, combine all the ingredients and blend until smooth.
Transfer the mixture to a bowl.
Shape the mixture into 45 gm round balls.
Sprinkle white and black sesame seeds on top.
Bake in a preheated oven at 180 degrees C for 40 minutes.
Let the buns cool down before slicing and enjoying.
Watch the complete recipe video here:
Tips for making the perfect bun:
For a fluffier texture, ensure the chickpeas are well-soaked and the mixture is blended until smooth. Experiment with different herbs and spices to customize the flavour. You can also add grated vegetables like carrots or zucchini for extra nutrition and flavour.
Also Read: 5 Pizza Base Substitutes That Are Healthy As Well As Delicious
Enjoy Your High-Protein Burger
Now that you have delicious chickpea burger buns, it’s time to create a mouthwatering burger. Top your buns with your favourite patty, cheese, lettuce, tomato, onion, and condiments. Whether you opt for a plant-based or meat-based patty, these buns will provide a satisfying and nutritious base for your burger.
Making Your Burger Even Healthier
Here are some tips for making your burger even healthier:
Choose a lean protein source: Opt for a chicken-based patty. For a vegetarian or vegan option, try a plant-based patty made from beans, lentils, or quinoa.
Load up on vegetables: Add plenty of vegetables to your burger, such as lettuce, tomato, onion, pickles, and mushrooms.
Use a whole-grain bun: If you prefer a traditional bun, choose a whole-grain option for added fibre and nutrients.
Opt for healthy toppings: Instead of using high-fat condiments like mayonnaise or ketchup, try mustard, salsa, or hummus.
Grill or bake your burger: Grilling or baking your burger is a healthier alternative to frying.
By following these tips, you can enjoy a delicious and nutritious burger that will satisfy your cravings without compromising your health.
About Neha GroverLove for reading roused her writing instincts. Neha is guilty of having a deep-set fixation with anything caffeinated. When she is not pouring out her nest of thoughts onto the screen, you can see her reading while sipping on coffee.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-09-28/Wang-Yi-urges-two-state-solution-in-solving-Palestine-Israel-issue-1xgQE6Hy7WU/img/a88151cc474940ac81b4471fa878d8f9/a88151cc474940ac81b4471fa878d8f9.png' alt='Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi, also member of the Political Bureau of the Communist Party of China Central Committee, addresses a UN Security Council high-level meeting on the Middle East, in New York, U.S., September 27, 2024. /Chinese Foreign Ministry'
Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi on Friday called for implementing the two-state solution in solving the Palestine-Israel conflict.
Wang, also member of the Political Bureau of the Communist Party of China Central Committee, made the remarks while addressing a UN Security Council high-level meeting on the Middle East, in New York.
Wang urged greater efforts to promote a permanent ceasefire and comprehensive troop withdrawal in the Gaza Strip. “The parties to the conflict must fully implement the relevant UN Security Council resolutions and avoid taking any more risky actions that escalate the tensions,” he said.
He encouraged all Palestinian factions to implement the Beijing Declaration on Ending Division and Strengthening Palestinian National Unity, voicing support for the Palestinian Authority in enhancing its governance capabilities to achieve effective jurisdiction over all Palestinian territories.
The UN Security Council should support Palestine in becoming a full member of the United Nations and make new efforts to implement the two-state solution, he said, adding that China supports to convene a larger, more authoritative and more effective international peace conference and formulate a timetable and roadmap for the implementation of the two-state solution.
It is necessary to increase humanitarian assistance, ensure effective access to humanitarian supplies, and support the UN Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees in the Near East in continuing to play an important role, he said.
Wang said China never interferes in the internal affairs of countries in the Middle East, and never exploits hotspot issues to seek geopolitical interests.
China is ready to work with all peace-loving countries, including Arab and Islamic countries, to make unremitting efforts in curbing the spillover of the conflict, implementing the two-state solution, and promoting peace in the Middle East.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
JESEN donosi nove modne trendove, a ove sezone bordo boja posebno privlači pažnju. Poznata glumica Blake Lively nedavno je demonstrirala kako elegantno uklopiti ovu nijansu u svakodnevni izgled.
Prije nekoliko dana je prošetala New Yorkom sa suprugom Ryanom Reynoldsom u običnim trapericama i velikom ružičastom džemperu. No, ono što je zaista privuklo pažnju bili su njeni modni dodaci.
Kombiniranje klasičnih komada s trendi dodacima
Ružičasta Chanel torbica u obliku srca dala je luksuzan pečat njenom opuštenom izgledu. Ipak, pravi hit bile su njene bordo Ugg cipele s platformom. Ove cipele, koje su rezultat suradnje s Opening Ceremonyjem, savršeno spajaju udobnost i stil.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Ryan Reynolds također je pokazao svoju modnu stranu, kombinirajući bijelu košulju sa šarenim šavovima, maslinasto zelene hlače i žutosmeđu jaknu.
Blake Lively svojim je izborom pokazala kako se lako može stvoriti stylish jesenski outfit kombiniranjem klasičnih komada s trendi dodacima. Ako vam se sviđa njezin outfit, našli smo slične komade onima koje nosi.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
A look at the top performers from high school football games across the Southland on Thursday and Friday nights.
RUSHING
• David Sandy, L.A. Jordan: Rushed for 408 yards and five touchdowns while also making an interception in win over Fremont.
• Wyatt Lucas, Corona del Mar: Set a school record with 352 yards rushing while scoring four touchdowns in win over Trabuco Hills.
• Omar Muhammad, North Hollywood: Gained 268 yards and scored three touchdowns in win over Sun Valley Poly.
• Dorian Hoze, Murrieta Valley: Rushed for 222 yards and two touchdowns in win over San Clemente.
• Ceasar Reyes, Garfield: The sophomore rushed for 179 yards in win over Bell.
PASSING
• Chance Thomas, Western: Passed for 331 yards and five touchdowns in win over Anaheim.
• Brady Smigiel, Newbury Park: Passed for 287 yards and five touchdowns in win over Ventura.
• Dominik Hardy, Calabasas: Passed for 241 yards and four touchdowns in win over Birmingham.
• Sam Thompson, Edison: Passed for 210 yards and two touchdowns in win over La Serna.
• Jacob Paisano, Hart: Passed for 331 yards and four touchdowns in win over West Ranch.
• Deuce Jefferson, Long Beach Poly: Passed for 175 yards and four touchdowns, rushed for 111 yards and one touchdown in win over Lakewood.
RECEIVING
• Shane Rosenthal, Newbury Park: Became Ventura County’s all-time leading receiver with seven catches for 166 yards and three touchdowns against Ventura.
• Cadence Turner, Redondo Union: Caught five passes for 97 yards and two touchdowns, returned a punt 30 yards in win over Banning.
• Vance Spafford, Mission Viejo: Had 186 yards receiving on five catches, four going for touchdowns, in win over Chaparral.
• Vander Ploog, Troy: The Washington tight end commit made 12 catches for 190 yards and four touchdowns in win over Segerstrom.
• JJ Amezcua, Western: Caught six passes for 206 yards and four touchdowns in win over Anaheim.
DEFENSE
• Jaden Williams, Mission Viejo: Recorded four sacks in win over Chaparral, raising his season total to 17.5.
• Marcellous Ryan, Gardena Serra: Made two interceptions, returning one for a touchdown, in win over Los Alamitos.
• Ace Frias, Golden Valley: Had three interceptions, including one returned for a touchdown, in win over Castaic.
• Jake Silverman, Torrance: Contributed 14 tackles and caught three passes for 97 yards and one touchdown in win over Rio Hondo Prep.
SPECIAL TEAMS
• Cam Johnson, Murrieta Valley: Returned a punt 95 yards for a touchdown in win over San Clemente.
• Quaid Carr, Servite: Returned a kickoff 97 yards for a touchdown in win over St. Paul.
Former OnePlus executive, Jim Zhang, launched DeperAI, a new-age technology brand, introducing its superpower universal wall adapter and fast charging series, featuring 65W, 20W, and 25W fast chargers. The sale for these adapters has officially gone live today, and they are now available on Amazon, starting at an affordable price of INR 499.
These sleek, made-in-India adapters, compatible with both iOS and Android, are the first in the country to feature UFCS Fusion Fast Charging. With support for 100-240V at 50/60Hz, they ensure your devices stay powered, no matter where you travel.
Designed by a skilled team in the USA and manufactured in Noida, India at the Caria Factory—one of Oppo’s leading suppliers—these chargers also offer 10 layers of safety protection, ensuring both reliability and convenience.
Key Features of DeperAI’s Superpower Adapters:
– UFCS Technology: Seamless fast charging for all UFCS-supported devices.
– Universal Compatibility: Supports a broad input range of 100-240V for global use.
Who doesn’t love a tropical vacation? Imagine- bright sunshine dazzling on turquoise waters, while the waves lap at your feet with your toes digging into the warm sand, and later, end the day by relaxing in a hammock, sipping coconut water with lush greenery around.
Tropical vacation away from the sweltering crowd feels like paradise. (Pexels)
It feels invigorating to get lost in a tropical paradise. Tropical vacations are fan favourites, so it’s no surprise to find most of the destinations swamped with crowds. If you’re looking for off-beat places to embark on your tropical paradise, here are some perfect off-beat islands for your next tropical vacation.
Palawan, Philippines
Palawan is a hidden tropical gem in the Philippines. El Nido in Palawan has mesmerizing lagoons, limestone cliffs, reefs, and stunning turquoise waters to kayak. Palawan also has the famous Puerto-Princesa Subterranean River National Park, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. It’s an underwater river that goes through caves with beautiful stalagmites and stalactites.
ALSO READ: This Rajasthani hotel is the only Indian property on World’s Best 50 Hotel list. Take a tour
La Digue, Seychelles
La Digue island in Seychelles has a scenic beauty that will leave you in awe. It has a natural and rustic feel as you explore the island by cycling along the coast. The western region has large areas of coconut plantations. On the beach, as you keep exploring you’ll come across large tortoises. Anse Source D’Argent has some of the most impressive granite and rock formations by the water. The south of this island features hiking trails for the perfect tropical exploration.
Lakshadweep Islands, India
India’s Lakshadweep islands have a serene and unspoiled tropical paradise feel. Lakshadweep comprises 36 islands of which 10 are inhabited. From Minicoy Island with coconut groves to Amini Island with beautiful lagoons and coral reefs, Lakshadweep has a wide array of remote, less-explored locations.
Caye Caulker, Belize
If you’re looking for a more adventurous tropical vacation, Caye Caulker in Belize is the ideal tropical paradise. With exciting activities like feeding stingrays and giant tarpons in shallow waters, lounging in an over-water hammock, and snorkelling, Caye Caulker will leave you with lasting memories. From early June to February, the Lobster Festival is also celebrated here, where you can not only try scrumptious lobster dishes but also catch your own.
ALSO READ: Hyderabad’s forgotten heritage to become tourist hub: Historical buildings along Musi river to be new attractions
Dominica
Dominica is a stunning island country known for its lush rainforests, cascading waterfalls, and hot springs. The vibrant Caribbean culture here adds to its charm. With a diverse marine ecosystem, the island is home to humpback whales, dolphins, and spotted species, making it a prime location for whale watching. Dominica also has the Morne Trois Pitons National Park, a rugged mountain range with steep volcanoes, which is recognized as a UNESCO World Heritage site.
ALSO READ: Whale-watching tourism boom in Tahiti: Stunning sightings vs growing environmental concerns
Don’t worry if you missed out on a PS5 Pro console earlier this week, because Argos has some fantastic deals available on the regular PS5 Slim and a ton of games. As part of the retailer’s Next Level Gaming event, fans can grab discounted games, PS5 console bundles and accessories for a limited time. As you can see from the links below, this includes a discount on the PS5 Slim, which comes with a built-in disc drive and a copy of the excellent Final Fantasy 16 for just £499.98. According to the Argos website, this discounted bundle is selling extremely fast, with hundreds of units being snapped up by eager customers. If you do want to secure a discounted console with a copy of the Square Enix role-playing game, then visit the PlayStation 5 store page and click on the “Money Off Bundles” to the right of the console. You’ll then be greeted by a list of money saving deals, including the bundle featuring Final Fantasy 16.
In addition to discounts on PS5 console bundles, Argos has slashed prices for dozens of games on PlayStation, Xbox and Nintendo Switch.
This includes titles like Hogwarts Legacy, which can be purchased for as little as £21 (for the PS4 and Xbox One versions).
Simply select a game, add it to your trolley and enter the code GAMING25 to knock 25% off the asking price.
Elsewhere, Argos is selling discounted accessories like steering wheels, headphones and carry cases, as well as cut-price gaming furniture like chairs and desks.
If you really want to push the boat out, you can even grab a PS5 with an OLED TV for a reduced price.
However, it’s the discounted PS5 Slim with a copy of Final Fantasy 16 that’s my pick of the bunch, especially with Christmas on the horizon.
Unlike the £699 PS5 Pro, this particular model comes with a built-in disc drive, which means you can play physical games and watch DVDs/Blu-rays.
It comes with 1TB of storage via the super fast Solid State Drive that reduces loading times down to just seconds.
The console comes with one DualSense Controller, which feature advanced haptic feedback and adaptive triggers.
These particular features are perfectly demonstrated with the built-in game Astro’s Playroom, which is a hugely entertaining 3D platformer starring Sony’s newest mascot.
As for Final Fantasy 16, the game features a more mature tone, mixing the political intrigue of something like Game of Thrones, with the whimsical world of Final Fantasy, complete with Chocobos and Summons.
Developer Square Enix explains more: “An epic dark fantasy world where the fate of the land is decided by the mighty Eikons and the Dominants who wield them.
“This is the tale of Clive Rosfield, a warrior granted the title ‘First Shield of Rosaria’ and sworn to protect his younger brother Joshua, the dominant of the Phoenix.
“Before long, Clive will be caught up in a great tragedy and swear revenge on the Dark Eikon Ifrit, a mysterious entity that brings calamity in its wake.”
Sure, you could argue it was the Range Rover, and Mercedes-Benz beat it to the punch with the original ML in 1997. But since 1999, the X5 has set the standard for the sort of road-oriented SUVs that dominate private school carparks around the world.
The badge has come a long way. The first-generation model that debuted in 1999 borrowed heavily from the 5 Series and was topped with a sprinkling of Land Rover DNA; the fourth-generation car here is a road-biased luxury family staple sitting as part of a seven-strong BMW SUV range.
Compared to the last X5 we drove, the 2025 model you see here has been treated to a significant update.
Outside, it has a massaged look that brings it into line with newer models like the X3, while the cabin features a new dual-screen infotainment setup. The range of engines pack more power and use less fuel than before, too.
Locally, the new X5 goes head-to-head with an overhauled Audi Q7 and updated Mercedes-Benz GLE.
Is it still the daddy?
How does the BMW X5 compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the BMW X5 against similarly sized vehicles.
BMW
X5
How much does the BMW X5 cost?
Prices were hiked for the 2025 model year, in line with an update to the broader X5 range.
Model
Pricing before on-road costs
BMW X5 xDrive30d
$134,900
BMW X5 xDrive40i
$138,900
BMW X5 xDrive50e
$149,900
BMW X5 M60i
$172,900
To see how the BMW X5 stacks up against it rivals, use our comparison tool.
What is the BMW X5 like on the inside?
Every new BMW is a technology showcase, and the new X5 is no different. The curved, dual-screen setup dominating the dashboard looks box office, backed by some new dashboard finishes and ambient lighting.
Front passengers sit in well-stuffed, supportive seats with electric adjustment, and everything you touch feels high quality.
Our tester was fitted with beautiful BMW Individual Merino leather seat trim and Luxury front seats ($4000), but even the standard finish feels suitably expensive.
The view over the bonnet is suitably commanding, and tall or short drivers won’t struggle to get comfortable.
It’s brilliantly functional. There’s heaps of storage up front for bottles, along with a wireless charger, a wallet-sized slot beneath the dashboard, and a useful space beneath the split-opening central armrest.
Gone are the physical climate controls though. They’ve been absorbed into the dual-screen infotainment setup, in line with the rest of the BMW range.
When we first used it, the new touchscreen tech in BMWs had too many layers. Turning on the heated seats took three button presses – now it takes two. It’s a step in the right direction; although using buttons in the last 4er was easier again.
Once you’re dialled into how the touchscreen is set up, the tech in this BMW is excellent. All the animations look lifted from the silver screen, and the fundamentals like the wireless Apple CarPlay connection work as they should.
Hey BMW voice prompts work well, allowing you to fiddle with everything from the sunroof to the air conditioning, but there’s still something odd about talking to your car with others on board as passengers.
BMW has improved on its digital instruments, ditching the busy look of the old X5 in favour of a cleaner and more modern layout.
There are plenty of customisation options, from mapping to your media details, but there’s no clean analogue-look option that harks back to the brand’s brilliant orange-lit dials of old.
Rear seat space is solid, although the X5 is shaded by the marginally larger (similarly priced) Audi Q7 in the second row. Headroom is excellent back there, even with the panoramic sunroof fitted, and there’s plenty of legroom for tall teenagers.
The tall windows mean it feels bright in the second row, and all the amenities you’d expect feature. There’s a fold-down central armrest, air vents with their own temperature controls, and decent door bins for road trip snacks.
There’s also four USB ports back there. Along with the two USB-C ports at the base of the transmission tunnel, there are two on the front seat back alongside a tablet mount for the kids on long road trips.
ISOFIX points feature on the outboard rear seats, and there’s a trio of top tethers back there for child seats. It’s a shame integrated window shades are hidden in an options package.
BMW deserves points for sticking with its split tailgate, which makes it easier to slide heavy things into the boot – or works as a seat when you’re watching your kids play sport.
Dimensions
BMW X5 xDrive40i
Length
4935mm
Width
2004mm
Height
1765mm
Wheelbase
2975mm
Cargo capacity
650L (rear seats up) 1870L (rear seats folded)
To see how the BMW X5 stacks up against it rivals, use our comparison tool.
What’s under the bonnet?
BMW offers a choice of petrol, diesel, and plug-in hybrid power in the X5. Our tester had a classic BMW engine, in the form of a 3.0-litre inline-six petrol.
Specifications
BMW X5 xDrive40i
Engine
3.0L i6 turbo MHEV
Power
280kW
Torque
520Nm
Transmission
8-speed auto
Driven wheels
AWD
Weight
2165kg (kerb)
Fuel economy (claimed)
9.3L/100km
Fuel economy (as tested)
11.1L/100km
Fuel tank capacity
83 litres
Fuel requirement
95 RON
CO2 emissions
211g/km
Emissions standard
Euro 6
Braked tow capacity
2700kg
To see how the BMW X5 stacks up against it rivals, use our comparison tool.
How does the BMW X5 drive?
BMW is known for its silky smooth inline-six engines, and the 3.0-litre engine in the X5 40i carries on that tradition in style.
Overseas model shown
It was already an effortless engine, with loads of performance low in the rev range and a classy growl at the top end, but the 48V system has made it even more impressive.
The automatic start/stop kicks in imperceptibly as you coast up to a set of traffic lights, shutting down the engine without so much as a cough, and there’s no awkward jerk when you want to accelerate away in a hurry.
Although the lazier power delivery of a diesel suits a family bus like the X5 nicely, this inline-six petrol is a beautiful engine for anyone who’s giving up their sports car dreams to carry a family around.
BMW hasn’t made much noise about its hybrid technology but it’s exceptional, and comes without the awkwardness you get from the brakes in some rival mild-hybrid systems as they harvest energy to feed the battery pack.
Combined with light steering, a comfortable ride, and decent vision out the front, the buttery smooth petrol engine makes the X5 easy to drive in the city. BMW does the best surround-view camera in the business, so there’s no excuse for scraped wheels or bumpers when you’re parking in tight spaces.
You’d want to be careful, because the 22-inch wheels fitted to our tester look very easy to scrape. They also undermine comfort relative to smaller options, because they’re wrapped in liquorice-thin tyres that just can’t soak up pimply city streets like alternatives with taller sidewalls.
The X5 is fundamentally pretty comfortable, with a relaxed ride that feels more luxurious than sporty. You can flick the adaptive dampers into Sport for a firmer ride, but unless you’re trying to make the kids sick on the school run it’s best to leave things in Comfort.
This is an effortless cruiser when the road opens up. It’s near silent on the highway, and the ride remains excellent at 100km/h. Put your foot down to overtake and the 3.0-litre engine has power in reserve, making open road overtakes effortless.
Noise suppression is excellent – as you’d expect of a $140k luxury SUV – at 100km/h on coarse country highways, and the engine is silent unless you’re pushing on.
The adaptive cruise control smoothly maintains a gap to the car in front, the lane-keep only intervenes when it really needs to, and the blind-spot monitor doesn’t jump at shadows.
It’s a shame BMW has made it harder to fiddle with those driver assists, though. Want to change the following distance on your adaptive cruise control?
You need to dive into the touchscreen for that, rather than just using the buttons on the steering wheel that have been blanked out as part of the update. We’ve said it before, but why not say it again… The move away from buttons makes everything harder.
What do you get?
On test here is the X5 xDrive40i which is the most affordable petrol variant in the range.
BMW X5 xDrive30d and xDrive40i highlights:
Interior
Tri-zone climate control
12.3-inch digital instrument cluster
14.9-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Connected Drive package
DAB digital radio
Electric seat adjustment
Heated front seats
Head-up display
Panoramic sunroof
Verino leather seat, dashboard trim
Anthracite headliner
Wireless phone charging
M Leather steering wheel
Exterior
20-inch alloy wheels
Keyless entry and start
LED headlights with adaptive high-beam assist
BMW glowing kidney grille
Gloss black roof rails
Other
Adaptive M suspension
M Sport brakes
Parking Assistant Professional with Reversing Assist
Drive recorder
Alarm
Automatic tailgate
Is the BMW X5 safe?
The X5 wears a five-star ANCAP safety rating with 2018 date stamp, based on tests conducted by Euro NCAP. This rating only covers 3.0-litre petrol and diesel models, with plug-in hybrid and V8 variants remaining unrated.
Category
BMW X5
Adult occupant protection
89 per cent
Child occupant protection
87 per cent
Vulnerable road user protection
75 per cent
Safety assist
71 per cent
Standard safety equipment includes:
Driving Assistant Professional
Adaptive cruise with stop/go
Front, rear cross-traffic alert
Steering & Lane Control Assistant
Lane keep assist
Side Collision Warning
Lane Change Assistant
Crossroads warning
Evasion Aid
High beam assist
Parking Assistant Plus
Active Park Distance Control rear (sensors)
Reversing Assistant
Surround View (360 cameras)
Panorama View
3D View
Speed Limiter
Speed Limit Info
How much does the BMW X5 cost to run?
Like the broader BMW range, the X5 is backed by a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty.
Running costs
BMW X5 xDrive40i
Warranty
5 years, unlimited kilometres
Roadside assistance
3 years
Service intervals
12 months or 20,000 kilometres
Capped-price servicing
5 years
Total capped-price service cost
$3450 (service package)
CarExpert’s Take on BMW X5
The BMW X5 is still impossible to ignore if you’re searching for a plush family hauler.
Its blend of luxury and practicality remains excellent, and BMW has dragged it into 2024 with its cutting-edge new dual-screen setup.
There are still few things nicer in the motoring world than a smooth inline-six engine, although anyone spending long stints on the highway would be well served looking at the cheaper turbo-diesel alternative.
The only real knock on the X5 remains its rear seat space, which is acceptable… but not standout alongside similarly priced rivals from Audi and Mercedes-Benz.
Provided you’re not planning on having a family of basketball players it’s unlikely to be a dealbreaker.
Interested in buying a BMW X5? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
For investors looking to invest wisely, understanding the key differences between equity mutual funds and debt mutual funds is crucial. These two popular investment options cater to different financial goals, risk appetites, and time horizons. Whether you’re aiming for long-term wealth creation or seeking safer, short-term returns, knowing how these funds operate will help you make informed decisions and align your investments with your financial aspirations.
In India, equity mutual funds and debt mutual funds differ primarily in terms of where they invest, the associated risks, and potential returns.
However, readers must note that mutual fund investments are subject to market risks. You must read the scheme-related documents carefully before investing.
What Is A Debt Mutual Fund?
Debt mutual funds are a type of mutual fund that primarily invests in fixed-income securities, such as bonds, government securities, corporate debt, and money market instruments. These funds aim to provide investors with regular income and capital preservation, making them generally less risky compared to equity mutual funds.
What Is An Equity Mutual Fund?
An equity mutual fund is an investment vehicle that pools money from multiple investors to primarily invest in stocks, aiming for capital appreciation over time. These funds typically allocate at least 65% of their assets to equities, with various types available, such as large-cap, mid-cap, small-cap, sector-specific, and index funds.
Here’s a comparison:
1. Investment Focus:
Equity Mutual Funds: Invest primarily in stocks or equities of companies. These funds aim for capital appreciation and long-term growth by taking positions in the stock market.
Debt Mutual Funds: Invest in fixed-income instruments like bonds, treasury bills, government securities, and corporate debt. These funds seek to provide regular income and capital preservation.
2. Risk:
Equity Mutual Funds: High risk, as the value of stocks fluctuates based on market conditions. Suitable for investors with a higher risk appetite and long-term investment goals.
Debt Mutual Funds: Lower risk compared to equity funds. The primary risks are interest rate risk and credit risk, but they tend to be more stable than equity funds.
3. Returns:
Equity Mutual Funds: Potential for higher returns over the long term, but they are more volatile. Historical data shows that equities often outperform other asset classes over a long horizon.
Debt Mutual Funds: Provide relatively stable but lower returns compared to equity funds. They are more suitable for conservative investors looking for steady income.
4. Investment Horizon:
Equity Mutual Funds: Best for long-term investments (5-10 years or more) due to their volatility.
Debt Mutual Funds: Suitable for short to medium-term goals (a few months to 3 years), depending on the type of debt fund.
5. Taxation:
Gains from equity mutual funds held for 12 months or less are classified as short-term capital gains (STCG). If the holding period exceeds 12 months, the gains are categorized as long-term capital gains (LTCG).
STCG: 20% (for holdings less than 1 year)
LTCG: 12.5% (on gains above Rs 1.25 lakh for holdings over 1 year)
For debt mutual fund investments, taxation will continue to apply at the investor’s slab rate, regardless of the holding period.
Gains from other mutual funds will be treated as short-term capital gains if the holding period is less than 24 months; those held for more than 24 months will be classified as long-term capital gains.
6. Types:
Equity Mutual Funds: Includes large-cap, mid-cap, small-cap, and sectoral funds.
Debt Mutual Funds: Includes liquid funds, short-term funds, long-term funds, gilt funds, and corporate bond funds.
7. Suitability:
Equity Mutual Funds: Ideal for investors with a long-term horizon and willingness to take on market volatility for potentially higher growth.
Debt Mutual Funds: Suitable for risk-averse investors seeking capital protection and moderate returns, or those with short-term investment horizons.
In summary, equity funds are growth-oriented with higher risks and returns, while debt funds are income-oriented with lower risks and relatively stable returns.
Disclaimer: The views and investment tips by experts in this News18.com report are their own and not those of the website or its management. Readers are advised to check with certified experts before making any investment decisions.
The cryptocurrency market is on the verge of concluding September on a positive note. With this, the crypto space breaks its historic market trend of a bearish September. This further hints at a bullish Q4 and the potential beginning of an Altseason market.
Notably, with Bitcoin price reclaiming the $66K level, top altcoins have surpassed their important resistance levels. Moreover, the Solana token has recorded a similar action by breaking out of its resistance of $155.
With this, questions like “Is this the right time to invest in crypto?” and “When will Solana hit $200?” have recorded increased search volume. In this article, we have covered the short-term price prospects of the Solana crypto token.
SOL Crypto Price Tests Its Major Resistance:
Despite recording a correction of ~1% in the past 24 hours with a trading volume of $2.395 billion, the Solana price has held its value above the $155 mark. Moreover, it has jumped 6.29% over the past week and 7.83% during the past 30 days.
Moreover, the Solana token is on the verge of breaking out of its resistance zone above the $155 level. However, the outcome of this is uncertain. Further, with a market capitalization of $73.53 billion, it continues to hold its 5th position in the cryptocurrency market.
Solana Technical Sentiments
The Simple Moving Average (SMA) constantly supports the SOL price chart in the 1D time frame. This indicates increased buying pressure for the altcoin in the market.
Further, the MACD indicator displays a constant green histogram with its averages showing a constant uptrend. This indicates that the Solana token may continue gaining value in the coming time.
Will SOL Price Hit $200 This Year?
If the market continues trading under a bullish sentiment, the Solana token will test its next major resistance level of $181. Furthermore, if the bullish situation intensifies, the altcoin to prepare to test its yearly high of $209.
On the contrary, if the bears regain momentum, the price could retest its support of $155. Moreover, if the bears dominate the crypto space during the 4th quarter, this could result in the SOL coin price plunging toward its lower support level of $127.
Wondering how far the Solana (SOL) price could go in the future? Then our Solana Price Prediction is a must-read for you!
The young legal professionals should be the harbingers of change for the betterment of the legal system, said Indian President Droupadi Murmu.
In her address at the 21st Convocation of the Nalsar University, Hyderabad on Saturday, the President said, “Unfortunately, a poor person does not get the same access to justice as a rich person. This unfair situation must change for the better. I expect your generation of legal professionals to be the change agents.’‘
The system for administration of justice reflects the prevailing social and cultural environment of a society. Nearly 2,300 years ago, the ambassador from Macedonia in the court of Chandragupta Maurya, Megasthenes described Indians as remarkably law-abiding people. Chandragupta Maurya’s minister Chanakya, in his celebrated work ‘Artha-Shastra’, had advised that a bench of three magistrates be set up for every ten villages, with higher courts in districts and provinces, she said.
“Artha-Shastra enumerates the high standards set for the officers responsible for administration of justice. It also suggests that no private meetings should be allowed between judges and litigants until cases were settled. Impartial administration of justice was given utmost importance,’‘ the President added.
The Indian Constitution contained the ideals of our freedom struggle, namely, justice, liberty, equality and fraternity. “The ideal of equality, enshrined in the Preamble and Fundamental Rights, also finds expression in one of the Directive Principles of State Policy concerning delivery of justice. The Directive seeks to provide equal justice and free legal aid,’‘ she said.
The President, while lauding the efforts of Nalsar in focusing on Artificial Intelligence as an area of study, said in the global legal scenario, jurists and judges were seized with the matter of consulting with algorithms for evaluating parties in a dispute. “As future legal professionals, the students passing out today should be prepared to deal with rapid changes induced by technology. They should use technology as a tool for professional advancement and also as a means of social justice,’‘ she said.
Egypt is gearing up to return to international debt markets for the first time in three years. Last week Ahmed Kouchouk, the country’s finance minister, is reported to have told investors that his government is hoping to raise around $3bn in external debt over the coming months. Much of this borrowing will take the form of so-called Eurobonds, one of the world’s worst-named financial instruments.
An advanced audio mode for paying ChatGPT users is being rolled out, several months after OpenAI hit pause on the feature. The update brings five new voices (for a total of nine), improved accents, improved memory and more personalized interactions to the audio tool available for ChatGPT Plus and Team subscribers. Plans start at $20 a month.
The feature, originally announced in May, made headlines after one of the voice options sounded eerily similar to the fictional voice assistant portrayed by actress Scarlett Johansson in the film Her. After Johansson’s legal team sent letters to OpenAI, the company delayed the greater rollout of advanced audio mode. In a blog post at the time, OpenAI said the specific voice, which the company called Sky, “was never intended to resemble (Johansson’s).”
“Out of respect for Ms. Johansson, we have paused using Sky’s voice in our products,” the post said. “We are sorry to Ms. Johansson that we didn’t communicate better.”
The Sky voice option was removed from the feature.
The update promises the ability to better recall conversations and have more natural interactions. It also has the ability to converse in 50 languages and will listen to requests if interrupted.
“Hope you think it was worth the wait,” CEO Sam Altman wrote in a tweet Tuesday.
Advanced audio mode is not yet available in all regions, including the European Union, UK, Switzerland, Iceland, Norway and Liechtenstein.
The launch comes as Google continues to roll out its free AI-powered Gemini Live audio tool to English-language Android users through the Gemini app. Gemini Live, which promises to learn and adapt to users’ conversational style over time, was also announced in May. Meanwhile, Facebook-maker Meta announced on Wednesday it’s adding celebrity voices, including those of Kristen Bell, John Cena and Dame Judi Dench, to its AI chatbot.
Plus special access to select articles and other premium content with your account – free of charge.
By entering your email and pushing continue, you are agreeing to Fox News’ Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive.
Please enter a valid email address.
It’s long been known that no amount of alcohol is good for the body — and now new research spotlights the potential harm it can cause.
More than 5% of all cancer cases are caused by drinking alcohol, according to the Cancer Progress Report 2024 from the American Association for Cancer Research (AACR).
Among the modifiable risk factors for cancer, alcohol is the third biggest, behind obesity (7.6% of cases) and cigarette smoking (19.3%).
TO REDUCE CANCER RISK, SKIP THE ALCOHOL, REPORT SUGGESTS
“Excessive levels of alcohol consumption increase the risk for six different types of cancer, including certain types of head and neck cancer, esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, and breast, colorectal, liver and stomach cancers,” said Rajarshi Sengupta, PhD, lead author of the AACR Cancer Progress Report 2024, in a statement sent to Fox News Digital.
More than 5% of all cancer cases are caused by drinking alcohol, according to the Cancer Progress Report 2024 from the American Association for Cancer Research.(iStock)
“Further, research shows that alcohol intake at an early age can increase the risk of cancer later in life.”
Based on these findings, limiting or eliminating alcohol can reduce the risk of developing alcohol-related cancers by 8% and the risk of all cancers by 4%, the report noted.
Addiction expert warns of risks
There has been a “roller coaster of information” about whether alcohol is harmful, according to addiction psychiatrist Dr. Adam Scioli of Caron Treatment Centers in Pennsylvania.
“There have even been reports for years that it could be beneficial for one’s health — but we know now that alcohol ingestion is one of the modifiable risk factors for cancer,” Scioli, who is not affiliated with AACR, told Fox News Digital.
‘DOES SMARTPHONE EXPOSURE CAUSE BRAIN CANCER?’: ASK A DOCTOR
Around 75,000 Americans each year are diagnosed with a cancer that is linked in some way to alcohol use, according to Scioli.
The more someone drinks — both in volume and frequency — the higher the risk, he warned.
Among the modifiable risk factors for cancer, alcohol is the third biggest, behind obesity (7.6% of cases) and cigarette smoking (19.3%).(iStock)
“Alcohol is a toxin,” Scioli said.
“We’ve long known that it impacts any number of organs, essentially starting with the brain and working its way down to the colorectal system.”
Is there a ‘safe’ amount?
Moderate alcohol use is defined as one drink or less in one day for women.
For men, it is two drinks or fewer per day, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
“We’ve long known that alcohol impacts any number of organs, starting with the brain and working its way down to the colorectal system.”
“Drinking alcohol in moderation may increase your overall risks of death and chronic disease,” the agency stated on its website.
“Even low levels of alcohol use (less than one drink per day) can raise the risk of certain cancers.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Scioli agreed, emphasizing that “we can definitely say there’s no added health benefit to ingestion of alcohol.”
“The line between safety and danger is debatable, and is different for each person.”
While risk factors like tobacco use are widely known, public awareness about the link between alcohol and cancer is still low, according to Sengupta.
Moderate alcohol use is defined as one drink or less in one day for women, and two drinks or fewer for men, per the CDC.(iStock)
Most Americans (51%) are not aware that alcohol increases cancer risk, per AACR data.
“It’s been flying under the radar for far too long — especially given the number of Americans who have met the criteria for alcohol use disorder, which is around 29 million Americans in 2023,” said Scioli.
What needs to change?
The good news, according to Scioli, is that with modifiable risk factors like alcohol, reducing the intake decreases the risk.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
As the report stated, those who are successful in decreasing their drinking or abstaining below those moderate risk levels will see a risk reduction in overall cancers, he noted.
Around 75,000 Americans each year are diagnosed with a cancer that is linked in some way to alcohol use, an expert said.(iStock)
“We need to do a much better job of making the public aware of the risks inherent in drinking — particularly moderate to heavy drinking,” Scioli said.
“And we need to make the public aware that there are mechanisms by which they can access help if they are unable to moderate their drinking or quit on their own.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
To help raise awareness, Sengupta of the AACR called for public messaging campaigns, “such as cancer-specific warning labels displayed on alcoholic beverages.”
Along with that, she told Fox News Digital, “effective clinical strategies that reduce or eliminate alcohol consumption must be considered to reduce the burden of alcohol-related cancers.”
A person preserved a bar bill from 2007 and a photo of the same is now fueling a debate about inflation. A Reddit user shared the old receipt, prompting discussions on how affordable dining out was back then and reflecting on the rise in prices across India. The bill, totalling ₹2,522 from a restaurant called The Supper Factory, offers a nostalgic glimpse into a time when eating out was much cheaper. Among the ten items listed, one dish was priced as low as ₹180. The post’s caption read, “Found 2 bills from 2007 bar visits in Delhi. Man I can’t belive prices of food and alcohol has jumped up since so much.”
Soon, reactions began pouring in – some marvelled at how much ₹2,500 could get you back in 2007, while others pointed out that even then, it wasn’t as “pocket-friendly” as claimed.
One user mentioned, “18 saal pehle 2500 were not that much pocket-friendly bhai” (18 years ago, 2,500 wasn’t that affordable, man).
In reply to this, another user elaborated, “Exactly, in 2007, this amount is equal to approximately 3 gram gold which in today’s rate is approximately 20k, so it was never cheaper. “
“Oh, believe me, that was nowhere near ‘pocket friendly’ back in 2007. That was an entire month’s rent for an independent one-room apartment,” read another.
Often, internet users spark debates on social media when they get frustrated with the high cost of dishes at certain dining outlets or through food delivery apps. In a previous instance, a Reddit user shared a bizarre experience after reviewing their dinner receipt. The post was captioned, “My dinner receipt had a message for me.” Reportedly, the table for two enjoyed fried chicken, carbonara pasta, brown butter cake with a side of ice cream and a dish named ‘Lenalicious’ at an undisclosed restaurant. Read on to know more.
Also Read:X User Shares Pic Of His Restaurant Bill, Reveals He Got Free Food Because Of ‘Love’
Summer is the busiest season at Qinghai Lake, the largest freshwater lake in China.
Birds feed and nurture their young, herders drive yaks to the alpine pastures. Meanwhile, an army of naked carp, a species unique to the lake, gather to start their annual migration.
The fish swim in the lake, which lies in northwest China’s Qinghai Province, at an average depth of 18 meters. But the high saline and alkaline content of the lake water inhibits their gonad development, so every year from May to August the mature naked carp head to the fresh waters of the Buha River and Shaliu River, that flow into the lake, to spawn. This forms one of the great wonders of Qinghai Lake – the migration of the naked carp.
The ‘lost and found’ naked carp
The naked carp has a special place in the hearts of people in Qinghai, because it once helped save countless lives. In the 1950s and 1960s, food shortages led locals to rely on the fish for survival. The large-scale development of Qinghai Lake’s naked carp population began.
But in just a few decades, the “gift of the divine lake,”as the fish was known, was in danger of extinction due to overfishing and habitat loss. By the early 21st century, the number of naked carp in Qinghai Lake had fallen to less than 1 percent of the historical peak.
The local government implemented fishing bans and cracked down hard on illegal fishing and trading. Combined with artificial breeding and the improvement of the ecology of the lake, the carp population bounced back despite a low fertility rate.
Over time, the efforts have paid off. As of 2023, the total tonnage of naked carp in the lake had reached about 120,300 – about 44 times that of 2002. The fish’s protection status has since been downgraded from “endangered” to “vulnerable.”
The protection of the naked carp is just one example of the success of China’s conservation efforts. From giant pandas and crested ibises to golden snub-nosed monkeys, the populations of rare species have gradually grown as the country’s system of nature reserves has developed.
China is home to some of the richest biodiversity on Earth and is the only country with nearly all ecosystem types. Its natural protected areas have boosted biodiversity conservation and play a primary role in safeguarding national ecological security.
Nature reserves of various types have been established in the People’s Republic of China since its founding in 1949. Protection of endangered species has been continuously strengthened, international cooperation has grown, and the network of natural protected areas is bearing fruit.
Ecological civilization was incorporated into China’s integrated development plan in 2012, when Xi Jinping became China’s top leader. Since then, greater changes have been seen across the country as Xi emphasized the importance of seeking harmonious coexistence between humanity and nature.
“The Book of Changes (l Ching) says, ‘We should learn about the changes of the season by studying natural phenomena and foster social development by studying human phenomena. Wealth arises from following the way of heaven and earth and assisting the natural order’,” Xi said at the National Conference on Ecological and Environmental Protection on May 18, 2018.
According to the Chinese Ministry of Natural Resources, by June 2024, the country had restored over 100 million mu (about 6.7 million hectares) of ecosystems that include mountains, rivers, forests, farmlands, lakes, grasslands and deserts.
China’s protected areas cover 18 percent of its land area and 4.1 percent of its maritime area, corresponding to 90 percent of its terrestrial ecosystem types, 85 percent of wild animal populations, 65 percent of higher plant communities and nearly 30 percent of important geological relics.
The country’s nature reserves are a solid foundation for ecological environmental protection, and the “China Biodiversity Conservation Strategy and Action Plan (2023-2030)” has clarified priority areas and actions for biodiversity conservation.
China has also shouldered its international responsibilities, participated in global environmental governance and biodiversity conservation cooperation, and been the driving force for the concept of a community with a shared future for mankind, emphasizing the interdependence and common challenges faced by all countries.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
PRETRAŽILI smo Index Oglase u potrazi za zanimljivim nekretninama, a ovoga puta za oko nam je zapela vikendica koja se nalazi u Zagrebačkoj županiji, u mjestu Gornja Drenova. Vikendica ima 93.11 kvadrata, nalazi se na parceli od 1090 m2, a prodaje se za 75.000 eura.
Sastoji se od suterena, prizemlja i potkrovlja
Sastoji od suterena s dva spremišta i pečenjarom, prizemlja s natkrivenom terasom, ulaznim prostorom, spavaćom sobom, kupaonicom, kuhinjom s blagovaonicom i dnevnim boravkom s izlazom na terasu te potkrovlja s velikom spavaonicom i dva balkona.
Vikendica ima krov od crijepa, fasadu od termo žbuke na južnoj strani i stiropor od 5 cm na ostale tri strane, PVC vanjsku stolariju i grijanje na drva.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Vikendica je smještena na brijegu, okružena zelenilom. Do Svetog Ivana Zeline ima 8 km, do Sesveta ima 16 km, a do izlaza na autoput Sveta Helena ima 11 km.
Oglas možete vidjeti ovdje, a više fotki niže.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
In the days leading up to Friday night’s Moore League showdown between Long Beach Poly and Lakewood, the focus centered on whether transfers Madden Iamaleava and Jace Brown would be able to play for Poly.
The two were on the sideline and participated in a pregame ceremony honoring the seniors, but as it turned out, the players who did suit up did just fine for Poly — particularly junior quarterback Deuce Jefferson.
After spotting Lakewood a 14-point lead in the first five minutes, the host Jackrabbits reeled off 47 unanswered points on their way to a 47-20 victory at Veterans Stadium.
Jefferson, who again might be the signal-caller next week instead of Iamaleava, certainly made a case for being the starter next season, tossing 28- and 47-yard touchdown passes to star receiver Jayden Coley in the first quarter, engineering a long drive to put the Jackrabbits ahead, sprinting 79 yards for a score to open the second half and hitting Kamarie Smith over the middle for a 23-yard touchdown to make it 34-14 late in the third quarter. Jefferson finished with 175 yards and four touchdowns through the air.
“I just go out and work as hard as I can in practice each and every day,” Jefferson said. “We had a couple tough losses early but they only made us stronger. On the touchdown run I see green grass in front of me and took off.”
Quarterback Deuce Jefferson dives for a first down in the first half against Lakewood at Veterans Stadium on Friday.
(Steve Galluzzo / For The Times)
Tailback Josiah Apisala capped the Lancers’ first drive with a seven-yard touchdown run. They recovered a fumble on the ensuing kickoff, and quarterback Kade Casillas made Poly pay by scrambling out of the pocket and tossing a 33-yard scoring strike to Cecil Xavier Smith. However, Lakewood (3-3, 1-1) did not score again until late in the fourth quarter.
Coley’s shoestring catch of a tipped ball gave Poly (2-3, 2-0) the ball inside the Lancers’ one-yard line early in the second quarter, and Benjamin Harris plowed into the end zone on the next play to put Poly ahead 21-14. Lakewood went for it on fourth and one at the Jackrabbits’ eight-yard line with 20 seconds left in the half, but Apisala was tackled a foot short.
Both teams were coming off of shutouts in their league openers. Poly blanked Jordan 33-0 and Lakewood blew out Compton 57-0.
UCLA commits Iamaleava and Brown, both seniors, started the year at Warren High and played the opening game for the Bears before enrolling at Poly on Sept. 5. Both are trying to gain eligibility. Iamaleava was an All-CIF quarterback at Warren last season. Brown plays receiver.
Poly coach Stephen Barbee did not comment on the transfers except to say that paperwork has been submitted and it is now up to the CIF to decide when the star transfers will be given the green light.
Long Beach Poly receiver Dylin Bruce, right, tries to make a catch in the end zone as Lakewood’s Tiwan Jones defends on Friday.
As Sam Altman-run OpenAI prepares to close a potential $6.5 billion funding as early as next week, Apple has reportedly pulled out from the latest round. According to a report in the Wall Street Journal on Saturday, the iPhone maker has “fell out of talks to join the funding round”.
Apple’s involvement was surprising as it is rare for the tech giant to invest in external companies. The reports surfaced after Apple announced a ChatGPT integration into Siri.
“Apple is no longer in talks to participate in an OpenAI funding round expected to raise as much as $6.5 billion, an 11th hour end to what would have been a rare investment by the iPhone maker in another major Silicon Valley company,” the report mentioned.
Microsoft and graphics chip giant Nvidia have also been in talks to participate in the OpenAI funding round where Microsoft is likely to invest around $1 billion. Microsoft has already invested $13 billion in the ChatGPT developer.
As per the report, venture capital firm Thrive Capital is leading the round and putting in around $1 billion. Other investors are likely to be Tiger Global Management and UAE-backed firm MGX.
The report said that OpenAI is also in the process of restructuring from a nonprofit into a for-profit firm.
Meanwhile, three top executives — including Chief Technical Officer Mira Murati — have left the ChatGPT developer. Altman said that Matt Knight, formerly head of security, will be OpenAI’s chief information security officer.
Chief product officer Kevin Weil and VP of engineering, Srinivas Narayanan, will continue to lead OpenAI’s applied team. Josh Achiam will be the Chief Scientist at the AI company.
The company has also forayed into the search market dominated by Google, with launching SearchGPT which is an AI-powered search engine offering real-time access to information across the web.
Tropical Storm John made its second landfall along Mexico’s Pacific coast Friday, while in its wake authorities in the resort city of Acapulco called for help from anyone with a boat to deal with the flooding.
Aerial view of the flooded Arena GNP tennis court following Hurricane John in Acapulco, Guerrero State, Mexico. Mexican troops scrambled Friday to help victims of a hurricane that battered the Pacific coast, including the beach resort of Acapulco, which is still recovering from a devastating storm last year. (Photo by Francisco ROBLES / AFP)
John came ashore near Tizupan in Michoacan state Friday with sustained winds of 45 mph (75 kmh) after making its initial landfall farther east on the coast on Monday as a Category 3 hurricane. Hours later it dissipated over the coastal mountains, but heavy rain was forecast to continue in the area, according to the US National Hurricane Center.
It blew tin roofs off houses, triggered mudslides and toppled scores of trees. After weakening inland, it reemerged over the ocean, reforming as a tropical storm Wednesday and eventually regaining hurricane strength.
At least eight people have died as a result of the storm.
The rain has been the real problem. A year’s worth in a matter of days has pounded the coastal mountains setting off landslides and severe flooding in Acapulco and elsewhere.
The flooding is so bad in Acapulco — which still hasn’t recovered from Hurricane Otis last October — that the head of the municipal civil defense agency said authorities were starting to use boats inside the city to rescue people from low-lying neighborhoods. Residents posted videos and photos of cars floating away in floodwaters, and people rescued from raging waters using life lines.
The city government called for anyone with a boat or personal watercraft to contribute them to rescue efforts in flooded neighborhoods. Gov. Evelyn Salgado said on X that tourism companies were starting to use personal watercraft and other small boats to rescue people in Acapulco.
“We are getting boats to start carrying out more effective evacuations,” Efrén Valdez, civil protection coordinator for Acapulco, told the Milenio Television station. “The situation is very complicated.”
Authorities reported they had performed an “important” number of water rescues Friday and that Acapulco’s airport remained closed. The main highway connecting the coastal resort with Mexico City had also been blocked intermittently by landslides.
The area had received a year’s worth of precipitation in a matter of days. President Andrés Manuel López Obrador said that more than 1,200 people were in shelters.
The rain was also setting off landslides and collapsing retention walls in the steep mountains above the city.
Officials have confirmed one boy was swept away by floodwaters in Acapulco and four others were killed in other parts of the coastal state of Guerrero, where Acapulco is located. Gov. Salomón Jara of the neighboring state of Oaxaca, said three people had died there as a result of floods or mudslides related to John.
John was churning along the coast of Michoacan state early Friday about 55 miles (85 kilometers) west of the port Lazaro Cardenas, according to the U.S. National Hurricane Center. It was moving north-northwest at 3 mph (6 kmh). The storm had maximum sustained winds of 60 mph (85 kph).
Since the end of the most deadly conflict in human history, hundreds of World War II movies have been produced all around the world.
Express.co.uk unveiled the Top 10 of all time, as ranked by fans on IMDb and Steven Spielberg’s Oscar-winning epic Schindler’s List came out on top.
His other World War II blockbuster Saving Private Ryan came in at No 2, but the director’s Holocaust movie has the highest score on the website.
The 3 hour and 15 minute black and white masterpiece tells the true story of Oskar Schindler (Liam Neeson), a German industrialist who saved the lives of 1100 Polish Jews by employing them in his factories.
When comparing list prices, electric vehicles (EVs) are still often more expensive than comparable combustion-powered vehicles.
When it comes to novated leasing, however, it’s a different ballgame – and EVs often come out ahead.
That’s because fringe benefits tax (FBT) currently isn’t payable on new electric or plug-in hybrid vehicles if they’re used by a current employee or their associates (such as family members) and fall under the luxury car tax (LCT) threshold.
The LCT threshold for so-called “fuel efficient vehicles” for the 2024/25 financial year is $91,387.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
First, just what is a novated lease?
Put simply, it’s a three-way agreement between you, your employer, and a finance or leasing company that could reduce your tax obligations.
It’s a form of salary sacrificing, with your vehicle payments deducted from your pay before taxes are deducted. Despite this, you’re still allowed 100 per cent personal use of the vehicle, and you can even modify your car upfront and bundle the cost of accessories into the total cost of the vehicle.
This fact also means you should skirt paying GST, as your employer can claim an input tax credit of up to $6191 before billing you.
Not only that, but novated lease payments include running costs such as insurance, servicing, fuelling or charging, tyres, and registration.
Novated leasing usually reduces your tax obligations, but it’s considered a fringe benefit. That means your employer has to pay FBT, which is charged at 47 per cent, with the taxable value being 20 per cent of the car’s cost.
With the FBT not applying to electric vehicles, however, this makes them a more appealing prospect for novated leases.
For example, according to Australian-owned and operated novated leasing provider Oly, a MG ZS EV Long Range ends up costing less to lease than a base Suzuki Ignis… despite the Suzuki having a drive-away price around $20,000 less than the MG.
Below are figures based on a person in Victoria earning $130,000 a year and planning to travel 15,000km a year with a lease term of five years.
MG ZS EV LR
Suzuki Ignis
Vehicle drive-away price
$46,990
$25,286
Upfront GST payable on vehicle price
$4034.11
$2140.44
Weekly payment (incl. running costs, GST)
$253.51
$190.15
Approx. weekly tax, GST savings
$110.25
$43.47
Net cost per week
$143.26
$146.68
Net cost over five years
$37,247.60
$38,136.80
Approx. saving over 5 years
$28,665.25
$11,303.40
There are a few more things to know about novated leasing.
Lease payments are bundled with running costs such as insurance, servicing, fuelling or charging, tyres, and registration. That means the costs are part of your salary sacrificed payments, boosting the tax benefit.
You can even modify your car upfront and include the cost in the overall lease.
Lease periods are typically between one and five years and have a predetermined expected annual mileage.
Once you reach the end of the period, you can either pay the residual or balloon payment – which on a five-year lease is about 28 per cent of the vehicle price – and keep the car.
Alternatively, you can refinance the amount or trade in the car and trade up into another lease.
If you change jobs, a novated lease could be transferable if your new employer is willing to take it on, otherwise you’ll need to make lease payments directly.
The Australian Government hasn’t offered direct subsidies on the purchase price of EVs, and state incentive programs offering these have largely dried up.
However, the Electric Car Discount does offer those interested in an EV (or a PHEV, at least for the time being) an enticing option.
Disclaimer: The information on this website is for general purposes only and not a substitute for professional financial advice. CarExpert recommends seeking independent legal, financial, taxation or other advice unique to your individual circumstances.
Swiggy is reportedly preparing for a massive IPO to raise $1.4 billion (approximately Rs 11,664 crore) in funds.
Madhuri Dixit and Ritesh Mailk, founder of Innov8, a co-working space player, have invested Rs 3 crore in Swiggy through the secondary market.
Actress Madhuri Dixit has made a major investment in food delivery giant Swiggy ahead of its upcoming initial public offering (IPO). Madhuri and Ritesh Mailk, founder of Innov8, a co-working space player, have invested a total of Rs 3 crore in Swiggy by pooling Rs 1.5 crore each.
According to a Moneycontrolreport, the stake acquisition was done through the secondary market.
The duo had reportedly picked up the shares for Rs 345 each. The transaction was facilitated by Avendus, the investment banker for Swiggy.
Speaking to the news outlet, Madhuri’s husband, Dr Shriram Nene declined to confirm the investment but added, “The startup ecosystem in India is certainly one of the most interesting in the world due to the unique and diverse nature of India’s consumers and markets.”
The latest investment makes Madhuri Dixit the second celebrity investor in Swiggy with Amitabh Bachchan, who picked up a stake in the company in August this year.
Swiggy is reportedly preparing for a massive IPO to raise $1.4 billion (approximately Rs 11,664 crore) in funds.
The company was previously expected to raise Rs 3,750 crore (around $450 million) through a fresh issue. However, the fresh issue size has now reportedly been updated to Rs 5,000 crore (about $600 million), an increase of Rs 1,250 crore or $150 million, as the company readies a cash chest in a highly competitive market.
In all, Swiggy will raise around $1.4 billion, up from $1.25 billion expected previously, through the IPO.
Swiggy’s revenue for FY24 grew 36% year on year to Rs 11,247 crore from Rs 8,265 crore in FY23.
Its losses were lower by 44 %, from Rs 4,179 crore in FY23 to Rs 2,350 crore in FY24, linked to the better control of expenses.
The Indian food delivery market is largely dominated by two players: Swiggy and Zomato which combined hold about 90 to 95% market share in the industry.
Zomato came out with its IPO in 2021.
Business Desk
A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings …Read More
The XRP Ledger (XRPL) recently implemented two significant upgrades, sparking excitement and speculation about their potential effects on Ripple’s stablecoin, RLUSD, and the broader ecosystem. On Friday, the upgrades—“fixEmptyDID” and “fixPreviousTxnID”—were backed by 31 validators, surpassing the required threshold for implementation.
The “fixEmptyDID” upgrade aims to eliminate the creation of empty DID ledger entries, enhancing ledger efficiency by preventing unnecessary data storage. In contrast, the “fixPreviousTxnID” upgrade focuses on improving transaction tracking by adding critical fields to ledger entries, allowing for better tracing of transaction histories.
Any impact on RLUSD
However with this major upgrade now many are questioning if this will have any impact on Ripple’s RLUSD in the future. According to Monica Long, Ripple President both have different purposes and uses, RLUSD is aimed at institutional use, while XRP focuses on liquidity and transactions. As the XRP Ledger grows, the company may explore innovative ways to enhance its capabilities.
RLUSD: Aiming for Launch This Year
These enhancements are set to optimize XRPL’s capabilities, enabling more complex applications while streamlining operations. As Ripple beta-tests its stablecoin on both XRPL and Ethereum, attention shifts to how these upgrades may affect RLUSD’s functionality.
Ripple President Monica Long has indicated that the launch of RLUSD is anticipated this year, pending U.S. approval. She emphasized the stablecoin’s potential to address a broader range of use cases compared to XRP, with decentralized exchanges (DEXs) on XRPL poised to benefit from these developments.
In a lively chat with Coin Desk Japan, Ripple President Monica Long emphasized that the recent victory is a game-changer for the entire cryptocurrency industry. She highlighted how it clarifies U.S. legal rules and sets a new precedent.
Long noted that even before the SEC lawsuit, 40% of Ripple’s growth came from Asia, with most customers in the Asia-Pacific region. Post-ruling, the company has accelerated its expansion outside the U.S., but now, it’s also poised to make its products and services more accessible in the U.S. market.
Overall, the recent upgrades could significantly strengthen the ecosystem for both RLUSD and XRP, enhancing their functionality and flexibility in various applications. As the anticipation builds around the launch of RLUSD, the XRPL community remains optimistic about these transformative changes.
A unique academic programme seeks to revolutionise how sacred spaces are run. Temple Connect, a private initiative has launched India’s first-ever Postgraduate Diploma in Temple Management, blending age-old traditions with modern management techniques.
Temples are ecosystems that need to be managed efficiently. From handling millions of devotees to managing donations and implementing sustainable practices, running a temple in the 21st century is no small feat,” declares Giresh Kulkarni, Founder of Temple Connect.
Expansion planned
The innovative course, which kicked off its inaugural batches at the University of Mumbai and Welingkar Institute, plans to expand to Savitribai Phule Pune University and potentially 19 other institutions across India.
But what exactly does “temple management” entail?
“We’re talking about queue management, disaster planning, fund management, and even technology integration,” he explains.
“Imagine handling 18 to 20 lakh people visiting the Siddhivinayak temple on a single Angarika day. That’s not just about devotion; that’s logistics,” says Kulkarni.
Ravindra Sangurde from Mumbai University says, “We talk about the financial management of temples, administrative work, Trust Acts, disaster management, and quality management in temples. For instance, how to maintain the quality of prasad.”
Easing experience
The six-month course is designed to be a crash course in divine administration.
Students will spend three months in intensive classroom training, followed by a three-month hands-on internship at various renowned temples.
“The faculty consists of seasoned professionals, all of whom have substantial practical experience in temple operations,” Sangurde adds.
From financial management and administrative duties to disaster management and quality control, the course covers it all.
Kulkarni emphasises the technological aspect. “There are CCTV cameras, queue managers, safety security guards, fire alarm systems… Someone is managing all these factors to secure the experience of the devotee or pilgrim.”
The programme has attracted diverse students, breaking the traditional mould of temple administration.
Kulkarni stresses the inclusive nature of the course, saying, “There is no caste element here. Anyone who’s a graduate can join the course, subject to their inclination to the topic.”
Sangurde says already they have got 22 admisions at Mumbai University, and many enquiries.
With a modest fee of ₹25,000 per year,the course is not just limited to Hindu temples but applies to gurudwaras, Buddhist shrines and churches too.
Looking ahead, Kulkarni shares ambitious plans. He says, “Discussions are underway with 19 other government-driven universities and private institutions to launch the programme across States like Chhattisgarh, Gujarat, Goa, Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, and Uttar Pradesh, as well as cities like Varanasi, Noida, Delhi, Haridwar, and more within the next two academic years.”
California’s ban on plastic grocery bags is set to expand, but shoppers still have over a year to wait until paper becomes the only game in town.
Gov. Gavin Newsom on Sunday signed a bill into law that will make his state’s preexisting ban on plastic grocery bags complete. Ten years ago, California became the first state to ban thin plastic grocery bags, which aren’t easy to recycle and have become an environmental burden. A loophole in this decade-old law allowed stores to offer customers a thicker sort of plastic bag, but once this new law takes effect, those will be gone as well.
The use of plastic grocery bags has been a significant contributor to plastic pollution, with a 2024 report from Condor Ferries saying that around 327 million bags from the US alone end up in the ocean each year, while a 2023 Environmental Protection Agency report found that around 3.04 million tons of “plastic bags, sacks and wraps” ended up in landfills as recently as 2018. California, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Hawaii, Maine, New Jersey, New York, Oregon, Rhode Island, Vermont and Washington have laws banning or restricting single-use plastic bags in an effort to curb those issues.
For more, here’s how to identify which plastics you can recycle and which takeout containers are recyclable.
What sort of bags are being added to California’s ban?
Under the current ban, which became law in 2014, California stores have been allowed to offer customers thicker plastic bags that are supposedly more recyclable. Under the expanded law signed by Newsom, any and all plastic bags will be banned from grocery stores, permitting stores to let customers use their own reusable bags or buy a paper bag.
When does California’s expanded plastic bag ban go into effect?
There’s quite a long time to wait for this expanded ban, as it’s set to take effect on Jan. 1, 2026.
Why is the plastic bag ban being expanded?
California State Sen. Catherine Blakespear was one of the expanded ban’s supporters while it was working its way through the state legislature. She cited statistics suggesting that the current ban hasn’t reduced overall plastic use in the state. According to the state study she referenced, the amount of plastic bags thrown away per person on California grew from eight pounds in 2004 to 11 pounds in 2021.
“We are literally choking our planet with plastic waste,” Blakespear said while speaking in favor of the bill in February.
For more, read about what can be done about a world “drowning in plastic” and which mistakes to avoid when recycling paper and cardboard.
A new drug has been approved for the treatment of schizophrenia in adults.
On Thursday, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved COBENFY (xanomeline and trospium chloride), an oral medication that is manufactured by Bristol Myers Squibb in New Jersey.
This marks the first new class of medications for the brain disorder in several decades, according to a press release.
5 MYTHS ABOUT SCHIZOPHRENIA, ACCORDING TO A MENTAL HEALTH EXPERT: ‘HUGE STIGMA’
COBENFY is expected to be available in the U.S. in late October, the company noted.
A new drug has been approved for the treatment of schizophrenia in adults.(iStock)
“Today’s landmark approval of our first-in-class treatment for schizophrenia marks an important milestone for the community, where after more than 30 years, there is now an entirely new pharmacological approach for schizophrenia — one that has the potential to change the treatment paradigm,” said Chris Boerner, PhD, board chair and chief executive officer at Bristol Myers Squibb, in the press release.
STUDY REVEALS HEAVY MARIJUANA USE IS LINKED TO SCHIZOPHRENIA
Schizophrenia is a serious mental illness that affects a person’s thoughts, feelings and behaviors.
It often causes hallucinations, delusions, disordered speech and loss of touch with reality, Mayo Clinic states on its website.
COBENFY (xanomeline and trospium chloride) is an oral medication that is manufactured by Bristol Myers Squibb in New Jersey.(Bristol Myers Squibb)
The disorder can also lead to lack of emotional expression, lack of motivation, cognitive dysfunction and social withdrawal.
Approximately 2.8 million people in the U.S. and 24 million people globally are living with schizophrenia.
AI-DISCOVERED DRUG SHOWS ‘ENORMOUS POTENTIAL’ TO TREAT SCHIZOPHRENIA: ‘REAL NEED FOR BETTER TREATMENT’
The disorder has traditionally been treated with antipsychotic medications, but around 40% of patients do not respond to treatments and 60% experience “inadequate improvement” in symptoms or “intolerable side effects,” studies have shown.
COBENFY is expected to be available in the U.S. in late October, the company noted.(Bristol Myers Squibb)
COBENFY works differently than the currently available schizophrenia medications.
“Due to its heterogeneous nature, schizophrenia is not a one-size-fits-all condition, and people often find themselves in a cycle of discontinuing and switching therapies,” said Rishi Kakar, MD, chief scientific officer and medical director at Segal Trials and investigator in the drug’s clinical trials, in the release.
“Schizophrenia is not a one-size-fits-all condition, and people often find themselves in a cycle of discontinuing and switching therapies.”
“The approval of COBENFY is a transformative moment in the treatment of schizophrenia because, historically, medicines approved to treat schizophrenia have relied on the same primary pathways in the brain.”
“By leveraging a novel pathway, COBENFY offers a new option to manage this challenging condition.”
“Today’s landmark approval of our first-in-class treatment for schizophrenia marks an important milestone for the community,” said Chris Boerner, PhD, board chair and chief executive officer at Bristol Myers Squibb.(iStock)
Sam Clark, founder and CEO at Terran Biosciences — a biotech company that develops treatments and technologies for neurological and psychiatric diseases in New York City — commented on the new approval in a statement sent to Fox News Digital.
“I am excited that the FDA has just approved [COBENFY] as a treatment for patients with schizophrenia, marking a big leap forward in the psychiatry space,” he said.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“These patients live with a difficult disease, and this drug with a novel mechanism of action will surely make a significant impact,” Clark continued.
“We look forward to seeing the renaissance continue as this approval paves the way for future breakthroughs and novel patient-focused therapeutics.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
The approval follows three phases of clinical trials in which COBENFY was shown to result in a “statistically significant improvement in illness.”
Schizophrenia is a serious mental illness that affects a person’s thoughts, feelings and behaviors and often causes hallucinations and delusions.(iStock)
In terms of safety, the medication’s most common side effects during clinical trials were nausea, indigestion, vomiting, diarrhea, constipation, hypertension, abdominal pain, accelerated heart rate, dizziness and gastroesophageal reflux disease, the release stated.
Patients with certain existing medical conditions may experience other, more serious risks.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
People should discuss potential complications with a doctor before starting the medication.
Fox News Digital reached out to Bristol Myers Squibb and the Schizophrenia & Psychosis Action Alliance requesting comment.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
Even today, a mortar and pestle are kitchen must-haves for grinding ginger for your morning chai. It’s not just ginger-garlic, green chillies, or even spices that get that extra burst of flavour when crushed before adding them to your cooking. You can find mortar and pestles made of aluminium, iron, or stone in the market. But, let’s be real, a lot of people still aren’t sure how to use them properly. There are a few handy tips you should know, especially if you’ve just bought a new one. Let’s dive into those without further delay.
Also Read: Kitchen Tips: How To Clean A Mixer Grinder
Here Are 5 Mistakes You’re Making With Mortar And Pestle:
Using The Pestle Wrong
One of the most common complaints is that the spices don’t grind well in the mortar. This usually happens when you’re not using the pestle correctly. Instead of pounding directly on the spices, try rotating the pestle in a circular motion. Smashing the spices straight down can cause them to jump out of the mortar and make a mess.
Grinding In A Dry Mortar
Before you start grinding anything, always rinse your mortar with water. If you’re finding it hard to get a good consistency when grinding spices in a dry mortar, try wetting the mortar first. A little water goes a long way in making the spices easier to grind.
Stone Mortars Are Your Best Bet
If you haven’t switched to a stone mortar yet, it’s time to consider it. Stone mortars and pestles are heavier, which makes grinding spices a breeze. Metal mortars don’t have the same effect, and you’ll find yourself putting in more effort without getting the same result.
Prepping A New Mortar
Got a brand new stone mortar? Don’t use it right away! If you do, you might find some stone particles mixed with your spices, which could mess up the taste of your food.
Cleaning Your Mortar The Right Way
First, soak your stone mortar in water for a bit. Then, give it a good scrub. Once it’s dry, toss in a spoonful of sugar and grind it in a circular motion. You’ll notice the sugar turning grey – that’s normal. But we’re not done yet. Rinse the mortar, let it dry again, and this time grind some rice. Do this three to four times, and don’t use the rice afterwards. Wash the mortar once more, and you’re all set!
So, before you get started, follow these tips to make the most of your mortar and pestle.
Yemen’s Houthis said on Friday they targeted three U.S. destroyers in the Red Sea with 23 ballistic and winged missiles and a drone. The American vessels were on their way to support Israel, the Houthis said.
A line of luxury watches was promoted by former President Donald J. Trump for its gold and its diamonds. Watch experts are less enthusiastic about the quality.
Dupixent was found to significantly reduce the rate of moderate to severe exacerbations of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, according to data from the Phase III BOREAS and NOTUS trials.
The information is current and up-to-date in accordance with the latest veterinarian research.
Learn more »
Hi, I’m Dr. Karyn! Read my introduction to learn more about me and meet my five hilarious cats: Clutch, Cyril, Alex, Zelda, and Zazzles.
I saw something recently that made my blood boil. It was the emergence of a new ‘designer’ cat breed called the ‘Bully’ or ‘Dwelf’ Cat. Named for their elf-like features and genetic dwarfism, these pitiful creatures have the hairless mutation of the Sphynx, the limb deformity of the Munchkin Cat, and the turned up ears of the American Curl. I can’t fathom any reason why someone would deliberately set out to create such an unhealthy mix, apart from ignorance, cruelty, or greed.
Cruelty can take many different forms, and it’s not always as obvious as directly inflicting pain and suffering on an individual animal. Knowingly creating a cat that comes from two breeds with the most extreme feline appearances is irresponsible. And continuing to do so after being made aware of the health problems these cats will endure is cruel.
Most cat lovers out there will wholeheartedly agree with me on this, but there are obviously those who aren’t aware of the health problems and suffering these cats have in store. Many people trust breeders, sometimes more than they trust vets, and do not believe they would knowingly breed an unhealthy animal, and in some cases, that is true. However, much like the mentality behind animal poachers, if someone will buy them, someone will sell them.
Breeding and Mutation
Cyril
Picture a cat. A simple (yet awesome) tabby cat like Cyril. If allowed to breed without any human intervention, most feline populations would eventually look a lot like him. His features represent the dominant genes, so it is a statistical certainty that over time, these genes will dominate.
Any variation from standard genetics is caused by a mutation, whether it be a lack of fur, extra toes, or an unusual coat color. When we don’t intervene, those mutations tend to get diluted back into the population, rarely, if ever, to be seen again.
What happens with selective breeding is that we see those variations, and mate those individuals with others that have the same or similar mutations, producing a population of cats with a high incidence of that trait. Unfortunately, when humans first started doing this, they didn’t necessarily realize that those physical features may be linked to other genetic abnormalities or defects, like heart disease, kidney problems, or bone deformities.
People didn’t know that pairing white fur with blue eyes often resulted in deafness, or that the mutation that gives the Scottish Fold their trademark ears also causes a cartilage defect that can be painful and debilitating. But we do now. Yet, we have worrying breed mixes like the Scottish Fold x Munchkin, and now, the Dwelf. And there is no doubt in my mind that the people who are breeding these cats are hoping like hell that people stay in the dark about their health.
Image credit: Pet Foto, Pexels
The Trouble With Dwelves
Although generally a fairly robust cat, the genes that give the Sphynx cat their hairless appearance have also given them a predisposition to skin problems, heart disease, hereditary myopathy (a neuromuscular disorder), and poor thermoregulation.
The short stature of the Munchkin Cat is the result of a genetic mutation that stops the bones from growing normally. This mutation is so severe that embryos that inherit two copies of the munchkin gene will die in the womb.
I appreciate that not everyone is going to have a firm grasp of genetics, but how can anyone think that combining two breeds with such obvious genetic mutations could possibly be a good idea?
I have seen the claims from Dwelf and Bully Cat breeders that their kittens are happy and healthy. They might be happy, but they are by definition, not healthy. A cat that is born with three legs or missing its eyes might be ‘happy’, but does that mean we should start deliberately breeding three-legged or no-eyed cats? Of course not. But if people will pay money for something, people will provide it.
Be An Advocate for Cats
This is where I ask for your help, because I am just one voice, desperate to show people the cruelty inherent in creating ‘designer’ breeds like the Dwelf, with no thought or appreciation for the consequences of their actions. Tell your family, tell your friends, tell your followers – these cats are being deliberately bred to have genetic defects, but if no one will buy them, the breeders will stop exploiting them.
This article is a part of Dr. Karyn’s series with her five hilarious cats.
Property Share Investment Trust, registered as a small and medium real estate investment trust, has filed the draft scheme document for PropShare Platina, its first scheme to raise up to ₹353 crore.
PropShare Platina comprises 2.47 lakh sq ft office space in Prestige Tech Platina, on Outer Ring Road, Bengaluru, which will be fully leased to a US-based tech company through a fresh 9-year lease with a 4.6 year weighted average lock-in and 15 per cent escalation in rents every three years.
The scheme offers investors a projected FY26 distribution yield of 9 per cent.
Outer Ring Road is the largest office market in Bengaluru with over a third of total office stock and has offices of various multinationals including Adobe, Amazon, Google, Samsung, CISCO, JP Morgan, Morgan Stanley, Wells Fargo, among others.
The asset — developed by The Prestige Group — is located close to the upcoming metro station that is set to connect the outer ring road to the airport.
Fee waiver
For the first scheme, the Investment Manager, PropShare Investment Manager, has decided to waive off all annual management expenses (including investment management fee and property management fee) for FY25 and FY26 and will charge a nominal fee of 0.25 per cent in FY27 and 0.30 per cent from FY28 onwards.
Property Share will also invest a minimum 5 per cent of the units of the scheme or ₹17.6 crore from its capital into the offering as its contribution. The IPO is entirely a fresh issue of Platina units with no offer-for-sale component.
The funds raised in the offer will be utilised primarily for acquisition of the Prestige Tech Platina asset by the Platina SPVs with the remaining for other general corporate purposes.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
DANSKI tehnološki portal FlatpanelsHD nedavno je recenzirao novi LG G4 OLED TV i otkrio da televizor prikazuje oglase prije nego što se aktivira screensaver, koji se obično pojavljuje kada televizor nije u upotrebi. Zanimljivo je da se ti oglasi ne mogu preskočiti, unatoč visokoj cijeni uređaja od 2200 eura.
Kako navodi portal, većinom su to sponzorirane poruke LG-a ili njegovih partnera. Na primjer, jedan od oglasa promovirao je LG Channels, besplatnu aplikaciju za gledanje televizije. Portal FlatpanelsHD napominje da se prikazuju i reklame za druge proizvode i usluge.
Zašto se pojavljuju oglasi na tako skupom uređaju?
Iako postoji mogućnost isključivanja oglasa kroz Dodatne postavke, iznenađujuće je da se oglasi uopće pojavljuju na uređaju tako visoke cijene. Portal piše da LG prikazuje iste oglase jednako često i na svojim jeftinijim modelima.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Prema portalu, iza ove inicijative stoji LG Ad Solutions, odjel zadužen za oglašavanje na LG pametnim televizorima. Prema izjavi Chrisa Weilanda, direktora za marketing proizvoda u LG Ad Solutionsu, oglasi koji se prikazuju dok je televizor u mirovanju predstavljaju važan iskorak u privlačenju pažnje gledatelja.
Ovi oglasi se prikazuju preko cijelog ekrana u trenucima kada televizor nije aktivan, s ciljem povećanja vidljivosti brendova. Weiland je istaknuo da su povratne informacije i rezultati istraživanja pokazali kako takvi oglasi privlače pažnju i potiču korisnike na interakciju, zbog čega su postali važan dio LG-jeve oglašivačke ponude.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
The California Horse Racing Board met last week in Sacramento to decide the immediate future of horse racing in the northern part of the state. There was tension, confrontation and a sense of desperation from all the proponents in the room looking for a lifeline to run a short three-month meeting in Pleasanton to show that they can do it.
The meeting had everything but power. No, not the kind of power that politicians wield with impunity. Actual honest-to-goodness electrical power, the stuff of Edison and Tesla that drives microphones, lighting and the internet.
It might have been the first time this sort of thing has happened in more than 20 years but the difficulties were emblematic of the current state of California horse racing, a sport that is closer to circling the drain than stopping the bleeding.
So, how does California’s largest race track deal with the current state of the business? Why throw a party, of course.
On Saturday, Santa Anita is hosting the California Crown, a first-year event that is supposed to entice people to experience horse racing by offering healthy sides of musical entertainment, an elevated food experience and the belief the sport can provide more than hoof beats and tote boards.
Some see this as a new version of the apocryphal story of Nero fiddling while Rome burns. Others see it as the Stronach Group, owner of Santa Anita, believing so much in the sport that this type of event will energize the populace and bring much-needed new fans to the sport.
“I know they want this to be a day that mirrors the Pegasus at Gulfstream Park in Florida,” said Bill Nader, president and chief executive of the Thoroughbred Owners of California. “So, we’ll see how it goes. It’s a very competitive landscape in Southern California this time of year with USC and UCLA football both being at home, and possibly before sellout crowds. [TSG] is putting its money up and taking its best shot.
“Regardless, if someone says it’s the right use of money, it’s their company, it’s their race track, it’s their call. But we’ll get behind it.”
The day starts at 12:30 p.m. with the first of 10 races. The big races start about 3:30 p.m. with the $750,000 John Henry Turf Championship going 1 ¼ miles, followed by the $750,000 Eddie D Stakes for horses going about 6 ½ furlongs on the downhill turf course.
The big event was supposed to be the $1-million California Crown at 4:30 p.m., with a less than hoped for group of six horses going 1 1/8 miles on the dirt. The race was formerly known as the Awesome Again Stakes, when it paid only $300,000.
The California Crown race is part of a bonus program with a $5-million bonus to any horse that won the Preakness Stakes, California Crown and Pegasus. However, that became meaningless when Preakness winner Seize the Grey elected to skip the California Crown and instead run in the Pennsylvania Derby last week, which he won. There are also bonuses tied to the turf races.
The music will start after the first race is over with Siobhan followed by Amika (1:11 p.m.), the McLarens (1:45 p.m.), Elan Bia (3:42 p.m.), Shaboozey (4:13 p.m.), Zack Bia (5:21 p.m.), Lil Yachty and Zack Bia (5:30 p.m.), Frank Walker (5:51 p.m.) and Gryffin (6:40 p.m.)
Shaboozey is probably the hottest name right now based on a few hits on the country music charts. His set, like most, will last about 20 minutes. The stage is trackside, in the Delila VIP area, just past the finish line. General admission, which was free Friday, is $27.30 on Saturday. General parking is free.
The Delilah trackside box seats, the highest ticket prices, cost $1,372.50 a seat.
“Some concerts work, some concerts don’t work,” said Robert Hartman, who worked in marketing at Santa Anita before becoming general manager at Golden Gate Fields. He is currently the director of the Race Track Industry Program at the University of Arizona.
“We had two types of musical groups,” Hartman said. “One was groups that were just getting started. They were hot but only had maybe one hit. The hope was by the time you booked them they had two, three, four, five hits.
“Or they were the opposite, they had a brand name but their brand has faded. One that comes to mind is Frankie Valli. He had the brand and people still wanted to see him because he was Frankie Valli. The Beach Boys would be another example.”
Hartman remembers when No Doubt, fronted by Gwen Stefani, played at Santa Anita. “We probably had 25,000 to see No Doubt,” Hartman said. “They got more and more popular between the time we booked them and the time they performed. We almost had to shut the admissions gates. And they were relatively inexpensive.”
The real goal of these types of promotions is to collect data about those who are new to racing so they can be the target of direct marketing.
While Hartman believes it’s best to intersperse the music between races, it’s not the only way to do things.
“Del Mar’s now discontinued concerts were apparently very successful, especially their innovation of having the concerts after the races,” said Alan Balch a longtime Santa Anita marketing and public relations executive who is the executive director of the California Thoroughbred Trainers.
“It enabled concertgoers to come to the races earlier, at the regular low track admission price, but then have to pay a much higher admission to come to the concert alone. To any regular racing fan attending those days, it was a win-win — large numbers of new fans being introduced to the races, with the attendant buzz in the crowd. The after-race concerts did not disturb any racing activities. This is the very definition of successful market development, provided the concert cost-benefit analysis indicated break-even or better.”
Aidan Butler is the chief executive over TSG’s ever-shrinking racing empire. The company closed Golden Gate Fields this year and gave Pimlico Race Course in Baltimore to the state so it didn’t have to pay for a massive rebuild of the ancient facility.
“The criticism of California is that no one markets anymore and we take that as a fair criticism,” Butler said. “How do you get visibility for a racetrack that is in a very highly populated area that is Hollywood? I’m just trying to get visibility to a newer audience. And you can’t do that with just horse racing.”
California racing has been in decline for several years. The state has some of the lowest purses compared with the racing circuits in Kentucky and New York. The difference is those states get supplemental income from casino gambling, something California does not. Kentucky purses have reached ridiculously high levels since the introduction of Historical Horse Racing, marketed as a game of skill using old horse races as content but is really little more than a slot machine.
Purses are paid through a percentage of money bet on the races and managed by the TOC. If there is not enough revenue by virtue of reduced mutuel handle, the TOC enters what’s counterintuitively known as an overpayment. The shortfall is paid by the track with the fantastical notion that it will one day be paid back.
During the six-month winter-spring meeting at Santa Anita, there was a shortfall of $5 million, which Santa Anita is carrying. At Del Mar, the track picked up $1 million in purses.
TSG is picking up the tab for Saturday’s racing, which amounts to about $3.1 million.
“Some ask why don’t they take that money and put it into overnight [daily] purses or to pay down the overpayment, but in the end, it’s their money, their race track and if they elect to go for the big bang marketing effort then who are we to object,” Nader said.
“We have to respect their strategic investment if they believe that this is a better approach and it’s going to help. Either effort would benefit horse owners but … we have to respect their position. I could make an argument for either side. If they were to come and offer that money for overnights, I’d be in favor of that too.”
Hartman points out that even if Saturday is a huge success, you need a strategy beyond that one day.
“On the negative side, we would get people on a big day like that and they had a good time and they come back on a Thursday and the experience wasn’t quite as energetic,” Hartman said. “It was always my concern when their second visit didn’t live up to the excitement of the first visit with live music. Would that then turn them off?”
Balch says all tracks need to look beyond the next big weekend.
“Any marketing, advertising, sales promotion efforts must be part of a plan which enables measuring effectiveness,” Balch said. “All ‘proper’ marketing is for profit, either short or long-term, and must be subject to analysis of cost vs. benefit.”
If Saturday’s card is a success as an experience — it’s highly unlikely it will be a financial success — Butler understands the tightrope that must be walked between regular and new race-goers.
“We really do give a lot of thought into customers that are here day in and day out,” Butler said. “The elevation of the experience is to attract new customers. But we still want to show the love to customers who come day in and day out. And you’ve got the ADW [advance deposit wagering] crowd and the people who bet from home. I’m hoping from a betting standpoint there will be a great card to wager on.”
It will take time to assess if this grand experiment will make a difference or if one day Shaboozey will be the answer to a trivia question as to who played a significant role in saving California racing.
Samsung has launched Galaxy Tab S10+ and Tab S10 Ultra in India. The company claims that they are the world’s first AI-powered tablet.
Both Galaxy Tab S10+ and S10 Ultra come equipped with Dynamic AMOLED 2X displays with an anti-reflective coating. Galaxy Tab S10 Ultra has a 14.6-inch Dynamic AMOLED 2X display, featuring an anti-reflective coating for stunning visuals and an immersive viewing experience, even in bright conditions.
It also has dual 12-megapixel selfie cameras and dual rear cameras (13MP main and 8MP ultrawide).
The Galaxy Tab S10 Ultra and Galaxy Tab S10+ leverage major advancements in AI processing to offer a powerful, seamless performance.
The Galaxy Tab S10 Ultra boasts an over 18 per cent boost in CPU, a 28 per cent increase in GPU, and a 14 per cent improvement in NPU compared to its predecessor, the Galaxy Tab S9 Ultra. With extended battery life and Super-Fast Charging, the Galaxy Tab S10 series ensures longer usage with minimal downtime for recharging.
The Galaxy Tab S10 series also acts as a home AI device, with a 3D Map View that gives a visual overview of the home and all connected devices to streamline device management across the SmartThings ecosystem. Robust Samsung Knox security ensures data privacy and control, while innovative materials underscore Samsung’s commitment to a more sustainable future.
Coupled with a massive 11,200mAh battery, 16GB of RAM, and 1TB of storage, Galaxy Tab S10 Ultra is the ultimate companion for work and play, perfectly mirroring the high-end specifications of its predecessor.
Galaxy Tab S10 Availability, Price & Offers
Galaxy Tab S10 series is available for pre-order from September 27, 2024.
Its winding allies, ancient mosque and ochre earthen houses helped bestow on Agadez its UNESCO World Heritage status, but the town in Niger is now under threat from flooding.
A man walks in the vicinity of a earthen mud mosque in Agadez, in northern Niger, on April 2, 2017. Its winding allies, 16th-century mosque and ochre houses helped bestow on Agadez its UNESCO World Heritage status but the Nigerien city now faces serious threat from flooding. (Photo by ISSOUF SANOGO / AFP)
Overflowing rivers are no longer a rarity in the vast arid nation on the edge of the Sahara Desert.
But the rainy season this year has been particularly devastating, killing at least 270 people and affecting hundreds of thousands.
In Agadez — known as the gateway to the desert — forecasters say it’s “regularly” raining, even in areas where normally “rain never falls”.
Former mayor Abdourahamane Tourawa called the downpours “particularly aggressive”.
“The old town in Agadez is suffering a lot of damage. Ponds are overflowing, many houses collapsed. Even the Grand Mosque wasn’t spared,” he told AFP.
– Collapsing –
The town, nearly 1,000 kilometres (620 miles) northeast of the capital, Niamey, was an important crossroads on the trans-Saharan caravan trade.
Atop the 16th-century mosque stands an imposing mud-brick minaret 27 metres (89 feet) tall.
The Sultan’s Palace from a century earlier is testament to the past glory of the Tuaregs, known as the Blue Men due to the indigo dye of their robes and turbans.
Agadez means “to visit” in the Tuareg language, Tamashek.
Once a tourist magnet and legendary staging post on the Paris-Dakar rally when the race crossed the Sahara, jihadist attacks plaguing the region have scared visitors away.
Other gems include the house where influential German explorer Heinrich Barth stayed in 1850.
The baker’s house, richly decorated with shells and arabesques, provided the backdrop for the 1990 film “The Sheltering Sky” by Bernardo Bertolucci.
“Climate change causing heavy rains represents a danger for the old town… Around a hundred houses and walls have already collapsed,” town curator Ali Salifou warned.
Scientists have long warned that climate change driven by manmade fossil fuel emissions is increasing the likelihood, intensity and length of extreme weather events such as torrential rains.
– ‘Under attack’ –
Symbolic monuments are still “in an acceptable state” but “homes and other monuments of historic and religious value are under threat”, Salifou said.
Agadez governor General Ibra Boulama Issa saw flooding for himself early this month in the grounds of the mosque, which he said would require the “reinforcement” of the building.
Recent photographs received by AFP showed its pillars eaten away by the water and houses gutted or reduced to piles of rubble.
The military-led Sahelian nation is one of several Central and West African countries hit by heavy flooding during the unusually intense rainy season.
The European Union this week released 5.4 million euros ($6 million) to help six countries affected by this year’s heavy rains, of which 1.35 million euros was for Niger.
Mahamat Souleymane, the muezzin at the mosque, said the old town was at risk from the lack, or poor maintenance of, “runoff water drainage systems”.
“All the jewels of our heritage are under attack from the onslaught of more violent and abundant rainy seasons,” another former mayor, Rhissa Feltou, told AFP.
– Loss of authenticity –
Agadez has 20,000 residents and many hoped the 2013 UNESCO World Heritage designation would bring tourists back.
But regular upkeep and conservation requires money and the town’s coffers depend on tourism revenue.
“With the little money you get here and there, you can’t maintain the buildings and leave your family with empty stomachs,” said Alhassane Manou, who used to sell souvenirs.
Former mayor Tourawa said Agadez’s UNESCO recognition had not had “the desired effect”.
“The population must benefit from projects allowing them to safeguard and maintain this architectural jewel,” he said.
Beyond the climate, Agadez also faces overcrowding as a key transit hub for migrants trying to reach Europe.
Architect Abdel Rachid Idrissa Massi said overpopulation caused “exponential waste production”.
He was involved in rehabilitating scores of houses and the mosque with European Union funding.
But some owners demolish the old houses to build concrete ones instead, which “distorts” the town’s originality, Massi said.
The United Nations’ cultural agency has also noted the trend.
Residents complain, however, that they need practical solutions.
“Those who don’t want us to use modern materials in the old town must commit to come and save the town,” implored Akanfaya district leader Abou Said Ahmed.
“The sealing on the houses is no longer good enough.”
Craig Brown sheds fresh light on the late Monarch in his brilliant new book. (Image: Max Mumby/Indigo/Getty Images)
So you think you know everything about Queen Elizabeth II – the most written-about sovereign in the history of Britain, if not the world? If so, you’re in for a surprise.
There are still apparently a million untold stories surrounding her 70-year reign – and the best of them appear in a fabulous new biography by humorist Craig Brown, a royal nut and obsessive collector of lesser-known gems about the woman who still casts a long shadow over our nation, two years after
her death.
Brown paints Elizabeth’s astonishing life in a very different way to conventional writers – and we get much closer to learning what she was REALLY like.
And what he especially loves is the way people lose their reason when confronted with royalty, and how they tell others their version of the truth (so often far from it).
Take for example one of the most infamous events in recent royal history, when intruder Michael Fagan broke into Buckingham Palace and ended up sitting on Her Majesty’s bed.
A shocking occurrence, and a palpable threat to the sovereign’s life. Yet the accounts which later emerged, written by a handful of different biographers, show just how much people can lose the plot when they come to tell a royal story.
Fagan, according to writer Robert Lacey, broke in because he was in love with the Queen. Not so, claimed fellow scribe Nicholas Davies – he was suffering from the delusion he was the son of Nazi leader Rudolf Hess. No, no, wrote Major Colin Burgess – he intended to commit suicide in front of her.
No again! According to the TV series The Crown, Fagan told her: “I thought it would be good for you to meet someone normal.”
What about Fagan himself? After all he was there, so he should know.
“I don’t know why I did it,” he bemusedly confessed when someone bothered to ask him. “Something just got into my head.”
As Her Majesty herself might have said, recollections may differ!
So, can you trust anything that anybody ever writes about royalty? When it comes to Craig Brown you can – he’s like a sharp-eyed jackdaw, swooping down on the forgotten but important historical gems which tell the real story of the most remarkable reign this country has ever known.
Michael Fagan who broke into the Queen’s bedroom at Buckingham Palace in 1982 (Image: PA Photo)
Unlike other royal biographers he’s just as interested in the people who meet the Queen – and the effect her presence has on them. And that includes Brown himself – he confesses to becoming obsessed with bidding on a piece of Princess Anne’s wedding cake at a local auction (“My heart was beating so fast!”).
And like many of his generation, he reveals he often dreamed about the Queen – only, in one, he actually becomes Her Majesty, advising her Prime Minister about traffic levels across her realm. Bonkers.
Most people watched their p’s and q’s when in the royal presence – but not her cousin, the society photographer Patrick Lichfield. Invited to a Palace party where Elton John was performing, he keeled over and crashed to the floor “in an intoxicated stupor” just as the singer launched into his hit, Your Song.
“Not a head turned and no attention was paid to this unfortunate interruption,” Craig Brown quotes Elton’s songwriting partner Bernie Taupin. “It was as if it was something expected, a repetitive occurrence. The Queen simply turned her head slightly and said, ‘Lichfield’s gorn again,’ before the clean-up crew came in. Four footmen, powdered wigs and all, trundled down the aisle, picked up the unconscious earl and whisked him away.”
Lilibet’s Coronation is remembered as being one of the biggest historical events of the twentieth century – one Her Majesty recalled with affection and gratitude for the colossal crowds who turned out in their tens of thousands to endure filthy weather conditions on June 2, 1953, just to catch a glimpse of their new monarch.
Not everybody enjoyed it as much. Take 15-year-old Norman Allen, who was hoping to make a tidy sum selling Coronation programmes to the waiting crowds. He began the day with 75 programmes – and ended it with 72. “It was raining and nobody wanted to buy them,” he mournfully recalled decades later. Up in Glasgow, four-year-old Marie Lawrie peeked out of her bedroom window at the streets garlanded with Coronation bunting and streamers.
“In the twilight, people sing and dance,” writes Brown. “Marie’s father, more than a little drunk, calls out ‘Gi’ us a song, Marie, hen!’” The little girl sticks her head out of the window and chooses the best song she knows – In A Golden Coach – about the Queen wearing her golden crown.
Decades later Marie, now better known as the chart-topping Lulu, recalls this was her very first public performance.
A young Queen gives a Christmas broadcast (Image: PA)
Once crowned, Her Majesty got to work right away, one of her most important tasks being to speak to as many of her subjects as she could. The traditional royal broadcast, which her father King George VI loathed because of his stutter, came more easily to Lilibet. But for the first time people were able to hear her voice – and how strange her words sounded!
Craig Brown hilariously acts as our interpreter for the utterances emerging from the royal mouth in those first televised speeches…
“Fessin-Etting”: Of extreme interest; “Flip”: The Duke of Edinburgh; “Eckshleh”: Really; “Air”: Belonging to ourselves (“Air femleh orphan gether raind the tillyvishn’”); “Hens”: parts of the body below the wrist; and “Lawst”: Mislaid.
And so on. To her credit, the Queen quickly cottoned on to the fact she sounded strangely remote and started to change the way she spoke.
State visits always played an important part of the royal year, and mercifully when Emperor Hirohito turned up he would not have been attuned to Lilibet’s curious way of speech. But though each sovereign ruled their nations in similar fashion, they found curiously little in common to talk about.
After an hour spent chatting to the Emperor, the Queen complained to one of her courtiers, “That man can talk of nothing but tropical fish!” Next door the Emperor moaned to one of his entourage: “That woman can talk of nothing but horses!”
People – famous ones too – often got a bit befuddled and start spouting nonsense when confronted with the royal presence. Actress Miriam Margolyes completely lost it when asked what she did for a living, stating: “Your Majesty, I am the best reader of stories in the whole world!”
The Queen looked at her, rolled her eyes for a moment, then moved on to the next person in the reception line.
Undaunted, Margolyes barged in on that conversation until the sovereign said sharply: “Be quiet!”. Even that, confesses Miriam, failed to shut her up and she burbled on until Lilibet took one last look and made good her escape.
You suddenly wonder, who’d actually want the job of being queen?
In Japan with Emperor Hirohito in 1975 (Image: Camera Press)
Some used to say that Princess Margaret was far more regal than her sister, and maybe that was true. Craig Brown discloses she was extremely snobbish about her imposing grandmother Queen Mary, who’d been married to King George V.
“Of course she had an inferiority complex,” Margaret recalled snootily. “We were royal, and she was not.” (Queen Mary had been born a mere Serene Highness, not a Royal Highness).
Lilibet would have laughed at such snobbishness, but she found keeping a smile on her face when making her public appearances a trial. “Has anyone in history smiled more frequently or for such prolonged periods of time?” asks Brown, revealing that some of her friends took to mockingly calling the monarch ‘Grinners’.
“To sustain a smile takes effort, just as standing on one foot takes effort.”
This was confirmed by HM’s friend the Countess of Airlie: “She does find this constant smiling very exhausting, you know. After a day of it, her jaw really aches.”
Not everyone’s a monarchist of course, including John Prescott, the former deputy prime minister under Tony Blair. When newly elected, he vowed to himself he would not bow when Her Majesty came to visit his constituency. “When it came to my turn, she mumbled something – I couldn’t hear what it was, so naturally I bent down. As far as everyone was concerned, including the photographers, it looked as if I was bowing. But I wasn’t – she deliberately lowered her voice and caught me out!”
Another non-believer is Morrissey, who in 1986 released a daft single called The Queen Is Dead and went round spouting his anti-monarchist views. He was astonished to find one newspaper carrying the headline, “Morrissey says sorry to the Queen”. In a fury he rang his publicist demanding an explanation. “All publicity is good publicity,” came the reply.
Being an anti-monarchist can sometimes blow up in your face, especially when your PR sees which way the wind is blowing and tries to de-escalate on the QT.
Morrissey in 1986 released a daft single called The Queen Is Dead (Image: Bulent Doruk/Anadolu Agency/Getty Images)
People always go a little crazy at the prospect of a royal visit, and it’s an old joke that nobody knows the smell of fresh paint as well as the royals.
When Elizabeth visited Newmarket racing stables, the passages, stair wells and walkways had been sprayed with scent to cover it up. “But we did not spray the stables themselves,” a Jockey Club member divulged, “when we were informed the Queen liked the smell of horses.”
Of course, many of the stories about our late sovereign were made up or exaggerated and at this, the French were past-masters. One magazine revealed that over the course of 14 years the French media had published 63 reports of the Queen’s forthcoming abdication, 92 reports that she was pregnant, and 77 reports of her forthcoming divorce.
Prince Philip suffered as badly. Asked by a journalist (British by the way) whether it was true he’d had a homosexual affair with the French president Giscard d’Estaing, and that Prince Andrew was fathered by another man, he was obliged to deny it.
Meanwhile the former TV sports broadcaster David Icke claimed that Queen Elizabeth II was, in fact, a shape-shifting lizard. “I didn’t sit in a darkened room and come up with this theory,” he said, “I have travelled to 50 countries to research it.”
Bonkers – but then that’s royalty for you. How the Queen, who loved a joke, would have adored this book.
A Voyage Around the Queen by Craig Brown [HarperCollins]
● A Voyage Around the Queen by Craig Brown (HarperCollins, £25) is out now. To order a copy for £22.50 visit expressbookshop.com or call Express Bookshop on 020 3176 3832. Free UK P&P on orders over £25
The word “dinosaur” is often considered an insult. The world has moved on and left you behind; an asteroid is coming for you and your kind.
In the case of the Ram 1500 TRX though, it’s not an insult… it’s a point of pride.
Dinosaurs are extinct, sure, but they dominated the landscape, and they’re still an object of fascination. They’re big, tough, and scary, and few were bigger, tougher, or scarier than the T-Rex.
Ram was shooting for more than the Walking with Dinosaurs crowd when it picked the TRX name for its hero. It was a deliberate swipe at the Ford F-150 Raptor, which is named after a smaller dinosaur – and as we know, bigger is always better in prehistoric matters.
An asteroid is coming for this dinosaur, no matter how proudly it wears its bonafides. The next TRX – or RHO, as it’s known – will trade its screaming supercharged V8 for a turbocharged inline-six, as emissions rules around the world bite.
Before it’s laid to rest, Ram has rolled out the TRX Final Edition.
The TRX has never done anything quietly. It should come as no surprise this prehistoric beast will be raging against the dying of the light right up until extinction.
How does the Ram 1500 compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Ram 1500 against similarly sized vehicles.
RAM
1500
How much does the Ram 1500 cost?
Pricing for the Ram 1500 TRX Final Edition is $249,950 before on-road costs.
That’s up $25,000 on the regular TRX, although with just 130 coming to Australia buyers will have exclusivity on their side.
Aside from the TRX Final Edition, Ram is currently offering runout deals on MY23 examples the DT 1500 ute. We’ve listed the MSRP; for details on New Car Deals check out our dedicated page.
Model
Price before on-road costs
Ram 1500 Big Horn SWB
$119,950
Ram 1500 Big Horn LWB
$120,950
Ram 1500 Laramie Sport SWB RamBox
$141,950
Ram 1500 Limited SWB RamBox
$156,950
Ram 1500 TRX
$224,950
Ram 1500 TRX Final Edition
$249,950
To see how the Ram 1500 stacks up against it rivals, use our comparison tool.
What is the Ram 1500 like on the inside?
No matter which model you opt for, the Ram 1500 is a massive and comfortable place to spend time.
The TRX took things further in standard guise, with a range of tasty add-ons to reinforce its sporting credentials, but the Final Edition goes further again with plenty of microsuede, unique badging, and a unique splash screen on startup.
You also get a panoramic sunroof, which is an upmarket touch that’s rare in the ute world. Then again, it’d want to feel nice at $250,000 before on-road costs.
From the generously padded seats to the flat-bottom steering wheel, it feels pretty damn special. And that’s before you press the start button.
There’s also a gloss-covered commemorative badge on the central armrest with the car’s outputs, its build number, and a cool graphic
The driver sits in a different postcode to the passenger, and the front-row pews feel like Gold Class cinema seats. They’re trimmed in leather, and are designed to make even broad-backed (or pot-bellied) owners feel comfortable during long stints behind the wheel.
Not only are the seats electrically adjustable, the pedals can be brought closer to the driver using a switch on the dashboard. The view of the road ahead is commanding, as you’d expect from such a burly beast of a ute.
Ram put technology in the spotlight when it revealed the DT 1500. The vertical infotainment screen dominates the dashboard, and wouldn’t look out of place in a modern Mercedes-Benz.
Unlike in previous testers, the software on this car worked flawlessly for us. It started quickly, and was always responsive to inputs.
It’s easy to navigate and looks fantastic, with modern graphics and snappy responses. Apple CarPlay looks great, and the ability to show more than one thing – maps and radio, for example – saves you from having to take your eyes off the road for too long.
Ram also deserves credit for keeping some physical buttons and dials, rather than forcing you to dive through sub-menus to adjust your temperature. A few of the big German brands should be taking note.
There’s more storage space than most owners will know what to do with.
Along with the removable cupholders and coin tray on the centre console, there’s a wireless phone charger slot below the touchscreen, and a bin big enough to hide a whole handbag, or a laptop and all your work kit. It puts the Chevrolet Silverado 1500 in the shade, let alone something like a Ford Ranger.
Rear seat space is standout. The bench is wide enough to comfortably cart three apprentices (or kids) across, and legroom is excellent behind tall drivers.
Rather than an afterthought, the back seats feel like they were a key consideration for Ram from day one. Along with device power, there are air vents back there to keep kids cool on hot summer days.
The central square rear window is also a winner, allowing cool air to circulate when you’re moving without the buffeting that comes with open windows.
Two ISOFIX and three top-tether points feature for child seats, although shorter occupants will have to really clamber up given how tall the car is.
Dimensions
Ram 1500 TRX Final Edition
Length
5929mm
Width
2235mm
Height
2055mm
Wheelbase
3686mm
Load bay
1711mm x 1687mm
To see how the Ram 1500 stacks up against it rivals, use our comparison tool.
What’s under the bonnet?
The engine in the TRX is at the heart of its appeal. It’s a tower of power, and makes all the right noises.
Specifications
Ram 1500 TRX Final Edition
Engine
6.2L supercharged V8
Power
523kW
Torque
882Nm
Transmission
8-speed auto
Drive type
4WD with 4A mode
Fuel economy (claimed)
19.6L/100km
Fuel economy (as tested)
19L/100km
CO2 emissions (claimed)
506g/km
Fuel tank
125 litres
Weight
3057kg (kerb)
Payload
743kg
Braked towing capacity
3500kg
Gross vehicle mass (GVM)
3800kg
Gross combination mass (GCM)
6878kg
To see how the Ram 1500 stacks up against it rivals, use our comparison tool.
How does the Ram 1500 drive?
Big, loud, and fast, the TRX takes some getting used to.
Overseas model shown
You sit so high in traffic, looking down on Ranger Raptor drivers, and the extended wing mirrors feel like they’re tickling the edges of your lane pretty much all the time. It will fit through most gaps with experience, but you do need to be warier here than in most utes.
The V8 engine totally dominates the experience here. It bursts to life with a flourish, and has a lovely rumble to it on light throttle inputs… and that’s before you layer in the supercharger, which is constantly there to make you giggle.
It starts out as a plaintive whine at low revs, before building to a demonic shriek higher in the rev range. Even when you’re not in a hurry it feels special, and everyone who took a ride was immediately charmed by the soundtrack.
When you are in a hurry, the TRX is less charming and more… unhinged.
Bury the throttle from a standstill and it’ll spin all four wheels on command, before the nose heaves skyward and the V8 drop kicks you down the road like this three-tonne beast is a hot hatch.
Rolling acceleration is similarly alarming. With 6.2 litres of displacement and a massive supercharger, torque isn’t exactly an issue here. But the eight-speed automatic is still keen to kick down when you’re in a hurry, dropping one, two, three gears to plant you in the heart of the engine’s sweet spot whenever you dip into the throttle’s travel.
It’s not the quickest transmission in the world, but it does respond to inputs on the paddles eventually.
The sum total of all this is hilarious performance from such a massive beast, although opportunities to stretch its legs are limited in daily driving. Ram says the 100km/h sprint takes 4.5 seconds, which feels completely believable from behind the wheel.
When you’re not trying to dominate the traffic light drags, the TRX is a pretty amenable cruiser. The long-travel off-road suspension makes for a plush ride, and the steering is quite direct given the car’s size.
That means you’re not constantly sawing at the wheel to keep it between the white lines.
Adaptive cruise is on hand to lighten the load on long drives, and we’d imagine the highway is one place you could come close to getting your fuel consumption around the 10L/100km mark. Okay, maybe the 15L/100km mark.
Key to the TRX’s capability off-road are the adaptive Bilstein dampers. They use a single-piece aluminium construction and dual electronic proportional valves offering independent control of rebound and compression at each corner.
They also have a remote nitrogen-filled reservoir serviced by stainless steel, braided high-pressure hoses.
Each corner can wear up to 1000kg of force in a sharp hit, such as when you’re jumping the car or flying over sand dunes at close to the vehicle’s 189km/h top speed.
Each damper has a three-stage Jounce Cut-Off designed to progressively bottom out in these scenarios, while the coil spring also has a bump stop to protect the body if you manage to impart force beyond the dampers’ capacity on the car.
There’s a wild amount of wheel travel relative to most of the utes we test, so it’s tough to even get a wheel in the air, and there’s so much torque on hand that there ain’t no mountain high enough to stop the T-Rex getting to the top – usually without having to bother with low-range.
Off-road dimensions
Ram 1500 TRX Final Edition
Track front and rear
1892mm + 1882mm
Ground clearance
252mm
Approach angle
30.2 degrees
Departure angle
23.5 degrees
Ramp breakover angle
21.9 degrees
Wading depth
812mm
To see how the Ram 1500 stacks up against it rivals, use our comparison tool.
What do you get?
On test here is the flagship Ram 1500 TRX Final Edition.
Matte carbon fibre weave on instrument panel, doors, console and steering wheel
Build number plate on centre console
Satin Titanium passenger-side dashboard badge
Is the Ram 1500 safe?
The Ram 1500 hasn’t been tested by ANCAP.
Standard safety equipment includes:
Front, front-side and curtain airbags
Reversing camera
Rear parking sensors
Opting for the 1500 Laramie or above adds the following:
Autonomous emergency braking (AEB)
Front parking sensors
There is no longer an optional safety package for the 1500 Laramie. You need to step up to the 1500 Laramie Sport, Limited or TRX to receive the following safety equipment:
Blind-spot monitoring
Rear cross-traffic alert
Lane departure warning
Lane keep assist
Surround-view camera
Semi-autonomous park assist
Adaptive cruise control
How much does the Ram 1500 cost to run?
Ram is one of very few brands to have stuck with a three-year warranty in Australia, and doesn’t offer capped price servicing.
Running costs
Ram 1500 TRX Final Edition
Warranty
3 years, 100,000 kilometres
Roadside assistance
3 years
Service intervals
12 months or 12,000 kilometres
Capped-price servicing
N/A
Total capped-price service cost
N/A
CarExpert’s Take on the Ram 1500
I understand why the TRX is a lightning rod, but it’s impossible not to be enthralled by what Ram has done here.
Its particular breed of insanity is rapidly disappearing from the road; no matter how capable the 1500 RHO coming to replace the TRX turns out to be, it’s hard to imagine it will be anywhere near as charming.
Of course there’s more to the T-Rex than its engine. It’s a lovely car to drive on the road thanks to its long-travel suspension, and we’ve spent enough time off-road in the car to know there’s very little that will stop it when the going gets tough.
It also has a comfortable, modern interior that wouldn’t look out of place in an expensive SUV.
Sure, more than $250,000 including on-road costs is a wild amount of money for a ute. But this dinosaur isn’t a museum piece – it’s a living, breathing animal you can drive every day.
We’re going to miss it when it’s gone…
Interested in buying a Ram 1500? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
Designated as senior management personnel, Chopra has tendered her resignation, with effect from September 27, 2024, Zomato said in a regulatory filing.
Online food ordering and delivery platform Zomato on Friday said its co-founder and Chief People Officer Akriti Chopra has resigned to pursue other interests.
Designated as senior management personnel, Chopra has tendered her resignation, with effect from September 27, 2024, Zomato said in a regulatory filing.
She has been with the company for 13 years and played a key role in setting up and scaling Zomato’s legal and finance teams in her previous role as CFO.
Before joining Zomato, she worked with PwC for three years in the tax and regulatory practice.
In January last year, another Zomato co-founder and its then chief technology officer Gunjan Patidar resigned after over a decade stint in the company. Before that in November 2022, another co-founder Mohit Gupta had resigned. Gupta was elevated to co-founder level in 2020 from the position of CEO of its food delivery business.
(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – PTI)
The various developments in the Shiba Inu ecosystem have aligned very well with the market movement. As soon as Bitcoin started moving up since September 26, Shiba inu started rising shoulder to shoulder. In the last two days, Shib has surged over 45%. But why is it falling now, let’s analyze.
The Surge in Shiba Inu Price
On September 25, Shiba was trading at $0.00001503 and as soon as Bitcoin started the uptrend, Shiba also took the support of moving average 50 and started to surge, as per hourly shib chart. It reached a peak at $0.00002169 before plummeting 8%. The fall price received support from the 20 hourly moving average.
Reason for the fall?
There are multiple reasons why Shiba Inu had to retrace its steps. The first reason is the presence of resistance at $0.00002230. This particular zone has played as a good support in the past and hence it now has become a resistance. Another reason is the presence of 200 daily moving average just above the current trading price of shib i.e. $0.00002013.
In addition to these reasons, the RSI is also giving the overbought signal. To balance this Shiba Inu either has to stay in a consolidation zone or take back some steps. The area around $0.00001930 is a good support and can hold the price in case of a price drop.
Is the Shib army in Profit?
According to the data by IntoTheBlock, 57% of the shib investors are in profit at the current price. 36% are still in loss however there are 7% investors who bought Shiba Inu at the current price. Another reason for the price drop is the presence of around 145.65k shib wallets holding around 49.21 trillion tokens. These are the people who are still waiting to enter the profit zone. They have made their investment between the price range of $0.000024 to $0.000030.
Developments Boosting Rise
The Shiba Inu ecosystem has undergone major developments in recent days. Shibarium has just undergone a major upgrade and a hard fork, launch of partner K9 mainnet, whales buying and moving out large volumes of Shib tokens and a lot more are happening in the ecosystem. All these are supporting the rise of price. This has also caused a high surge of total liquidity locked in the Shibarium network. At the time of writing, DefiLlama data shows there is a total of $3.98 million in total value locked on shiba inu blockchain.
What to Expect?
With such a dedicated project team, so many developments, and a rise in shib burn rate, it is indeed on the path of rising. Also, do not forget that the shib team is also working to launch a stablecoin on shibarium, SHI. All these factors give confidence to the community to be more supportive and hence the token will rise not just in popularity but in price and utility as well.
An update to terms of service isn’t usually a headline-making event, even at the biggest brands.
Yet, this past year tells a different story.
In June, Adobe got into hot water for scraping content to use for its AI-learning models and then changing its terms of service to allow it. Weeks earlier, Meta went through a similar challenge when it changed the terms of its privacy policy to allow the use of customers’ data in its AI-learning models. In August 2023, Zoom faced criticism for its updated terms of service around AI training and then had to write a blog article to clarify its plans.
Did all those headlines serve as a cautionary tale for other big brands to stay clear of an AI-related terms-of-service controversy? Ask LinkedIn.
The social media darling of the B2B world has come under fire this month for automatically opting users into a program that trains generative AI models with their data. Some LinkedIn users weren’t happy to learn of the change.
So, we asked Robert Rose, CMI’s chief strategy advisor, for his take. What he says is the reason for the outcry may surprise you. Read on or watch the video:
LinkedIn’s terms of service turns heads
Is the fuss warranted? Do you care that LinkedIn is using your content on LinkedIn to make LinkedIn more LinkedIn-y? Or, as my wife says, is it that “It’s not the thing. It’s the principle of the thing?”
404 Media broke the story about AI content-mining and reported that LinkedIn would update its terms of service “shortly.”
Once the company made the change, the terms of service included this passage (as many do today):
“We may use your personal data to improve, develop, and provide products and Services, develop and train artificial intelligence (AI) models, develop, provide, and personalize our Services, and gain insights with the help of AI, automated systems, and inferences, so that our Services can be more relevant and useful to you and others.”
I translate that to: “We use your data to make things better and teach computers to help make our services more useful for you and other people.”
However, the problem doesn’t seem to be the fact that LinkedIn added this section to its terms of service or even that it requires users to opt out rather than opt in to the program.
This is the real reason LinkedIn got in trouble
The criticism comes from LinkedIn seemingly updating the terms of service after it started doing it, as Tech Crunch reported last week.
What’s going on among legal, marketing, and corporate communications teams? I don’t understand why these things aren’t better coordinated, even at a company the size of LinkedIn.
They should have learned from the public fails at Zoom, then Meta, and most recently Adobe.
You see, the problem isn’t that LinkedIn is using customer data. Most people should assume companies are going to do this.
And isn’t the whole point of your LinkedIn content to have everybody see it, learn from it, and value it? Wouldn’t anything that helps you shape the ultimate content to your point of view about the world on LinkedIn be a net positive?
I get not wanting pictures of your kids, family, and home, or your private messages on Facebook to educate Meta’s AI, but LinkedIn is different. Or am I missing something?
OK, back to the real takeaway. The bad optics happened because these brands failed to communicate to their existing audiences. Blundering seems to plague these companies.
You may have missed the terms-of-service news because LinkedIn was quiet about it. But I’m sure you noticed the ham-fisted AI prompts that appeared under LinkedIn posts as “suggested comments.” They’re now gone after LinkedIn heard the clamor from users about the ridiculousness of these prompts. This new AI data update move seems like LinkedIn’s trying to make the platform smarter to either return a newer and better version of suggested comments or offer new AI-generated features.
Expect more of the same, hope for better communication
The lesson is that this is inevitable. Platforms will use your behavior and your content to learn how to engage more deeply and motivate you to use it more heavily.
Today, it’s Netflix, Adobe, Google, Meta, and LinkedIn. Tomorrow, it’s your business software provider, your airline, your favorite hotel chain, your bank, or your health-care provider.
Let’s just hope those companies will have learned the lesson so they coordinate their content, AI learning, and messaging a bit better. As I’ve said for years, 90% of an intelligent content strategy has nothing to do with the content; it’s the coordination and collaboration of how you communicate to the world.
Perhaps, like using daylight saving time as a reminder to change your smoke alarm batteries twice a year, you can use a platform’s change of its terms of service as a reminder to check on your content strategy.
Want more content marketing tips, insights, and examples? Subscribe to workday or weekly emails from CMI.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
In line with its increased focus on India, China and Africa, the Rhodes Trust has announced the creation of a sixth Rhodes scholarship for India, a fully-funded postgraduate award which enables students from across fields to study at the University of Oxford.
The scholarship is endowed in perpetuity in partnership with the Radhakrishnan-Rajan family.
“Our current goal is to increase the number of scholarships for India to ten. But ultimately, we would love to increase it to 25,” Elizabeth Kiss, CEO, Rhodes Trust, Oxford University, told businessline.
The new Indian Rhodes scholarship was announced by Kiss on Thursday in New Delhi, attended by the Radhakrishnan-Rajan family, the United States Ambassador to India, Eric Garcetti, the Rhodes National Secretary for India Dhvani Mehta and Rhodes Trustee Menaka Guruswamy, per a statement.
The Trust is enormously grateful to Mukund Rajan and Soumya Rajan for their generosity and leadership in establishing this scholarship, and for the partnership of an American Rhodes Scholar and his wife, and the University of Oxford, in providing additional funding to secure its permanence, it added.
Kiss pointed out that the scholarship has been funding Indian students opting for a wide range of subjects. “The most popular in recent years among Indian Rhodes scholars has been law, public policy, and South Asian studies. But we have also had neuro science, physics and biology. And one of our new scholars who is flying to Oxford tomorrow is going to study theology”.
The Rhodes scholarships, for more than a century, have sought out exceptional young people of character from around the world and brought them to Oxford University to study, encouraging them to build bonds of friendship and to pursue lives of service, Kiss said.
“This new scholarship honours two individuals, Sarvepalli Radhakrishnan, one of India’s great scholars and statesmen, whose birthday is celebrated each year in India as National Teachers’ Day, and Raghavachari Govindarajan, both of whose lives have been dedicated to public service. I look forward to seeing the purposeful impact of those who take up this opportunity in the years to come, as they join our global network of Scholars who are impatient to change the world for the better,” she added.
The first selection for this new scholarship will take place next year, with the successful candidate arriving in Oxford in autumn 2026.
TWO GUT instincts have distinguished the macroeconomic policies of Xi Jinping, China’s ruler since 2012. He has disdained consumer handouts, which he thinks breed laziness. And he has refrained from bold economic stimulus, the kind of fiscal and monetary “bazooka” that China’s previous leaders fired in November 2008 during the global financial crisis. Both of Mr Xi’s convictions have been tested by China’s economic woes over the past year. And this week, shortly before the 75th anniversary of the People’s Republic of China, he appears to have set his qualms aside, permitting China’s most attention-grabbing stimulus since 2008. Chinese stocks posted their best week in 16 years; Hong Kong’s surged at a pace unseen since 1998. Some analysts have even used the b-word.
Beats by Dre is one of the most popular brands when it comes to the best headphones on the market today. Beats headphones are known for their top-quality sound, iconic style and comfort for long-term wear, but the high price tag is naturally off-putting for many people. That’s why we’ve rounded up the best deals from around the web on everything from over-ear headphones to wireless earbuds and beyond.
Hey, did you know? CNET Deals texts are free, easy and save you money.
Some models are more expensive than others but the quality Beats offers is impressive — which often makes them a good overall value. Since Apple bought Beats 10 years ago, there’s been a renewed push in both quality and features. Apple has included hardware, like the H1 chip, in some Beats headphones, as well as software that makes Beats pair more easily with Apple’s products.
You’ll be able to find deals on Beats headphones and earbuds across multiple retailers, which can be rare for other Apple-made products, and Apple even matches some Beats headphone deals from third-party retailers at its own online store. With older models, the deals are even better. Check out the best prices currently available.
Beats headphone pricing 2024
undefined
Model
Retail price
Best price right now
Best all-time price
Beats Studio Pro
$350
$250
$180
Beats Studio Buds Plus
$170
$140
$130
Beats Solo4
$200
$199
$120
Beats Flex
$70
$50
$35
Beats Powerbeats Pro
$250
$195
$150
Beats Solo3
$200
$119
$79
Prices fluctuate frequently, and sometimes certain colors are less expensive than others, so click through on any model to see pricing for specific colors.
Read more:Best True-Wireless Earbuds for 2024
Beats / CNET
The latest generation of Beats Studio Buds, the Studio Buds Plus, might look the same on the exterior, but our reviewer noted updated interior qualities, including improved fit and upgraded sound. And thanks to better mic placement, they have excellent noise-canceling and voice-calling performance that are significantly better than the previous model.
Apple/CNET
Battery life Rated up to 40 hoursNoise Canceling Yes (ANC)Multipoint NoHeadphone Type Over-ear wireless headphonesWater-Resistant No IP rating
A decent $100 discount on Beats Studio Pro headphones is available at Best Buy until September 29, so act fast if interested. Available in black, these have a 40-hour battery life with Dolby Atmos, a built-in mic, Bluetooth and all the quality of Beats technology you’ve come to expect.
Beats/CNET
Battery Life Rated up to 12 hoursNoise Canceling NoMultipoint NoHeadphone Type Wireless earbudsWater-Resistant No IP rating
These wireless earbuds are not true wireless, but they’re not bad, and the price of the Beats Flex is even better. They provide up to 12 hours of listening time per charge and have auto-pause magnetic buds to boot.
Beats/CNET
The Powerbeats Pro headphones have been out for a few years and are usually listed for $250. Right now, you can get them on sale for $200.
Beats/CNET
First released in 2016, the Beats Solo3 headphones predate the Solo Pro and have the W1 chip instead of the H1 chip. Though they’re wireless, they’re missing noise cancellation (unlike the Solo Pro). That said, the Solo3 is one of the most popular Beats models ever made.
Walmart is currently offering the rose gold variant for $119, which is $60 less than the regular price of $179 — and that’s lower than the original release price of $199.
Read our Beats Solo3 review.
Watch this: Beats Fit Pro are the sports AirPods you’ve always wanted
You have reached your maximum number of articles. Log in or create an account FREE of charge to continue reading.
By entering your email and pushing continue, you are agreeing to Fox News’ Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive.
Please enter a valid email address.
Restful sleep could be a few squats away.
Participating in evening exercise could help promote better rest at night, according to new research published in the journal BMJ Open Sport & Exercise Medicine.
In particular, short bouts of resistance or strength training at night — including exercises like squats, calf raises and standing knee raises — were found to have a positive impact on sleep quality and quantity.
LACK OF SLEEP POSES CONCERNING RISK FOR KIDS, STUDY FINDS
In the randomized trial, 28 participants each completed one of two four-hour sessions.
One consisted of prolonged sitting. In the other session, the participants sat but took breaks every half-hour to complete three minutes of bodyweight resistance exercises.
Evening exercise has the potential to improve a person’s sleep period and total sleep time, the study revealed.(iStock)
The regular activity breaks were shown to increase average sleep period time and time spent asleep by nearly 30 minutes.
The New Zealand-based researchers did not note a significant effect on mean sleep efficiency (the ratio of total sleep time to total time in bed), wake after sleep onset (the total amount of time that a person is awake after having initially fallen asleep) or the number of awakenings during the night.
‘NAPUCCINO’ TREND: CAFFEINE BEFORE A NAP COULD BE KEY TO BETTER SLEEP
“Performing bodyweight resistance exercise activity breaks in the evening has the potential to improve sleep period and total sleep time, and does not disrupt other aspects of sleep quality or subsequent 24-hour physical activity,” the researchers concluded.
Health benefits of evening exercise
Sleep expert Dr. Wendy Troxel, a senior behavioral and social scientist at the Rand Corporation in Utah, called this study “really exciting” in an interview with Fox News Digital.
Troxel considered the findings “particularly notable,” as there has been “controversy” surrounding the optimal timing and intensity of exercise in relation to sleep.
Walking in the evening, particularly after dinner, has a plethora of benefits, according to experts.(iStock)
“These are very short bouts of relatively low-intensity physical activity that anyone could do in their evening hours,” she said.
“And I think it really speaks to the potential harms of extended periods of sedentary activity.”
“Whether you’re old or young, we see benefits of exercise after dinner in particular.”
Being excessively sedentary comes with a “number of health consequences,” the expert warned, including a 30% increased mortality risk.
“So, this suggests that just little bouts of physical activity in the evening hours, to get you off the couch and moving … could have benefits for your sleep and your health more globally,” Troxel added.
Short breaks of light physical activity leading to better sleep speaks to the “harms of extended periods of sedentary activity,” said a sleep expert.(iStock)
Celebrity personal trainer Kollins Ezekh in Los Angeles confirmed that evening exercise can help promote better sleep by reducing stress and anxiety.
“Physical activity triggers the release of endorphins and serotonin, which naturally helps to calm the mind and body,” he told Fox News Digital.
GOING TO BED AFTER THIS TIME COULD LEAD TO POORER MENTAL HEALTH, A STANFORD STUDY FINDS
Exercising before bedtime can also lower the body’s core temperature, signaling that it’s time for rest, according to the fitness expert.
“Plus, the natural fatigue from a good workout makes it easier to fall asleep,” he added.
In addition to improving sleep, evening exercise can also reduce stress levels, boost metabolism and improve digestion, according to Ezekh.
A personal trainer recommends doing yoga or Pilates in the evening as a way to stretch and relax before bedtime.(iStock)
Troxel agreed that engaging in small exercise breaks can tire out the body without causing pain or overstimulation.
“It helps to prepare your body and your brain by reducing stress and expending some energy for a good night’s sleep,” she said.
SLEEPING LONGER ON WEEKENDS COULD LOWER HEART DISEASE RISK BY 20%, STUDY FINDS
Small bouts of activity will also help the brain separate pre-bedtime activities from actual bedtime, she added.
“If you’re just sitting on the couch doing nothing for hours prior to bedtime, it’s hard for the brain to distinguish, ‘OK, bed is the time for real rest and restoration,'” she said.
Best exercises for nighttime
To avoid overstimulation, Ezekh recommended choosing low- to moderate-intensity exercises in the evening.
These might include yoga or Pilates that focus on mindful breathing, stretching and relaxation, “which can help you unwind before bed,” he said, as well as light cardio.
“Keeping the intensity moderate ensures that your body can relax into sleep rather than being wired,” said one expert. (iStock)
“A brisk walk or easy cycling can help burn off energy without making you too energized before sleep,” the trainer added.
For more Health articles, visit foxnews.com/health
Bodyweight exercises such as squats, lunges or push-ups are also a great option, Ezekh said.
“Physical activity triggers the release of endorphins and serotonin, which naturally helps to calm the mind and body.”
Dr. Tina Sadarangani, nurse practitioner and assistant professor at the NYU College of Nursing, told Fox News Digital that everyone should engage in low-impact exercise, like brisk walks, after the last meal of the day.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“Whether you’re old or young, we see benefits of exercise after dinner in particular,” she said.
“We get steadier blood sugar, smoother digestion and a happier mood, and I can’t think of a single population that wouldn’t benefit from that.”
An expert suggests that everyone should engage in low-impact exercise before bed.(iStock)
In addition to movement before bed, Sadarangani recommends avoiding screen exposure before bedtime, along with stimulants like caffeine, alcohol, or tobacco and nicotine products.
It’s also important to create an environment that’s conducive to slumber, she added.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“We have to give our bodies the signal that it’s time to sleep.”
Fox News Digital reached out to the study researchers for comment.
Nothing elevates tea time better than biscuits. Whether it’s chocolate, cream-filled, or glucose, we all have our favourites when it comes to this snack. Biscuits made with whole wheat (atta) are generally considered healthier than those made with regular all-purpose flour. To guide us on how these atta biscuits are made, a foodie page on Instagram shared a video from a biscuit factory in Hoshiarpur, Punjab. After watching the making of atta biscuits, the internet is clearly not happy. People are raising concerns about hygiene in the comments section.
The clip begins with a giant container filled with ghee, atta and sugar paste. A machine is used to form the dough. Next, we see the dough placed into a large wok, where a person uses bare hands to take out a chunk and puts it into a machine that cuts the dough into the shape of biscuits. The biscuits are then arranged in trays, which are loaded onto a long stand. This stand, holding multiple trays, is then inserted into a big oven. Once ready, the biscuits are taken out to be packed.
Also Read: Vlogger Shares How Malpua Is Made In Uttar Pradesh, Foodies Give A Thumbs Down
The text attached to the post read, “Aata ka biscuit aaisa banta hai factory mae. [This is how atta biscuits are made in a factory.] Check this out.”
Also Read:Viral Video On Dilemma Of Cooking Versus Food Delivery Is Too Relatable To Miss
Many people shared their reactions in the comments section.
A person wrote, “Sugar (cross emoji) Poison (tick emoji)”
Another added, “No hygiene, Will never eat.”
Someone described the factory as “so very dirty.”
“Hygiene left the chat. This looks completely unhygienic,” read a comment.
After watching this reel, if you also feel hesitant about buying atta biscuits from the market, worry not – we have got your back. You can easily make these biscuits at home using simple ingredients like atta, sugar, butter and cardamom powder. Click here to read the step-by-step recipe.
At least seven Palestinians were killed and dozens of others wounded on Thursday in an Israeli attack on a school housing displaced persons in the Jabalia refugee camp in northern Gaza Strip, Palestinian security and medical sources said.
The information is current and up-to-date in accordance with the latest veterinarian research.
Learn more »
Have you ever noticed that your cat’s farts seem to smell like rotten eggs? Is there a way to prevent this unpleasant scent? That rotten egg odor is primarily due to sulfur compounds produced in the digestive process. When cats eat certain foods, especially those rich in fiber or specific types of carbohydrates, their digestion can lead to the production of gases that have a uniquely smelly odor.
Causes of Smelly Farts in Cats
Cats can have varying amounts of gas accumulate in their digestive systems, and certain factors can play a role in the production of odorous farts. Cats with sensitive digestive systems or food allergies can produce particularly stinky gas. Some cats may have difficulty digesting specific ingredients, leading to gastrointestinal distress and the production of gas.
Since cats are obligate carnivores, their digestive system is designed to efficiently process animal protein. So, dairy products, high amounts of carbohydrates or fiber, or low-quality ingredients can cause excess gas and smelly odors.
Many adult cats are lactose intolerant, meaning they have difficulty digesting lactose-containing foods properly. As a result, you may notice the unpleasant scent of rotten eggs. Sudden changes in your cat’s diet can lead to digestive upset, which can produce smelly farts. Eating spoiled food can also lead to a more prominent sulfur smell in their flatulence.
The microbes living in your cat’s intestinal system can impact the production of gases. A healthy microbiome can digest foods efficiently, thus producing less gas and pungent odor. Dysbiosis, or an imbalance of microbiomes, can produce smellier gas as a by-product of digestion, which is why you may notice a smell similar to that of rotten eggs. Medical conditions, such as infections, inflammatory bowel disease, or intestinal parasites, can upset normal digestion, leading to foul-smelling farts.
Other factors can influence flatulence, such as how fast your cat eats. Kitties that quickly gobble down their food can swallow air, which may lead to an excess of gas in their gastrointestinal tract.
Image Credit: Jihan Nafiaa Zahri, Shutterstock
How to Prevent Your Cat From Having Smelly Farts
If your cat’s farts continue to be particularly smelly or occur in addition to vomiting or diarrhea, a checkup with your veterinarian may be worthwhile in order to rule out any underlying medical conditions or dietary indiscretions. It can be particularly useful to help you manage your cat’s diet and ensure a healthy digestive tract.
Dietary changes to include more high-quality protein depending on your cat’s age, health, and lifestyle can reduce excessive gas. All new diets should be slowly transitioned over a period of 7 to 10 days to prevent digestive upset. The addition of a species-specific probiotic can contribute to a healthy microbiome. Serving smaller, more frequent meals daily can also help digestion more than a single large meal.
Play and exercise can help your cat’s digestive system move along more efficiently. Aim for two 15-minute sessions per day.
Image Credit: slawomir.gawryluk, Shutterstock
Conclusion
Farts with foul smells resembling rotten eggs in cats can be attributed to various factors, such as their dietary choices, food intolerances or allergies, the condition of their microbiome, and their eating habits. Once you understand these factors, you can take appropriate steps to reduce stinky and potentially embarrassing odors from your cat.
Featured Image Credit: Stanislaw Mikulski, Shutterstock
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
ZARA je još u lipnju ove godine najavila novi način prodaje – livestream šoping emisije. Čini se da je Zara inspiraciju pronašla u kineskim livestream šoping događajima, koji nerijetko traju nekoliko sati. Sada je poznato kako će to izgledati u Zarinom aranžmanu.
Iako su ovakve emisije u Kini zaista uživo, Zara je odlučila krenuti drugačijim putem. Umjesto toga, na web-stranici prikazan je unaprijed snimljeni video s integracijama za live chat i kupovinu u stvarnom vremenu.
Za svoju prvu takvu streaming emisiju Zara je odabrala dva poznata lica – Cindy Crawford i njezinu kćer Kaiju Gerber. ZaraStreaming režirao je David Lowery. Prijenos, koji je bio dostupan i još uvijek se može pogledati na odabranim Zarinim web-stranicama diljem Europe i SAD-a, predstavio je posebnu kolekciju na jedinstven način.
Dok Kaia i Cindy isprobavaju outfite, na ekranu se pojavljuju komadi koje nose
Radnja premijernog ZaraStreaminga uključivala je Kaiju i Cindy kako uskaču u auto i pjevaju pjesmu Chappell Roan Good Luck, Babe! na putu prema Zara fotosessionu. Osim toga, razgovaraju i o poslu i izmjenjuju iskustva. Po dolasku, dočekala ih je stilistica Carlyne Cerf de Dudzeele, koja ih je odmah počela oblačiti u razne outfite iz posebne jesenske kolekcije.
Dok Kaia i Cindy isprobavaju modne kombinacije, komadi koje nose pojavljuju se na ekranu, a kupci ih mogu odmah dodati u svoju košaricu. Nakon nekoliko izmjena outfita, Cindy i Kaia odlaze na fotografiranje, koje vodi David Lowery.
Video je i dalje dostupan na odabranim Zarinim web-stranicama, kao i na službenom YouTube kanalu. Možete ga pogledati ispod.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
U nastavku smo izdvojili neke od komada predstavljenih u ZaraStreamingu.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Eastern League Garfield 21, Bell 13 Roosevelt 40, Legacy 23
Nonleague L.A. Jordan 44, Fremont 26 Marquez 14, Crenshaw 6 Washington 45, Sotomayor 3
SOUTHERN SECTION Golden League Highland 48, Knight 0 Nonleague Summit 20, Barstow 8 Jurupa Valley 28, Bloomington 21 Hesperia 24, Winchester Liberty 14 Los Altos 41, California 26 Lompoc Cabrillo 21, Pioneer Valley 13 Newbury Park 43, Ventura 14 Trinity Classical Academy 49, Nordhoff 0 Corona Santiago 40, Adelanto 20 Northview 35, Village Christian 6 Los Amigos 44, Western Christian 12 Yucaipa 20, Palm Desert 13 Citrus Hill 42, Riverside Notre Dame 0
8-Man Heritage League Desert Christian 48, Milken 6
Samsung has announced offers on Galaxy A14 5G during Flipkart’s upcoming Big Billion Days sale. Consumers will be able to buy their favourite 5G smartphone in Big Billion Days starting September 26, at a net effective price starting Rs 9,999 for the 4GB + 128GB variant.
The deal includes a regular discount of Rs 6,500 and an instant discount of Rs 1,000 (against the original price of Rs 17,499). The 6GB + 128 GB variant will be available for a net effective price of just Rs 10,999 – this price includes a regular discount of Rs 9,000 and an instant discount of Rs 1,000 (against the original price of Rs 20,999).
Galaxy A14 5G sports a Signature Floating Camera design with Samsung Galaxy’s only 50MP triple rear camera with depth and macro lens for high quality photos along with a 6.6-inch Full HD+ display with Dolby Atmos support.
The Galaxy A14 5G comes in three colours – Dark Red, Light Green, and Black. It is powered by the Exynos 1330 processor.
Galaxy A14 5G is also equipped with Samsung’s unique ‘Voice Focus’ feature which enhances voice quality during calls by filtering out the background noise aimed to enhance the clarity of phone conversations in chaotic environments.
“The feature works with video and voice calling apps like Google Meet, Microsoft Teams, WhatsApp, and Zoom, making the user experience even more awesome,” the company said in a release.
Furthermore, with the intuitive One UI 6 software, users can customize the lock screen with video wallpapers or Emoji. Users can also personalize call background with Avatars for individual contacts.
Sri Lanka’s government has restored an online visa application platform to enhance tourism following a Supreme Court ruling against a disputed outsourcing deal.
Sri Lanka has restored an online visa application platform to encourage tourism after its top court suspended a controversial multimillion-dollar deal that outsourced visa processing to a foreign consortium. The government of newly elected President Anura Kumara Dissanayake said late Thursday that the move was intended to promote the island nation’s key tourism sector, as its economy limps out of the 2022 financial crisis.
Sri Lanka’s government has reactivated its online visa application process to support tourism.(Unsplash)
Tourists will now be able to apply for a visa online without paying the $25 charged by India-based VFS Global, which won an outsourcing contract in April from the previous government. Rights activists had alleged in court that the contract was not awarded transparently and said the consortium stood to earn up to $2.75 billion over a 16-year period. Sri Lanka’s Supreme Court in August ordered immigration authorities to revert to the online platform that was used prior to the award to VFS.
Sri Lanka Restores Online Visa Applications
“The visa facility provided by the VFS Global has caused significant difficulties for many,” Dissanayake’s office said in a statement Thursday, adding that foreigners had faced challenges obtaining visas. On Wednesday, immigration chief Harsha Ilukpitiya was arrested for failing to heed the Supreme Court’s decision.
Ilukpitiya had awarded the multimillion-dollar contract to India’s GBS Technology Services and IVS Global FZCO, along with VFS Global as a partner, to process visa applications from April. “We have initiated an immediate forensic audit to investigate the irregularities associated with the VFS Global,” the president’s office said Thursday. “Any discrepancies found will be subject to legal action.”
AFP has contacted VFS in Sri Lanka for comment. Under the outsourcing deal, any foreigner entering Sri Lanka was required to pay a $25 visa processing fee — even citizens of countries that had visa-free travel arrangements with Sri Lanka. About 1.19 million tourists came to the island in the first seven months of this year, up 56 percent from the same period in 2023, according to central bank data.
Catch every big hit,…
See more
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / Sri Lanka makes travel easier for tourists, scraps visa fees and restores online applications
This story has been published from a wire agency feed without modifications to the text. Only the headline has been changed.
The First Descendant developer NEXON has announced plans to release a brand new update for PlayStation, Xbox and PC. The First Descendant update 1.1.3 has a September 26 release date and a 2pm BST UK launch time. There’s currently no word on any server downtime, so fingers crossed the update can be downloaded and installed without any interruption. As a relatively new game, The First Descendant is still receiving lots of new content and pretty significant gameplay tweaks as part of every new update. The same is true with update 1.1.3, which introduces new features and makes changes to various character skills.
As you can see from the patch notes below, skills for Freyna, Kyle, and Esiemo will all be improved as part of the update.
Likewise, NEXON plans to add two new modules that enhance shield usability, while also introducing a brand new Cinematic Replay feature.
That’s on top of adjustments to some of the traps in Infiltration Operations, plus the ability for character to individually set spawn effects.
Perhaps most exciting of all, however, is the addition of a new web event, not to mention NEXON’s plans to renew Ultimate Bundles with new cosmetics.
You can see the First Descendant update 1.1.3 patch notes below.
The First Descendant update 1.1.3 early patch notes (More to follow)…
GENERAL
• Changing Invasion to Public Operation
• Adjusting some of the traps in Infiltration Operations
• Skills for Freyna, Kyle, and Esiemo will be improved
• Adding two new modules that enhance shield usability
• Adding new Cinematic Replay feature
• Allowing each character to set spawn effect individually
• Ultimate Bundles will be renewed with new cosmetics
The 2024 GWM Ute lineup has been tweaked, with prices largely down across the board compared to the start of August.
While GWM’s full-fat temporary price discounts for the Ute until September 30 have ended, the dual-cab remains between $2500 and $4000 less expensive than it was two months ago, as the brand looks to boost sales and clear stock.
There is one change to the range though, with the previously mid-spec Ute Cannon-X dropped from the lineup, which now consists of five variants.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
Ute Cannon-XSR
GWM has also made a spec change to all Ute grades except for the Cannon-XSR, increasing the dual-cab lineup’s braked towing capacity from 3000kg to 3200kg.
This now gives it an edge over the LDV T60, though it’s not enough to match the 3500kg figure of more common rivals.
All GWM Ute pickup variants have also now been equipped with a tailgate lock.
Otherwise the range is unchanged, with bigger upgrades coming in the first half of 2025 with the addition of a 2.4-litre turbo-diesel four-cylinder engine to the lineup, capable of producing 15kW and 80Nm more than the current 2.0-litre.
It’ll also coincide with the Ute being renamed to the Cannon Ute.
Chinese updates to the Cannon Ute debuted in April 2023, though it’s yet to be confirmed whether we’ll see the new exterior and interior looks here.
Pricing
Model Variant
Private drive-away pricing
ABN drive-away pricing
2024 GWM Ute Cannon 4×4 dual-cab
$36,490 (-$2500 vs pre-August)
$34,990 (-$2500 vs pre-August)
2024 GWM Ute Cannon-CC 4×4 dual-cab
$36,990 (-$3000 vs pre-August)
$36,490 (-$2000 vs pre-August)
2024 GWM Ute Cannon-L 4×4 dual-cab
$39,490 (-$3000 vs pre-August)
$37,990 (-$3000 vs pre-August)
2024 GWM Ute Cannon Vanta 4×4 dual-cab
$43,490 (-$4000 vs pre-August)
$41,990 (-$4000 vs pre-August)
2024 GWM Ute Cannon-XSR 4×4 dual-cab
$48,990 (until September 30, $52,990 thereafter)
$47,490 (until September 30, $51,490 thereafter)
Drivetrains
Buyers wanting the more powerful 2.4-litre GWM Cannon Ute will have to wait until 2025 when the upgraded model arrives.
2025 GWM Ute
Engine
2.0-litre four-cylinder turbo-diesel
Power
120kW
Torque
400Nm
Transmission
8-speed automatic
Drive type
Full-time four-wheel drive (all bar Cannon-XSR) Part-time four-wheel drive with low-range (Cannon-XSR only)
As with the rest of the GWM range, the Ute is backed by a seven-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty and five years of roadside assistance.
There are five years of capped-price servicing, with the first service – due at six months or 5000km – costing $260.
Subsequent services are required at 12-month/10,000km intervals and cost $360 each.
Safety
All GWM Ute variants except for the Cannon CC and Cannon-XSR were awarded a five-star safety rating from ANCAP in November 2021.
The tested vehicles scored 86 per cent for adult occupant protection, 87 per cent for child occupant protection, 67 per cent for vulnerable road user protection, and 73 per cent for safety assist.
Standard features across all models are:
Autonomous emergency braking with pedestrian, cyclist detection
Seven airbags including a front-centre airbag
Reverse and passenger-kerbside camera views
Rear parking sensors
Lane departure warning
Lane-keep assist
Rear cross-traffic alert
Adaptive cruise control
Speed warning
Traffic sign recognition
Tyre-pressure monitoring
All bar the base model and Cannon-XSR feature a surround-view camera and front parking sensors. The Cannon CC misses out on blind-spot monitoring.
Standard Equipment
The base Cannon and Cannon-CC come standard with the following equipment:
18-inch alloy wheels
Automatic LED headlights and tail lights
Side steps
Tailgate lock (NEW, pickup only)
Hill descent control
9.0-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Apple CarPlay, Android Auto
3.5-inch instrument cluster screen
Comfort-Tek leatherette upholstery
Air-conditioning
Power outlet and USB port for dash cam
12V power outlet
220V power outlet
2x front USB ports
1x rear USB port
Proximity entry and push-button start
Paddle shifters
The Cannon-L adds:
Chrome grille, door handles and mirrors
Power-folding exterior mirrors
Leather-wrapped steering wheel
Power driver’s seat
Heated front seats
Automatic climate control
Automatic anti-glare rear-view mirror
The Cannon Vanta gains:
18-inch black-finish alloy wheels
Black grille, sports bar, mirrors and door handles
7.0-inch digital instrument cluster
Wireless phone charger
Leather upholstery
Steering modes (Comfort, Normal, Sport)
60:40 split/fold rear seats
Second-row armrest
Voice recognition
Tilt/slide steering wheel adjustment
The Cannon-XSR adds:
Steel front and rear bumpers
Sunroof
Snorkel
Unique grille and sports bar
Black-finish 18-inch alloy wheels in 265/65 R18 all-terrain tyres
Full underbody chassis guard
Locking front and rear differentials
Colours
Pearl White is the only no-cost exterior finish, with the following colours costing an extra $595:
Sapphire Blue (pickup only)
Crystal Black (pickup only)
Pittsburgh Silver
Scarlet Red (pickup only)
MORE: Buy a GWM Ute MORE: Everything GWM Ute MORE: 2025 GWM Cannon Ute – More powerful diesel locked in for HiLux, Ranger rival
Shares of Suzlon Energy fell marginally after the stock was downgraded by Morgan Stanley to ‘equal-weight’ from its earlier rating of “overweight.” However, the international brokerage raised its price target on the wind energy solutions provider stock to Rs 88 per share from Rs 73 earlier, implying an upside of 8 per cent from Thursday’s closing price.
Suzlon’s shares have doubled in value over the last six months, having risen 111 per cent and outperforming the Nifty 50 which rose around 31 per cent during this period. Morgan Stanley noted that this outperformance was driven by the strong increase in order book and its improved balance sheet along with cash flows from operations.
Following this update, the shares of the wind energy solutions provider fell 2 per cent to a day’s low of Rs 80.5.
Morgan Stanley maintains that Suzlon continues to be a key beneficiary of India’s wind energy growth amid favorable competition and has the potential to increase its market share to between 35 per cent and 40 per cent.
Ordering activity in the renewable energy sector remains robust, with Morgan Stanley expecting 32 GW of new orders from financial year 2025 to 2030.
“Suzlon has been prudent in taking up orders and the same is also reflected in its high share of C&I and captive customers and the large order from NTPC. But it cannot be completely insulated on execution risks, which are system-related or client specific,” Morgan Stanley wrote in its note.
The acquisition of Renom by Suzlon provides the company an entry into the new multi-brand O&M business and Morgan Stanley is awaiting customer sign-ups in this business, which will add to Suzlon’s earnings growth.
However, post the recent run-up, the brokerage sees Suzlon’s risk-reward as more balanced and wants to see stronger execution as compared to its base case before it turns constructive on the stock again.
In the same report on power companies, Morgan Stanley upgraded Tata Power to an ‘overweight’ rating from ‘underweight’ and raised the price target to Rs 577. The brokerage maintained its ‘overweight’ stance on NTPC, lifting the target to Rs 496, but downgraded Power Grid to ‘equalweight’ from ‘overweight,’ while increasing the target price to Rs 362 from Rs 296.
At noon, Suzlon Energy shares were trading largely flat at Rs 81.46 on NSE. So far this year, the stock has gained 111 per cent, compared to an 18 per cent rise in benchmark Nifty. In the last year, the counter has rallied 217 per cent, more than doubling investors’ capital. In comparison, Nifty gained 31 per cent during this period.
Disclaimer:Disclaimer: The views and investment tips by experts in this News18.com report are their own and not those of the website or its management. Users are advised to check with certified experts before taking any investment decisions.
Aparna Deb
Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious abo…Read More
Apple’s iPhone 16 lineup is now out. And you may be wondering whether to go with the $800 baseline model or pay more for the iPhone 16 Pro, which starts at $1,000.
For the first time in years, Apple’s regular iPhone has gotten a significant upgrade. The iPhone 16 has two new hardware buttons, a bigger battery, a new ultrawide camera, a new A18 chip and it will eventually receive Apple Intelligence.
But the iPhone 16 Pro has a number of impressive additions, too. All three of the rear cameras are new or “new to the phone.” The Pro also has a larger screen with a thinner border, a new processor (Apple’s A18 Pro chip) and unique features like 4K 120fps slow motion video recording. Similar to the regular iPhone 16, the Pro has a new Camera Control button and a bigger battery.
Picking between the iPhone 16 and 16 Pro can be a challenge. But here’s a breakdown of the key specs and features for each device to help you with that decision.
Pricing and storage
The iPhone 16 starts at $800 for 128GB of storage, $900 for 256GB and $1,100 for 512GB. The iPhone 16 Pro starts at $1,000 for 128GB, $1,100 for 256GB, $1,300 for 512GB and $1,500 for 1TB.
Up to 22 hours video playback; up to 18 hours video playback (streamed). MagSafe wireless charging up to 25W with 30W adapter or higher; Qi2 up to 15W
Up to 27 hours video playback; up to 22 hours video playback (streamed). MagSafe wireless charging up to 25W with 30W adapter or higher; Qi2 up to 15W
Fingerprint sensor
None (Face ID)
None (Face ID)
Connector
USB-C
USB-C
Headphone jack
No
No
Special features
Apple Intelligence, Action Button, Camera Control button, Dynamic Island, 1 to 2000 nits display brightness range, IP68 resistance, colors: Black, White, Pink, Teal, Ultramarine
Apple Intelligence, Action Button, Camera Control button, Dynamic Island, 1 to 2000 nits display brightness range, IP68 resistance, colors: Black Titanium, White Titanium, Natural Titanium, Desert Titanium
The iPhone 16 Pro has a trio of rear lenses: a wide, ultrawide and 5x telephoto.
James Martin/CNET
A key draw for Apple’s iPhone Pro models is the higher-grade camera, for both photos and videos.
When it comes to rear cameras, the baseline iPhone 16 sports a 48-megapixel wide-angle camera and a 12-megapixel ultrawide camera, while the 16 Pro has a 48-megapixel wide-angle camera with a larger and faster image sensor, a 48-megapixel ultrawide camera and a 12-megapixel telephoto camera with 5x optical zoom. Both phones feature the same 12-megapixel TrueDepth front-facing camera.
For video, the iPhone 16 can shoot in 4K at 60 frames per second, in addition to 1080p spatial video at 30 frames per second. The 16 Pro has the same spatial video capacity but can also shoot in 4K up to 120 frames per second — bringing slow-motion effects to the iPhone.
See more: Apple iPhone 16 Pro Review: Compelling Upgrade With My Favorite iPhone Feature in Years
So if you want to do a bit more with your camera (or just zoom in at a concert without compromising quality), the Pro’s premium features may be tempting.
Displays, size and weight
The iPhone 16 has a 6.1-inch OLED display, while the 16 Pro’s is 6.3 inches. The 16 has a 60Hz refresh rate, while the Pro has a 120Hz refresh rate to make animations, scrolling and gaming look smoother. Both have a 460 ppi pixel density and a peak brightness of 2,000 nits.
Here is the iPhone 16 family: (left-to-right) iPhone 16, 16 Plus, 16 Pro and 16 Pro Max.
James Martin/CNET
The iPhone 16 is 5.81 inches tall, 2.82 inches wide and 0.31 inches thick. The 16 Pro’s dimensions aren’t too far off: 5.89 inches tall, 2.81 wide and 0.32 inches thick. The baseline 16 weighs 170g (6 ounces), while the Pro is 199g (7.03 ounces). The materials vary, too, with the iPhone 16 featuring an aluminum enclosure, while the 16 Pro is made with a titanium alloy.
Both feature Dynamic Island, as well as an Action Button and Camera Control button.
The iPhone 16 comes in Black, White, Pink, Teal and Ultramarine, while the iPhone 16 Pro comes in Black Titanium, White Titanium, Natural Titanium and Desert Titanium. Each are water resistant, with an IP68 rating.
Both support USB-C charging. There’s no fingerprint sensor on either, so you’ll need to use Face ID or a passcode.
Apple’s iPhone 16, 16 Plus Show Off Bolder Colors and Buttons
See all photos
Batteries, processors and software
Apple doesn’t disclose its battery capacity but says the iPhone 16 has up to 22 hours of video playback (18 hours streamed), while the 16 Pro has up to 27 hours of video playback (22 hours streamed). Both feature wired charging (Apple doesn’t disclose the speed), and MagSafe wireless charging up to 25 watts with a 30-watt adapter or higher. They also support Qi2 charging, up to 15 watts.
The 16 is powered by an A18 chip, while the 16 Pro packs the more powerful (and aptly named) A18 Pro chip. They each come with iOS 18 and will support Apple Intelligence when it arrives later this year.
iPhone 16 and 16 Pro which one should you buy?
Here’s the iPhone 16 Pro running a preview version of Apple intelligence which brings a number of improvements to Siri, including a new glowing border.
James Martin/CNET
For the majority of people the iPhone 16 has more than enough to offer. The cameras are great for photos and videos. The phones run iOS 18 with notable features like being able to customize your home screen and apps, new emoji tapbacks for iMessages and support for satellite texting. They even come in a variety of bright saturated colors. The iPhone 16’s biggest downside is its screen which still has a 60Hz refresh rate and looks just OK when compared to pro iPhones. If you have and iPhone 13 or older, the iPhone 16 is a wonderful upgrade.
But if you want even better cameras with the ability to zoom in really close to subjects, or just want a better display experience than the iPhone 16 Pro deserves a look. The phone packs enough niceties and offer creative types who are into photography and filmmaking plenty of expressive options — though it comes at a higher price. If you have an iPhone 12 Pro or older, than upgrading to the iPhone 16 Pro makes sense. If you’re rocking an iPhone 13 Pro and the battery capacity is getting low, it’s also worth considering the 16 Pro. But if you have an iPhone 14 Pro or 15 Pro, there’s no need to upgrade.
Watch this: Review: Apple’s iPhone 16 Pro Is an Impressive Upgrade
A Harvard medical student recently completed an “egg-citing” experiment.
Nick Norwitz, 25, decided to eat 720 eggs in one month to see what the effect would be on his cholesterol.
At the end of the month, the Boston man found that his cholesterol levels had dipped by 20%.
ASK A DOCTOR: ‘HOW CAN I PREVENT HIGH CHOLESTEROL?’
Norwitz — a self-described “academician” with a PhD in metabolic health, who is currently finishing his medical degree at Harvard — said he has always had a passion for sharing his “joy and interest” in science.
Nick Norwitz, 25, decided to eat 720 eggs in one month to see what the effect would be on his cholesterol.(iStock; Nick Norwitz)
“My colleagues and I come up with creative ways to try to translate our awe and love for physiology and biology into something that is interesting and accessible to the public,” he told Fox News Digital.
“The goal is to provoke conversation and bring people to the table so we can talk about human metabolism, which I find utterly fascinating.”
VEGAN DIET VERSUS MEAT-BASED DIET: IDENTICAL TWINS FOLLOWED DIFFERENT MEAL PLANS, HERE’S WHAT HAPPENED
During his egg-eating month, Norwitz consumed 24 eggs per day.
He ate them in “all the ways,” he said — scrambled, fried, omelets, deviled.
“Eggs are a pretty versatile food, so making them in different ways made for a pretty pleasant experiment — it wasn’t that difficult.”
Norwitz, who has a PhD in metabolic health and is currently finishing his medical degree at Harvard, said he has always had a passion for sharing his “joy and interest” in science.(Nick Norwitz)
For the first two weeks, it was against the backdrop of an otherwise very low-carbohydrate diet, he said, and then he added carbs for the second two weeks.
“The goal is to provoke conversation about human metabolism.”
“The purpose of this whole experiment was a metabolic demonstration to discuss the ‘levers’ that can affect cholesterol in different individuals.”
“I expected my cholesterol levels not to change by just adding the eggs — and that is indeed what happened.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
It was when he added the carbs that his cholesterol levels dropped, due to a metabolic shift after having adapted to the low-carb diet — a phenomenon that he explains in more detail in the video at the top of the article.
During his egg-eating month, Norwitz consumed 24 eggs per day. He ate them in “all the ways,” he said — scrambled, fried, omelets, deviled.(iStock)
One key thing Norwitz has learned — from this experiment and others he’s done — is that there’s not one “best” human diet.
“When evaluating what is a good diet for a person, you need to consider their baseline metabolic health, and also what their goals are,” he told Fox News Digital.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Some people, for example, might be optimizing for longevity, while others might be focused on cardiovascular health or looking to keep inflammatory bowel disease in remission.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Norwitz said he has many more experiments planned to spark awareness and knowledge of how foods affect the body’s functions and overall health.
“I am passionate about making metabolic health mainstream,” he said. “This is only the tip of the iceberg.”
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
Upma is a yummy breakfast dish especially popular in South India. Today, many of us across the country enjoy digging into this wholesome delicacy. Upma has many lip-smacking and healthy varieties – but the one made with rava (semolina) stands out for its simplicity, convenience and taste. If you make upma often, you know it’s relatively easy to make. But if you want to make it genuinely irresistible, we have some pointers for you. Follow these suggestions the next time you’re cooking upma and see the difference they will make! We have also provided a general recipe at the end.
Also Read : Tried Coriander Upma? Here’s A Quick Recipe For This Healthy Dish
Here Are 5 Easy Tips To Make Perfect Rava (Sooji) Upma At Home
1. Use a thick-bottomed kadhai.
You may think that any vessel can be used for cooking upma. However, we recommend a kadhai or saucepan with a thick bottom for this dish. Upma requires a series of many ingredients to be added, and such a vessel will ensure it doesn’t get burnt in the meanwhile. Also, remember to keep the flame on low and turn it to medium only for the tadka with the spices and onions.
2. Roast the rava before mixing it with water.
Should you roast rava while making upma? The answer is yes. Photo Credit: iStock
Roasting the semolina (sooji) gives the upma a distinctive flavour and improves the overall texture. You don’t need to spend a lot of time on this. Around 5 minutes is all you require. The heat should be at the lowest possible setting and take care to stir continuously. The semolina should change colour very slightly – it must still look whitish when you stop roasting.
3. Add curds or buttermilk to get better consistency.
Another way to improve the texture and flavour of upma is to use curds or buttermilk. This adds a hint of sourness that is essential if you want that perfect upma taste. It also helps bind the other ingredients better and gives the dish a softer mouthfeel.
4. Ensure the ratio of rava to water is correct.
If you want upma to have that soft (but not mushy) consistency, you have to pay attention to proportions. For 1 cup of rava, use 3 cups of water (and 1/2 cup of curds). If you are using buttermilk, we suggest 2 cups of water and 2 cups of buttermilk. Another important point is to use warm water for this purpose.
Use the right amount of rava, water and dahi/ buttermilk while making upma
5. Stir in ghee when the upma is almost ready.
How do you fix lumps in upma? Apart from adding the right amount of water and rava, you can also use ghee. Once your upma is almost done, add in some ghee and stir well. This will give it a nice flavour and also help keep the upma free of big lumps.
Also Read: Spring Roll, Dhokla And More: 5 Healthy And Tasty Sooji Snacks Recipes You’d Love To Make Time And Again
How To Make Rava Upma At Home | Easy Recipe For Sooji Upma:
Rava upma is one of the most popular versions of upma, and people love giving their own twist to it. You can add different veggies and other ingredients as per your preferences. We especially recommend fried cashews and coconut, as they make the upma all the more delicious. For one version of the recipe, click here.
What is your favourite type of upma? Let us know in the comments below.
Also Read: Delicious Weight Loss Breakfast: Jowar Upma To The Rescue
About Toshita SahniToshita is fuelled by wordplay, wanderlust, wonderment and Alliteration. When she is not blissfully contemplating her next meal, she enjoys reading novels and roaming around the city.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-09-26/Ancient-Silk-Road-hub-Xinjiang-sees-31-foreign-trade-growth-1xdnRmSMSTS/img/ec088075a2fb40e48900aada216d82ab/ec088075a2fb40e48900aada216d82ab.png' alt='A view of the China-Europe Railway Express Hub in the Urumqi International Land Port Area in Urumqi, northwest China's Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, March 7, 2024. /CFP'
Northwest China’s Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region saw a yearly rise of 30.9 percent in foreign trade in the first eight months of this year, the local customs authorities said Thursday.
The region’s total import and export volume from January to August reached 285.32 billion yuan (about $40.55 billion), according to Urumqi Customs.
Li Qinghua, deputy head of Urumqi Customs, said the remarkable foreign trade growth in Xinjiang could be partly attributed to the establishment of comprehensive bonded zones, which enhance logistics efficiency, as well as the successful expansion of international markets.
Xinjiang’s trade with countries participating in the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) rose by 28 percent year on year, accounting for 92.5 percent of the region’s total foreign trade value in the first eight months.
Kazakhstan and Kyrgyzstan were the region’s major trading partners over this period.
Private enterprises in Xinjiang showed a strong performance in foreign trade during the same period, with their trade value soaring 29.6 percent year on year, accounting for 92.5 percent of the region’s total.
The region has exported more high value-added products, including electric passenger vehicles and lithium-ion batteries.
Xinjiang is located at the heart of the Eurasian continent and serves as an important transportation hub in the core region of the Silk Road Economic Belt, an essential component of the BRI, which was proposed by China in 2013.
A new JAMA study indicates that semaglutide produced up to a 68% lower risk of opioid overdose for patients with type 2 diabetes compared to other antidiabetic medications.
The information is current and up-to-date in accordance with the latest veterinarian research.
Learn more »
Our feline friends spend a good amount of their time grooming themselves, but even with all that work and attention, they occasionally get mats in their fur. This is especially true when it comes to the back, as matted fur along the spine is fairly common. But why does your cat’s fur get matted on their back?
The fur of a cat’s back can get matted for various reasons, which we’ll look at in detail below. We’ll also share why matted fur is bad for your cat and what you should do to help them, so keep reading!
The 10 Reasons That Your Cat’s Hair is Matted on His Back
1. Difficulty Grooming the Back
For some felines, the issue is that they simply can’t groom their backs very well. After all, the back is a difficult area for any cat to reach, and if there isn’t another cat around to help them groom that area, they can easily develop mats. Difficulty grooming the back is a more significant issue in cats who are overweight, as they may just have too much mass to reach around to get to that part of the body. Matted fur on the back can also be more likely to occur in felines experiencing pain that stops them from bending their spine to reach the back.
If you’ve noticed that your cat seems to be struggling with reaching their back for grooming, ascertain whether they’re showing any signs of being in pain or if they might be a little chunky. Take them to the vet if you believe they’re hurting, and if your cat is overweight, speak to your vet about how to help them shed a few pounds.
Image Credit: ErikGlez, Shutterstock
2. Age
As cats age, they often lose some flexibility, making it more challenging to reach their back to groom. So, if your cat is getting up there in years, there’s a good chance this is why the fur along their back has gotten matted. While it’s always important to brush your cat (particularly if they have longer fur), it’s vital to do so when your cat reaches an age where they can’t groom as much of themselves due to being less flexible.
3. Doesn’t Groom Often
Another reason the fur along the back can get matted is that some cats just don’t groom themselves as frequently. While this could be due to your cat being a little lazier than other felines in this area, it could also stem from some kind of oral problem. Dental disease, stomatitis, oral tumors, or a cut or sore in their mouth may make it so they won’t want to groom themselves. If your cat has always been a little lax in the grooming area, it just means you’ll need to brush them more often. But if your cat formerly enjoyed grooming but doesn’t groom often now, it could be due to an issue with their mouth.
Oral problems aside, a cat that isn’t feeling well for any reason may not groom themselves as much. So, if your kitty is showing any signs of illness, such as not eating, a change in behavior or litter box habits, a change in water consumption, or anything else that seems off, see your vet.
Image Credit: Zhuravlev Andrey, Shutterstock
4. Friction
Cats are constantly rubbing up against stuff—your legs, furniture, blankets, cat trees, and more. All that rubbing against things equals friction, which can make it more likely for fur to get knotted, tangled, and matted. So, if your kitty is fond of rubbing their back on things or enjoys rolling around on carpets, this could be why the fur is matted on their back.
5. Long Hair
Cats with long hair are gorgeous, but all that hair makes them more likely to develop mats. Whether they just have an overabundance of fur or a thick undercoat, longhaired feline breeds are more prone to mats, which could show up on their backs. If you have a longhaired feline, it’s vital that you brush them regularly to prevent mats from happening!
Image Credit: Esin Deniz, Shutterstock
6. Shedding
All cats shed. However, if a cat’s loose hair isn’t regularly removed from the rest of their haircoat, it can increase the chances of matting. Again, this is especially true for longhaired kitties because their lengthy locks are more apt to tangle.
7. Humidity
Interestingly, humidity can also cause a feline’s hair to mat on the back and in other areas. So, if you live in a particularly humid part of the country or your cat is often outside when humidity hits, this could be causing their mats.
Image Credit: Vasylchenko, Shutterstock
8. Foreign Objects
This reason is likelier for cats who spend time outdoors, but foreign objects can get tangled up in the fur and lead to matting. This could be anything, but the objects most prone to tangling include sticky substances, burrs, and twigs. Of course, foreign objects can get lodged in the hair of indoor felines, too, but if your pet is running around in the backyard, they run a bigger risk of getting something caught in their fur.
9. Skin Conditions
Has your cat been dealing with skin allergies, dermatitis, or another skin condition? If so, this could be why their fur is matted on their back. Skin conditions such as these can cause irritation and itchiness, which lead to excessive licking, scratching, and biting at the affected area. These behaviors can cause fur to become matted if they go on for too long.
Image Credit: sophiecat, Shutterstock
10. Stress
It may seem odd to think of our pets getting stressed, but they do. For cats, stress can be caused by significant life changes, such as a new baby in the home, moving, or the death of another pet. If your cat is experiencing stress, they could be grooming excessively or not at all. This could lead to the fur on their back becoming matted. If your feline is stressed, they may also show signs like lack of appetite and frequent hiding. You can try to help your pet with their stress or talk with your vet if it seems like what you’re doing isn’t helping.
Why Is Matted Fur Bad for Cats?
A few small mats here and there may not seem like a big deal, but matted fur is often uncomfortable for felines. Plus, if the fur gets incredibly matted or large areas are matted, the mats could cause pain for your pet. Worse than that, mats in a cat’s fur stop the skin underneath the mats from receiving fresh air, so skin can get hot, dry, itchy, flaky, or even infected. And there’s more—matted fur is the perfect place for parasites like fleas and ticks to hide; your cat might have these on them, and you’d never even know.
Keeping your kitty’s fur as mat-free as possible is vital to their health and well-being!
Image Credit: Mouse family, Shutterstock
How Can I Help My Cat With Their Mats?
If your cat’s fur is matted on the back, you can help them out a couple of different ways depending on the size and severity of the mats.
If the mats are small, you can use a metal mat comb to try to work them out (gently!) Hold the matted fur close to the skin while you comb with short strokes to decrease pulling on the skin. You may also want to try an oil-based detangler on your pet’s mats.
If mats are large, the comb probably won’t work on them. Instead, you can try pulling them apart (again gently!) with your fingers. If that doesn’t work, the mats will need to be cut out. Unless you’re experienced in grooming, you do not want to cut a mat out yourself. Feline skin is incredibly delicate and can easily be cut or nicked. Instead, take your pet to a groomer or your vet to have mats removed.
And if you want to prevent mats on your cat’s back, brush them regularly! Not only will this make kitty feel better, but it also offers the two of you an excellent opportunity to bond.
Conclusion
Cats can develop mats in the fur on their back for several reasons. This can occur when a cat ages and loses flexibility, has an issue with their mouth, isn’t feeling well, is stressed, and more. You can help prevent mats on your cat’s back by brushing them regularly, but if the cat already has mats, you can try gently detangling them with a comb or your fingers. If this doesn’t work, the mats will need to be cut out.
Non-banking finance company (NBFC) Shriram Finance has raised $500 million through a 3.6-year tenure social bond at a 6.15 per cent interest rate per annum, according to an exchange notice.
“This opportunistic issuance, executed under favourable market conditions, garnered an overwhelming response from global investors. As our 9th successful public USD bond issuance, following the $750 million transaction in January 2024, this reflects the strong investor confidence in our financials, strategic vision, and dedication to fostering sustainable and inclusive growth,” said Umesh Revankar, Executive Vice Chairman, Shriram Finance.
The bonds will be issued on September 30, and are proposed to be listed on the Global Securities Market at the India International Exchange (INX). Earlier this month, Revankar mentioned that the Shriram Group is planning to list its insurance arms — Shriram General Insurance and Shriram Life Insurance — within two years as these businesses scale in size.
Way forward
Separately, following the Reserve Bank of India’s nod to launch asset reconstruction business in July, the focus now would be only on buying retail bad loans from banks and peer non-bank lenders, due to its specialised skillset of collection of retail loans, Revankar said.
Also read: Organised gold loan market set to cross ₹10 lakh cr in FY25: ICRA
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
CIPELE s prstima spadaju u kategoriju neobične obuće, a mnogima je takva obuća zaista nepojmljivo ružna, do mjere da su rekli da izgledaju kao kondomi za stopala. I dok su Crocs i Birkenstock natikače, koje su nekoć također smatrane ružnima, danas dobro prihvaćene, Vibramove cipele s prstima ostale su modni tabu.
Nose se i po New Yorku
Vibram Five Fingers cipele, poznate po tome što svaki prst ima svoj odjeljak, pojavile su se 2002. godine kao minimalistička obuća za trkače koji vole bosonogo trčanje. Iako imaju svoje obožavatelje, primarno zbog funkcionalnosti, mnogi ljudi i dalje se zgražaju nad njihovim izgledom.
Njihovoj lošoj prihvaćenosti unatoč, neki veliki svjetski brendovi su lansirali svoje verzije ovih cipela. Balenciaga je 2020. godine izbacila svoju verziju ovih cipela, koje su koštale 1300 dolara, dok japanski brend Suicoke već godinama nudi modernije varijante cipela s prstima.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Ove su se godine pojavile na tjednima mode, a mogu se vidjeti i na ulicama New Yorka. Brend je na Tjednu mode u Milanu održao i radionicu Metamorphosis kako bi ljudi imali priliku raditi na ovim kontroverznim tenisicama. Bilo kako bilo, čini se da se ove kontroverzne cipele vraćaju, a možda će uskoro biti i bolje prihvaćene.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Connecticut Sun star Alyssa Thomas was asked Wednesday night about her team’s ability to “shut out the noise” that has come on social media during its WNBA playoff series against the Indiana Fever.
Thomas gave a thoughtful answer that ended with a plea to the league to help shut down the noise.
After Connecticut’s series-clinching 87-81 win over Indiana, Thomas said she had never experienced the sort of “racial comments” that she’d seen from the Fever’s fan base. “I’ve never been called the things that I’ve been called on social media and there’s no place for it.”
“It’s uncalled for and something needs to be done, whether it’s them checking their fans or this league checking. There’s no time for it anymore,” she added.
Soon after, the WNBA released a statement backing Thomas and the rest of the league’s players.
“The WNBA is a competitive league with some of the most elite athletes in the world. While we welcome a growing fan base, the WNBA will not tolerate racist, derogatory, or threatening comments made about players, teams and anyone affiliated with the league. League security is actively monitoring threat-related activity and will work directly with teams and arenas to take appropriate measures, to include involving law enforcement as necessary.”
Before the game, Sun guard DiJonai Carrington posted a screenshot on her Instagram Stories of a shockingly graphic and racist message she had received the previous day. During Sunday’s series opener, Carrington had poked Fever star Caitlin Clark in the face while making a play for the ball, resulting in a black eye for Clark.
Both Carrington and Clark have stated that the contact was unintentional.
Carrington was sitting next to Thomas during Wednesday’s postgame news conference. At times, she nodded along as her teammate spoke.
“Basketball is headed in a great direction, but we don’t want fans that are going to degrade us and call us racial names,” Thomas said. “I mean, we already see what’s happening in the world and what we have to deal with in that aspect. And we come to play basketball for our job and it’s fun, but we don’t want to go to work every day and have social media blown up over things like that.”
Speaking to reporters by herself, Connecticut coach Stephanie White was told of Thomas’ comments and had plenty to say on the matter.
“I feel like we have allowed trolls in social media to frame the narrative of what the story is. And it’s unacceptable,” White said. “We have to do a better job.”
She added: “I just encourage everybody to take a step back and think about if it’s your sons or your daughters or your nieces or your nephews or your children, for goodness’ sake, because if my children were being harassed like this, I’m not sure what I would do. … And I’m not talking about criticism ’cause that comes with the territory. That is what it is. That’s part of it. But the narrative doesn’t need to be controlled by people who are just on their keyboards spewing hate and negative vitriol everywhere.”
Fever coach Christie Sides talked to reporters before the Sun players and coach. Answering a question on what she told her team after the season-ending loss, Sides also spoke out against the “unacceptable” behavior the players have endured.
“There’s a lot of hurtful, hateful speech out there that’s happening, and it’s unacceptable,” Sides said. “There’s no reason for it. And these guys have to listen to and watch that. Social media is their life. This is what they do. And they have to read and see these things constantly, and just all the stories that are made up of what people see or think they see.”
She added: “It’s just this new world that we’re in, and it is just not acceptable when it gets personal for these guys to have to deal with that.”
OnePlus Discounts, Offers: OnePlus has announced a series of Diwali offers on its wide range of products. These offers will pan across its popular smartphones, tablets and audio products to make the signature OnePlus experience more accessible to consumers. The list includes devices like the OnePlus 12, OnePlus Watch 2, OnePlus Pad 2, and the OnePlus Buds Pro 3.
These devices offer a seamless ecosystem that makes everyday tasks easier and more enjoyable.
OnePlus 12
With the festive season approaching, customers can purchase the OnePlus 12 from September 26 and enjoy exciting offers, including a complimentary pair of OnePlus Buds Pro 2 across all sales channels. Additionally, buyers can avail an instant bank discount of up to Rs 7,000 and opt for no-cost EMI for up to 6 months with select bank cards.
OnePlus Pad 2
Starting September 26, customers can purchase the OnePlus Pad 2 with an instant bank discount of up to Rs 3,000 and no-cost EMI for up to 9 months with select bank cards. Additionally, enjoy an extra Rs 5,000 off by exchanging your mobile or tablet during the purchase.
OnePlus Watch 2
Festive offers on the OnePlus Watch 2 are available starting today, with a temporary price drop of Rs 2,000. Customers can also avail an instant bank discount of up to Rs 3,000 and no-cost EMI for up to 12 months with select bank cards.
OnePlus Buds Pro 3
Starting September 26, festive deals on the OnePlus Buds Pro 3 include an instant bank discount of up to Rs 1,000, along with 12 months of no-cost EMI on select bank cards. Plus, avail an additional temporary price drop of Rs 1,000 for a limited time during this festive season.
With easy switching between your OnePlus Buds Pro 3, OnePlus 12, and Pad 2, along with smooth synchronization with the OnePlus Watch 2, the OnePlus ecosystem guarantees continuous connectivity. Whether you’re transferring files or managing your smart home, the ecosystem is crafted for a hassle-free, connected lifestyle.
The Amazon Great Indian Festival Sale 2024 is here! Prime members can shop from September 26 and rest can jump in from September 27.
Amazon Great Indian Festival Sale 2024: Check out the best luggage bag options across categories for best deals.
Amazon Sale 2024 offers fantastic deals on a wide range of luggage, perfect for all travel needs. From sturdy trolley bags to stylish duffle bags, there’s something for everyone. Backpacks and rucksacks are available at great discounts, ideal for both daily use and outdoor adventures. Top brands are offering high-quality products at unbeatable prices. Whether you need spacious trolley bags for long trips or compact backpacks for everyday use, this Amazon Sale provides excellent value for money.
Don’t miss the chance to upgrade your luggage collection during this festive season!
Top picks for luggage deals at the Amazon Sale 2024.
1) Safari Pentagon Set of 3
The Safari Pentagon Set of 3 Trolley Bags in Dusk Green is a perfect travel companion, offering durability and style. Made from hard-case polypropylene, these trolley bags are lightweight yet sturdy. With 4 wheels and 360-degree wheeling, they provide easy manoeuvrability. Ideal for long trips or short getaways, this set includes cabin, medium, and large sizes, catering to all travel needs.
Specifications of Safari Pentagon Set of 3
Set of 3: Cabin, Medium, Large
Hard-case polypropylene material
4 wheels with 360-degree rotation
Lightweight and durable
Dusk Green colour for a stylish look
2) Safari Polycarbonate Persia 3Pc Set
The Safari Polycarbonate Persia 3Pc Luggage Set in Pearl Blue offers a perfect combination of durability and style. This set includes three sizes (55 cm, 65 cm, and 77 cm) to meet various travel needs. Made from strong polycarbonate material, these suitcases are lightweight and long-lasting. With 8 wheels and a speed-wheel design, they provide smooth and effortless movement, ideal for frequent travellers.
Specifications of Safari Polycarbonate Persia 3Pc Set
Set of 3: Small, Medium, Large
Polycarbonate material for durability
8 wheels for easy manoeuvrability
Lightweight and sturdy
Stylish Pearl Blue colour
Also read: Best suitcase brands you must consider for your next expedition, top 6 options everyone loves
3) Skybags Casual Backpack
The Skybags Casual Backpack (28L) is a practical and stylish choice for daily use. With two spacious main compartments, it offers ample storage for books, gadgets, or essentials. The front pocket and side bottle pocket provide extra convenience for quick access. Padded shoulder straps ensure comfort during long wear, making it perfect for work, school, or casual outings.
Specifications of Skybags Casual Backpack
28-litre capacity
2 main compartments for ample storage
Front pocket for easy access
Side bottle pocket
Padded shoulder straps for comfort
4) Gear Aspire 30L Medium Water Restant Office Laptop Backpack
The Gear Aspire 30L Office Laptop Backpack is designed for both men and women, offering functionality and style. Its water-resistant material keeps your belongings safe from light rain, while the 30-litre capacity provides ample space for laptops, documents, and daily essentials. With a sleek black design, it’s perfect for office or casual use. Padded shoulder straps ensure comfort during commutes.
Specifications of Gear Aspire 30L Medium Water Restant Office Laptop Backpack
30-litre capacity
Water-resistant material
Suitable for men and women
Padded shoulder straps for comfort
Dedicated laptop compartment for protection
Also read: Amazon Best Deals: Travel in style with the best picks for luggage sets, duffle bags and more at up to 76% off
5) Safari Crescent 8 Wheels 56cm Small Cabin Trolley Bag
The Safari Crescent 56cm Small Cabin Trolley Bag in Ink Blue is a stylish and durable travel companion. Made from tough polycarbonate, it offers excellent protection while remaining lightweight. Its 8 wheels and 360-degree wheeling system provide smooth and effortless mobility, ideal for frequent travellers. The compact size is perfect for cabin luggage, making it convenient for short trips or business travel.
Specifications of Safari Crescent 8 Wheels 56cm Small Cabin Trolley Bag
56 cm cabin size
Hard case polycarbonate material
8 wheels with 360-degree rotation
Lightweight and durable
Ink Blue colour for a sleek look
6) Safari Regloss Detour 55 Cms Small Cabin Trolley Bag
The Safari Regloss Detour 55 cm Small Cabin Trolley Bag offers a colourful and durable option for short trips. Made from sturdy polycarbonate, this hard case provides reliable protection for your belongings. Its 4 wheels and 360-degree wheeling system ensure easy mobility, making travel hassle-free. The compact cabin size fits most airline luggage requirements, making it an ideal choice for frequent travellers.
Specifications of Safari Regloss Detour 55 Cms Small Cabin Trolley Bag
55 cm cabin size
Hard case polycarbonate material
4 wheels with 360-degree rotation
Lightweight and durable
Multicolour design for a stylish appearance
7) JFK 55 Cm Duffle Bag
The JFK 55 cm Duffle Bag offers a spacious 44-litre capacity, making it perfect for travel. Its dust-resistant material keeps your belongings safe and clean, while the adjustable shoulder strap ensures comfortable carrying. With a large main compartment, it provides ample space for clothes and essentials. Ideal for both men and women, this sustainable duffle bag comes with an impressive 1500 days warranty, guaranteeing long-lasting use.
Specifications of JFK 55 Cm Duffle Bag
44-litre capacity
Dust-resistant material
Adjustable shoulder strap
Spacious main compartment
1500 days warranty for durability
Also read: Skybags luggage: Buy our top 10 strong and sturdy picks, including trolley and duffel bags
8) uppercase Topo 55Cm Duffle Bag
The UPPERCASE Topo 55 cm Duffle Bag (44 Lts) is a durable and dust-resistant travel companion. Its spacious main compartment offers ample storage, while the adjustable shoulder strap ensures comfortable carrying. Made from sustainable polyester, it’s ideal for both men and women. Perfect for short trips, this versatile duffle bag comes with a 1500-day warranty, guaranteeing long-lasting use. The stylish blue design adds a modern touch.
Specifications of uppercase Topo 55Cm Duffle Bag
44-litre capacity
Dust-resistant polyester material
Spacious main compartment
Adjustable shoulder strap
1500-day warranty for durability
9) F Gear Hunter 75 Ltrs Rucksack
The F Gear Hunter 75 Ltrs Rucksack is perfect for trekking and long journeys, offering a spacious 75-litre capacity to carry all essentials. Its ergonomic design with padded shoulder straps ensures comfort during extended use. The durable material provides weather resistance, while multiple compartments keep your belongings organised. Ideal for outdoor adventures, this rucksack is suitable for both men and women, combining functionality and style for any travel experience.
Specifications of F Gear Hunter 75 Ltrs Rucksack
75-litre capacity
Weather-resistant material
Padded shoulder straps for comfort
Multiple compartments for organisation
Ergonomic design for extended use
10) Tripole Colonel 80 Litres Rucksack
The Tripole Colonel 80 Litres Rucksack in Army Green is designed for serious adventurers, offering ample space and versatility. With an impressive 80-litre capacity, it’s perfect for extended trips. The detachable day pack provides extra convenience for short excursions. Made from durable materials, this rucksack is built to withstand tough conditions. Its adjustable straps ensure a comfortable fit, while multiple pockets allow for efficient organisation of gear, making it an excellent choice for trekking and camping.
Specifications of Tripole Colonel 80 Litres Rucksack
80-litre capacity
Detachable day pack included
Durable, weather-resistant material
Adjustable straps for comfort
Multiple pockets for easy organisation
Similar articles for you
Best luggage brands in India: Top picks for luggage bags, trolleys and more for your travel needs
Best trolley bag set of 3: Top 10 stylish and durable picks that are perfect for all your travel needs
Best luggage for international travel: Choose from the top 6 picks to make your travel easier
Best 23 kg luggage bags for travellers on the go: Top 10 options with multiple compartments
Best trolley bag brands: 7 options that you can carry for your next holiday and ensure that your valuables are safe
FAQs on luggage bags
What are the benefits of using a trolley bag?
Trolley bags offer convenience and ease of mobility, especially when travelling. Their wheels and telescopic handles make them easy to manoeuvre in airports or train stations. They also provide ample storage space, often with multiple compartments for organisation, making them ideal for both short trips and longer journeys.
Can duffle bags be used for air travel?
Yes, duffle bags are suitable for air travel, provided they meet the airline’s size and weight restrictions. They are lightweight, flexible, and can be easily packed into tight spaces. Many duffle bags also come with shoulder straps for comfortable carrying.
What should I consider when choosing a rucksack for hiking?
When choosing a rucksack for hiking, consider the capacity (litres), comfort features like padded straps and back support, weather resistance, and the number of compartments for organisation. Also, ensure it fits well to avoid strain during long hikes.
Backpacks: How do I clean my backpack?
To clean your backpack, first, empty all compartments and shake out any debris. Use a damp cloth to wipe the exterior and a mild detergent for stains. For fabric backpacks, you can wash them in cold water on a gentle cycle, but always check the care label for specific instructions.
How can I ensure my luggage stays safe during travel?
To ensure your luggage stays safe during travel, use a sturdy, lockable suitcase, label your bag with contact information, and consider using a luggage tracker. Additionally, avoid leaving valuables in checked luggage and take precautions against damage by using protective covers or wraps.
Disclaimer: At Hindustan Times, we help you stay up-to-date with the latest trends and products. Hindustan Times has an affiliate partnership, so we may get a part of the revenue when you make a purchase. We shall not be liable for any claim under applicable laws, including but not limited to the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, with respect to the products. The products listed in this article are in no particular order of priority.
After an early access launch for Ultimate Edition owners last week, the EA Sports FC 25 Standard Edition is about to make its full debut on PS5, PlayStation 4, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One and PC. EA FC 25 has a September 27 release date on all platforms. Based on the early access launch timings, EA FC 25 will have a midnight BST release time for fans living in the UK. This means the PC version should be available from 5am BST. Pre-order customers can even pre-load the game ahead of launch, which means you can jump into the action the moment the clock strikes midnight.
READ MORE: PS5 Pro pre-order time, pre-order date, prices, PlayStation Direct bundles and tips
The Standard Edition comes with a number of in-game bonus items, including an Ultimate Team Player Loan Item, an Ambassador Loan Item, Manager Career 5-Star items and three ICONs in Player Career.
That’s on top of a Clubs PlayStyles Slot, Player Career Personality Points and 250,000 Clubs Coins.
It’s worth pointing out that the Standard Edition is playable on both PS5 and PS4.
While the Standard Edition of the game costs £69.99 on the PlayStation Store, CD Keys customers can actually save money by purchasing a PSN top-up card.
The online retailer is selling a £70 PlayStation Store top-up card for just £62.99. You can take advantage of the deal through this link.
After purchasing a top-up card from CD Keys, the retailer will send you a link with the code that can redeemed on the PlayStation Store.
EA Sports FC 25’s big new feature is 5v5 Rush, which is described as “a new way to play with friends in Football Ultimate Team, Clubs, and Kick-Off with small-sided gameplay”.
“In Football Ultimate Team Rush, build your dream 5-a-side squad with up to three friends, each controlling your favourite Player Item.”
Other new features include FC IQ, which is said to provide greater strategic control over teams, leading to more realistic collective movement.
Manager and Player Careers will also reportedly benefit from the ability to live out real-world storylines.
In the run up to launch, EA revealed the top 25 players based on their in-game stats. Real Madrid striker Kylian Mbappe tops the list with an overall rating of 91, followed by the Manchester City duo of Rodri and Erling Haaland, also with scores of 91.
The Queensland Government became $337 million richer last financial year thanks in part to fines from speed cameras, with a vast majority of motorists pinged for going less than 11km/h above the limit.
In the Department of Transport and Main Roads’ Annual Report for the 2023-24 financial year, the State Government announced it made $464.3 million from its Camera Detected Offence Program (CDOP) across the 12-month period.
Factoring in administrative and operational costs of $127.3 million, the state ended up with a $337 million profit – though the figure could’ve been much higher.
The CDOP was initially estimated to bring in $503.6 million throughout the 2023-24 financial year, though this figure was revised in May to $409 million – $55 million less than the final figure, according to the report.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
The financial year prior (2022-23) it collected $465.8 million from the CDOP, itself up 70 per cent on the $274.5 million collected in 2021-22.
In total, 608,794 speeding fines were handed out throughout the 2023-24 financial year, with mobile speed cameras accounting for the vast majority – 74 per cent to be exact – of the infringement detectors.
Fixed speed cameras were next, responsible for issuing 24 per cent of speeding fines, while the state’s point-to-point average speed cameras accounted for slightly less than two per cent of the figure.
It may come as no surprise that more than half of all motorists who received a speeding fine were travelling at no more than 10km/h above the posted speed limit, with 63 per cent of infringements handed out for this offence.
More than a third of motorists caught speeding were travelling between 11km/h and 20km/h in excess of the limit, with the remaining few fines split between the three categories of 21-30km/h, 31-40km/h and 40km/h-plus.
The state’s point-to-point speed cameras served up an interesting figure, being the only mode of detection which didn’t see the most fines for the lowest threshold, with a surprising 77 per cent of motorists instead being caught between 11-20km/h above the limit.
Speed above posted limit
1-10km/h
11-20km/h
21-30km/h
31-40km/h
40km/h+
Combined
Mobile speed camera fines
279,700
157,254
12,581
1959
991
452,485 (74%)
Fixed speed camera fines
101,999
40,354
3047
670
339
146,409 (24%)
Point-to-point speed camera fines
1590
7621
559
93
37
9900 (2%)
Total fines
383,289 (63%)
205,229 (33.7%)
16,187 (0.27%)
2722 (0.004%)
1367 (0.002%)
608,794
Total fine revenue (approx.)
$118.4m
$95.2m
$11.2m
$3.2m
$2.4m
$230.4m
In May, the Queensland Government revised its estimated revenue for the CDOP in 2024-25 from $533.7 million to $466.5 million, however given how much it overshot the lower figure last financial year, it could still take in more than $500 million.
Despite the State Government hailing the decrease as a sign of changing behaviours, Queensland’s rolling 12-month road toll is up 1.4 per cent on last year, currently standing at 288 deaths to the end of August 2024.
MORE: Are speed, mobile phone cameras finally changing behaviour? MORE: Queensland motorists to face record fines MORE: Hold onto your wallets: More cameras coming to Queensland roads MORE: Hidden school zone speed cameras prove lucrative in first year
Existing shareholders including Accel India and Tencent Europe will sell about 185.3 million shares, the Bengaluru-based startup said in its draft prospectus.
Swiggy’s long-awaited public listing comes amid a booming IPO market, with 198 companies having raised $7.1 billion in the year to Sept.4, more than double the amount for the same period last year
Softbank-backed food delivery firm Swiggy said on Thursday it aims to raise 37.5 billion rupees ($448.56 million) in its initial public offering, which looks set to be among India’s biggest listings this year.
Existing shareholders including Accel India and Tencent Europe will sell about 185.3 million shares, the Bengaluru-based startup said in its draft prospectus.
Swiggy’s long-awaited public listing comes amid a booming IPO market, with 198 companies having raised $7.1 billion in the year to Sept.4, more than double the amount for the same period last year.
The company, backed by investment group Prosus and Japan’s SoftBank, competes with Zomato in India’s online restaurant and cafe food deliveries sector.
Both companies have made major bets on the new so-called quick commerce boom where groceries and other products are being delivered in 10 minutes.
(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – Reuters)
Amid the ongoing market reversal, Telegram-linked Toncoin (TON) has experienced a breakout from a long consolidation zone, with on-chain metrics now flashing a buy signal. Prior to this rally, TON had been consolidating between $5.38 and $5.80, near the $5.75 resistance level for the past two weeks.
TON Price Momentum
However, today’s impressive rally broke out of that zone and shifted the overall market sentiment. At press time, TON is trading near the $5.90 level and has experienced a price surge of over 4.5% in the past 24 hours. During the same period, its trading volume increased by 6.5% and has been steadily rising, indicating renewed interest from traders and investors.
The potential reason behind the price rally is the bullish market sentiment and the upcoming airdrop in October 2024.
Toncoin Technical Analysis and Upcoming Levels
According to expert technical analysis, TON appears bullish and is now trading above the 200 Exponential Moving Average (EMA) on a daily time frame, indicating an uptrend. The 200 EMA is a technical indicator that Traders and investors use to determine whether an asset is in an uptrend or downtrend.
Source: Trading View
Based on the historical price momentum, following the breakout, there is a strong possibility that TON could soar by 20% to the $7 level in the coming days. However, this bullish thesis will only hold if TON closes its daily candle above the $5.90 level, otherwise, it may fail.
Bullish On-Chain Metrics
As of now, TON’s bullish outlooks it further supported by on-chain metrics. Coinglass’s TON Long/Short ratio currently stands at 1.035, indicating strong bullish market sentiment among traders.
Source: Coinglass
Additionally, its future open interest has increased by 5.7% in the last 24 hours, signaling that traders are potentially building more long positions compared to short ones.
In the 20th century, marketers relied on coupons, customers’ anecdotal feedback, and mainstream media subscriber numbers to understand their reach and impact. It was an educated guessing game at best to discover what worked and what didn’t.
But in the digital world, numbers abound for marketers to analyze and interpret their audience and customer behavior. Still, marketing analytics remains a challenging discipline.
To help you realize you’re not alone in the analytics conundrum, we asked the experts presenting at Content Marketing World what they see as the biggest challenge in marketing analytics. Fortunately, they shared their concerns and came through with advice on how to overcome the hurdles.
Seeing all the data as necessary
Holding onto the past belief that capturing every behavior and all the attributes about an individual you can is the road to despair. That level of granularity is going away and — with modern models and methods — is proving to no longer be cost-effective. — Jim Sterne, president, Target Marketing of Santa Barbara
Having too much and not enough
One of the biggest challenges in marketing analytics today is the overwhelming amount of data available and the complexity of integrating data from multiple sources. With the proliferation of digital channels, social media, and various marketing tools, organizations often struggle to consolidate and make sense of the vast amounts of data generated. Organizations need to invest in data analysts, who are part of the marketing organization, to seamlessly integrate data from various sources. — Royna Sharifi, senior marketing campaign manager, Amazon Web Services
Treating it like a scientific walk in the woods
Overkill. Sometimes seeing the forest from the trees is more important than just analyzing the trees. — Michael Bonfils, global managing director, Digital International Group
Failing to integrate analytics
One big challenge in marketing analytics is the “overwhelm” factor. Most of us manage multiple tech platforms. While we can aggregate insights from several platforms into one set of dashboards, it takes skill and effort to configure and maintain it. It’s worth it, but it’s not easy. Get expert help or risk procrastinating to your own detriment. — Bernie Borges, vice president, global content marketing, iQor
Missing dashboards
We see that many companies either don’t measure or don’t measure the right things. For us, as a company, it is essential to set up a report or dashboard for every client. This way, we always focus on the right KPIs (established when setting objectives). We don’t just report at the end of a campaign but also during its execution. This allows us to constantly adjust and optimize. — Pauline Lannoo, head of digital strategy, The Fat Lady
Bungling for business objectives
The biggest problem is the failure to connect the goal to the measurement. Marketers will often rely on vanity metrics or irrelevant metrics as indicators of success when they might not indicate the achievement of a goal.
If you’re just looking to increase traffic or brand awareness, page views might be one good metric to report on. If you’re trying to sell more products or services, page views only matter if they turn into conversions. Match your key performance indicators (KPIs) to your objectives and key results (OKRs). — Brian Piper, director of content strategy and assessment, University of Rochester
Interpreting by many
Lack of consistent reporting language. Organizations are collecting and have access to more data than ever before, yet this data is often siloed in different tools.
Because of this, data can mean different things to different people. What defines a visit in one tool may not be the same as in another. Also, organizations often try to marry together anonymous and known data, which can be nuanced. It is important to define a consistent reporting language to get the most out of your marketing analytics. — Jill Roberson, senior vice president, digital marketing, Velir
Giving ‘fuzzy’ AI assessments
Few tools exist to monitor whether AI presents your content, so marketers have little to no insight. I know of two ways to get an idea of AI’s interaction with your content.
One is in GA4, where you can track AI bots. Create an exploration with “page referrer” as the dimension and “sessions” as the metric. Then apply this filter: ^https://(www.meta.ai|www.perplexity.ai|chat.openai.com|claude.ai|chat.mistral.ai|gemini.google.com|bard.google.com|chatgpt.com|copilot.microsoft.com)(/.*)?$
The other way is in Semrush through its keyword position report for tracked keyphrases or the SERP features section in a domain overview.
All these assessments are fuzzy at best but do offer directional information if your informational content is seeing decreases in clicks. Fortunately, or unfortunately, the need to monetize AI will result in much more straightforward AI insights and tools for brands and partners. — Haley Collins, director of operations, GPO
Going for the quick and easy decision
Marketers often have numerous systems tracking different metrics and no way to integrate and normalize that data. This means we tend to over-rely on whichever tool we think is easiest to get whatever data people ask for most frequently instead of using the data to make better content marketing decisions overall.
For example, although it’s been over a year since GA3 quit collecting data, a lot of marketers still have not defined their goals or optimized their GA4 reporting. I even know of one team that hasn’t turned G4 on yet.
It’s hard for me to imagine having an entire year without any web analytics to learn from. — Erika Heald, founder and chief content officer, Erika Heald Marketing Consulting
Minimizing the power of GA4
Getting what you need out of GA4. There are two approaches here: Have team members dedicate the time and energy to learn it or outsource to an agency or consultant. — Dennis Shiao, founder, Attention Retention
Paying the price
The cost is a big challenge. These tools are inaccessible for many smaller companies and independent content marketers, and that needs to change. — Beth Elderkin, content marketing manager, Informa Connect
Lacking accountability
Definitely attribution. This means taking more ownership of the full cycle from external agencies and building up internal expertise and capabilities over time, particularly around basic tracking. — Tony Byrne, founder, Real Story Group
Believing in unicorns
The biggest challenge by far is holistic attribution, IMO. The unicorn of multi-touch hasn’t really been actualized, and plenty of marketing can drive results that’s never attributed – without that attribution, funding becomes questionable. — Jenn VandeZande, editor-in-chief, SAP CX + Industries
Having only one key to the vault
Many marketing analytics are gatekept by one individual or team. Evangelize this data to everyone so they can monitor how their content is doing and keep eyes on it themselves. This will make organizations more data-focused and proactive with this information. — Zack Kadish, senior SEO strategy director, Conductor
Missing collaboration between marketing and sales
There is a disconnect between the top of the purchase funnel metrics (marketing) and the bottom of the purchase funnel metrics (sales). The crux of the matter lies in transitioning prospects from the top of the funnel seamlessly to the bottom of the funnel, ultimately driving conversions and maximizing sales potential. — Pam Didner, vice president of marketing, Relentless Pursuit LLC
Lagging skills and time
The biggest challenge with analytics is not devoting resources and time to keeping your systems up to date. It’s critical to assign an analyst or expert to handle the ongoing maintenance and updates required to keep your systems in step with your evolving marketing campaigns and strategy.
Keeping that analyst in the loop as things evolve — so they can make appropriate updates to your systems — is the only way you can properly and confidently report on actual results. Without this, you risk getting an inaccurate or incomplete picture of what’s actually happening. — Monica Norton, vice president, communications and content, Nextiva
Ignoring inclusivity
Transitioning from third-party data to first-party data and quantifying data points in a cohesive, equitable way is what many are navigating now and even more so in the coming years ahead. How do we accurately (and equitably) define an ideal customer profile (ICP) without bias, pulled from trusted sources that give us a good holistic picture to speak to? Many brands have not done the leg work with the shift as privacy is changing, and capturing accurate data is even more critical.
Put together a process that embraces DEIBA (diversity, equity, inclusion, belonging, and accountability) best practices or work with trained professionals who can help integrate that into the capture, nurturing, and output process. — Troy Sandidge, founder, Strategy Hackers
Making the most of the analytics that matter
Whew, that’s a lot of challenges with marketing analytics. How many resonate with your situation? Fortunately, awareness is the first step to overcoming them. So, now that you know you’re not in a unique situation, make a plan today to tackle one piece of advice on how to solve it.
Register to attend Content Marketing World in San Diego. Use the code BLOG100 to save $100. Can’t attend in person this year? Check out the Digital Pass for access to on-demand session recordings from the live event through the end of the year.
MORE ADVICE FOR OUR CMWORLD SPEAKERS:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
CherriLearn, a Mangaluru-based impact EdTech company, has expanded its reach to the north-eastern region of India, providing its educational platform to tribal students in collaboration with the Saraswati Vidya Mandir (SVM) school in East Jayanta Hills, Meghalaya.
“Our mission is to democratise quality education, and this initiative sponsored by Sathwa Spa enables us to reach and impact the lives of students who need it the most. We believe this will be a significant step in their educational journey, providing them with the resources they need to succeed,” saidShrinidhi RS, Founder of CherriLearn.
SVM school is located approximately 11 hours from Shillong and has an enrolment of 155 students from grades I to VII, all of whom belong to tribal communities.
A single dissent on the Federal Reserve’s interest-rate committee garnered plenty of attention last week. Understandably so. It marked the first time since 2005 that a Fed governor had opposed a rate decision. Michelle Bowman’s disagreement highlighted concerns that a half-percentage-point cut might be excessive for an economy yet to vanquish inflation. Nevertheless, her 11 other voting colleagues all supported the cut—an indication of near-total unanimity on where the Fed should set rates today.
NASA’s Curiosity rover has been exploring the Gale Crater on Mars since 2012. That’s a long time to weather dust storms, drive along the base of a mountain and crawl over endless pointy rocks. The rover’s aluminum wheels have taken a beating. New images show some dramatic gaping holes, but don’t be alarmed. NASA has it under control.
The photos are eye-opening. Curiosity has six wheels and some are worse off than others. The right-middle wheel looks rough, but “is still holding up well despite taking some of the worst abuse from Mars,” wrote rover engineer Ashley Stroupe in a mission update on Sept. 24. The wheel sports a gaping hole where you can see down into the mechanisms inside.
Some Curiosity wheels are in better shape than others. This one has been punctured by rocks.
NASA/JPL-Caltech/MSSS
NASA isn’t sweating the situation. The damage has been building for years, so the rover team came up with some clever solutions to extend the life of the wheels. The team scrutinizes the rover’s path and tries to avoid particularly nasty terrain. Curiosity is also able to drive backward over rough patches to reduce the strain on certain wheels.
Curiosity regularly checks up on its wheels. It takes multiple sets of images and drives to expose different parts of the wheels.
“This is an activity we do periodically to assess the state and health of the wheels,” Curiosity team member Remington Free wrote in a mission update on Sept. 23. “For full documentation of our wheel state, we will drive seven meters over the course of about three hours.”
The rover is equipped with multiple cameras but uses the Mars Hand Lens Imager mounted on its robotic arm to view the wheels.
An illustration shows the difference in the designs between the older Curiosity rover wheels and the newer Perseverance wheels.
NASA/JPL-Caltech
Curiosity has covered over 20 miles on Mars and NASA has learned a lot during that time. The newer Perseverance rover, which landed in a different Mars crater in 2021, has a modified wheel design. Percy’s wheels are larger in diameter, narrower and have curved treads as opposed to the chevron pattern used for Curiosity. The modifications are meant to prevent the issues Curiosity has experienced. So far, Perseverance’s wheels are going strong.
Curiosity has done remarkably well considering it’s constantly rolling over the Mars equivalent of Lego pieces scattered all over the floor. The wheel gaps and breaks aren’t slowing down the elder rover’s science work. It’s still busy analyzing rocks, studying the history of water on Mars and seeking to understand if the red planet might have once been habitable for microbial life. It’ll take more than a few wheel holes to cramp its style.
Do you often wake up feeling exhausted, even after a full night’s sleep? You might be one of the millions of people unknowingly living with sleep apnea. But here’s some great news. Apple has just introduced a game-changing feature that could help you identify this hidden health issue right from your wrist.
If you own an Apple Watch Series 10, 9 or Ultra 2, you’ll soon have a personal sleep detective on your arm. This new feature uses the watch’s built-in technology to monitor your breathing patterns while you sleep, looking for signs that could indicate sleep apnea.
No more need for complicated sleep studies or expensive equipment; your everyday smartwatch could be the key to uncovering this common but often undiagnosed condition.
Possible Sleep Apnea notification on Apple Watch(Apple)
How it works
The sleep apnea detection feature utilizes the watch’s built-in accelerometer to monitor a new metric called “breathing disturbances” during sleep. By analyzing these disturbances over time, the watch can identify patterns consistent with moderate to severe sleep apnea.
Possible Sleep Apnea notification on iPhone and Apple Watch(Apple)
The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has granted approval for this sleep apnea feature, marking a significant milestone in wearable health technology. Apple plans to roll out the functionality to more than 150 countries and regions this month, including the United States, Europe and Japan.
The Sleep apnea feature is available in 150-plus countries and regions(Apple)
You can view your nightly breathing disturbance data in the Health app on your iPhone, where it will be categorized as either “elevated” or “not elevated.” The watch analyzes this data over a 30-day period and notifies users if it detects consistent signs of sleep apnea.
Sleep apnea data from Apple Watch showing “Not Elevated”(Apple)
In clinical validation studies, the notification performance achieved a sensitivity of 66.3% and specificity of 98.5%. This means that while the algorithm is effective at identifying those with moderate to severe sleep apnea, it also minimizes false positives, ensuring that you can trust the notifications you receive.
Dr. Sumbul Desai, Apple’s vice president of health, emphasized the rigorous development process behind this feature. The detection algorithm was created using advanced machine learning with extensive datasets from clinical-grade sleep apnea tests. The studies included diverse participants across various demographics and evaluated both at-home and in-lab sleeping environments.
This new feature has the potential to significantly impact public health by helping identify undiagnosed cases of sleep apnea. Research suggests that up to 80% of sleep apnea cases remain undiagnosed, making this tool invaluable for many people who may not exhibit obvious symptoms.
To use the new sleep apnea detection feature on your Apple Watch, follow these steps:
1. Update your devices
Ensure your Apple Watch is running the latest version of watchOS. Here are the steps:
Tap on the Watch app icon on your iPhone’s home screen
In the Watch app, tap on My Watch at the bottom of the screen
Scroll down and tap on General
Select Software Update. Your iPhone will check for available updates for your Apple Watch.
If an update is available, tap Download and Install. You may need to enter your iPhone passcode.
Follow any additional prompts that appear on your screen.
The update process may take some time, so be patient. Your Apple Watch will restart automatically once the update is complete.
After your watch restarts, you can confirm that the update was successful by going back to the Watch app, tapping on My Watch and then selecting General and About to view the current version of watchOS.
Steps to update your Apple Watch(Kurt “CyberGuy” Knutsson)
Update your iPhone to the latest iOS version. Here are the steps:
Tap on the Settings app on your iPhone’s home screen
Scroll down and select General
Tap on Software Update. Your device will check for available updates.
If an update is available, you’ll see a prompt with options to Download and Install. Tap this option
If prompted, enter your passcode
Read and agree to Apple’s terms and conditions, if required
Once the download is complete, tap Install Now. Your iPhone will restart during this process.
Steps to update your iPhone(Kurt “CyberGuy” Knutsson)
2. Set up sleep apnea notifications
In the Health app, tap Browse
Then click Sleep
Under “Sleep Apnea Notifications,” tap Set Up
Next, tap Next
Steps to set up sleep apnea notifications(Kurt “CyberGuy” Knutsson)
Then confirm that you are 18 or older by tapping the circle next to Yes or No
Indicate whether you’ve been diagnosed with sleep apnea by tapping the circle next to Yes or No
Then tap Continue
After reading “How sleep apnea notifications work,” tap Next
Finally, tap Done
Steps to set up sleep apnea notifications(Kurt “CyberGuy” Knutsson)
3. Wear your watch to sleep
Wear your Apple Watch to bed for at least 10 nights within a 30-day period
Ensure your watch is charged to at least 30% before bedtime
After the initial 30-day evaluation period, check the Health app for any notifications
View your breathing disturbances data in the Respiratory section of the Health app
Remember, this feature is designed for users 18 years or older who have not been diagnosed with sleep apnea. If you receive a notification suggesting signs of sleep apnea, it’s important to consult with your health care provider for proper evaluation and diagnosis.
It’s incredible how technology can empower us to take charge of our health, and the new sleep apnea detection feature on the Apple Watch 10, 9 and Ultra 2 is a perfect example. With this tool, you can monitor your breathing patterns while you sleep, potentially uncovering issues that have gone unnoticed for far too long. Just remember, while this feature is a fantastic step toward better health, it’s essential to consult with a health care provider if you receive a notification about possible sleep apnea. Embracing these advancements could lead to a more restful night and a healthier life.
How do you feel about using wearable technology like the Apple Watch for health monitoring? Are you excited about these advancements, or do you have concerns about privacy and accuracy? Let us know by writing us atCyberguy.com/Contact.
For more of my tech tips and security alerts, subscribe to my free CyberGuy Report Newsletter by heading to Cyberguy.com/Newsletter.
Kurt “CyberGuy” Knutsson is an award-winning tech journalist who has a deep love of technology, gear and gadgets that make life better with his contributions for Fox News & FOX Business beginning mornings on “FOX & Friends.” Got a tech question? Get Kurt’s free CyberGuy Newsletter, share your voice, a story idea or comment at CyberGuy.com.
We don’t know anyone who doesn’t dread going to the dentist. Cavity is the most common problem that makes us make an appointment at a dental clinic. We often associate cavities with sugary treats like candy and soda, but there are other surprising foods that can also damage your teeth. These seemingly harmless culprits can contribute to tooth decay and enamel erosion, leading to an increased risk of cavities and other dental problems. Nutritionist Neha Sahaya and Dentist Dr Reshma Shah reveal three common foods that are harmful to your teeth. The last one is the most shocking, as most people think it’s healthy!
Also Read: 6 Foods One Should Have For Healthy, Germ-Free Teeth
Here Are 3 Foods That Cause Cavities, As Per The Experts:
1. Sticky Candies
Sticky candies like toffee, caramels, and gummies are particularly dangerous for your teeth. These candies cling to your teeth and are difficult to remove with brushing, creating a breeding ground for bacteria that can lead to cavities.
2. Dry Snacks
Dry snacks like packaged wafers and papads may seem like a healthier alternative to sugary treats, but they can also contribute to tooth decay. These snacks have a high starch content, which can break down into sugars that feed bacteria.
3. Sports Drinks and Packaged Fruit Juices
This one might come as a shock, as sports drinks and packaged fruit juices are often marketed as healthy options. However, these drinks are often loaded with sugar and acids that can weaken your enamel, making your teeth more susceptible to decay.
Also Read: Got A Dental Filling? 5 Foods You Should Abstain From For A Smooth Recovery
Tips For Maintaining Healthy Teeth:
Brush your teeth twice a day with fluoride toothpaste.
Floss daily to remove food particles from between your teeth.
Limit your intake of sugary and acidic drinks.
Rinse your mouth with water after eating or drinking sugary or acidic beverages.
See your dentist for regular check-ups and cleanings.
By being mindful of these foods and practising good oral hygiene, you can help protect your teeth from cavities and maintain a healthy smile.
About Neha GroverLove for reading roused her writing instincts. Neha is guilty of having a deep-set fixation with anything caffeinated. When she is not pouring out her nest of thoughts onto the screen, you can see her reading while sipping on coffee.
China and the United Kingdom held defense strategic consultations in China on Wednesday, according to the Chinese Defense Ministry.
The two sides discussed the development of bilateral defense relations and exchanged in-depth views on international and regional security issues of common concern, the ministry said.
Omnichannel marketing can help companies improve HCP engagement to facilitate the delivery of effective treatment to patients who desperately need and deserve it.
Housing sales fell 11 per cent during July-September to 1.07 lakh units in seven major cities on lower launches and an annual 23 per cent growth in average prices, according to Anarock.
Real estate consultant Anarock on Thursday released data that showed an 11 per cent fall in sales of residential properties in July-September to 1,07,060 units from 1,20,290 units in the year-ago period.
Anarock Chairman Anuj Puri said, “All the top cities individually recorded a dip in housing sales.” The top 7 cities witnessed a drop of 19 per cent in new housing supply, with 93,750 units launched in July-September 2024 against 1,16,220 units in the corresponding period in 2023.
“Nevertheless, the fact that sales remained higher than launches indicates that the demand-supply equation remains robust,” Puri said.
He pointed out that housing sales in the third quarter tapered down amid high prices and the monsoon season.
“As always in this period, the ‘shraad’ period also suppressed demand to an extent as many Indians defer home buying in this period.” Overall, Puri said the housing market is stabilising after creating a new peak in January-March 2024.
Also read: Housing demand and supply shows a fall in the September quarter: report
Anarock said that developers have several projects lined up during the festive quarter (October-December) during which the market is expected to see an uptick in demand.
“That said, (sales) growth in the upcoming quarters may not be as steep as seen in the last 1-2 years,” said Puri.
“Residential prices too seem to have peaked out and are now gradually stabilising across cities. Developers are likely to roll out several offers and discounts during the upcoming festive quarter to attract buyers”.
As per the data, Mumbai Metropolitan Region (MMR) recorded the highest sales among the top 7 cities in the July-September quarter at 36,190 units, a 6 per cent drop from 38,505 units in the year-ago period.
Pune saw a 17 per cent decline in sales to 19,050 units from 22,885 units during the period under review.
Housing sales in Delhi-NCR fell 2 per cent to 15,570 units from 15,865 units.
In Bengaluru, housing sales decreased 8 per cent to 15,025 units from 16,395 units.
Hyderabad recorded sales of 12,735 units, a 22 per cent fall from 16,375 units in the third quarter of 2023 calendar year.
Housing sales in Kolkata declined 25 per cent to 3,980 units from 5,320 units.
In Chennai, housing sales fell 9 per cent to 4,510 units during July-September from 4,945 units in the year-ago period.
“Due to escalating input costs as well as significant sales growth, average residential property prices across the top 7 cities collectively rose by 23 per cent annually – from Rs 6,800 per sq. ft. in Q3 2023 to Rs 8,390 per sq. ft. in Q3 2024,” Anarock said.
Among the top 7 cities, Hyderabad saw the highest 32 per cent jump in average prices.
Also read: Shriram Properties launches 1.1 million sq ft residential project in Chennai
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
SHEIN je jedna od popularnijih online trgovina za naručivanje, a mnogi ga koriste za kupnju povoljne odjeće i obuće koja često nalikuje skupljim komadima. Jednu takvu narudžbu napravila je tiktokerica Emma, koja tvrdi da su joj uz odjeću u paketu stigli i crvi.
U opisu videa, koji je do sada pregledan 290 tisuća puta, Emma je označila Shein na TikToku i napisala: “Sve što sam željela bila je Missguided odjeća i traper suknja, ali umjesto toga dobila sam crve koji su ispali iz mog paketa…” U videu je istaknula: “Mogla bih povratiti.”
Neki su podijelili slična iskustva
Njezin video prikupio je brojne komentare. Dok su neki istaknuli da nikada nisu imali problema s narudžbama sa Sheina, drugi su podijelili slična iskustva. Nekima, pak, čak ni crvi u narudžbi ne bi bili razlog da prestanu naručivati iz ove popularne online trgovine.
“Ljudi stavljaju kutije i pakete ravno na krevet. Nikad to nisam razumjela”, napisala je jedna korisnica ispod Emminog videa.
“Jesam li jedina koja nikad nije imala problema sa Sheinom? Naručujem od njih već godinama”, podijelila je svoje pozitivno iskustvo druga korisnica.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
“Meni je jednom paket stigao s kukcem i bilo je izuzetno teško dobiti povrat novca”, podijelila je slično iskustvo druga osoba. “Ovo se i meni dogodilo, ali u paketu su bili neki drugi kukci. Skoro sam umrla”, dodala je treća.
“Od sada ću svaki paket otvarati van kuće i s rukavicama”, istaknula je jedna osoba.
“Zato je važno oprati odjeću prije nego što je nosite”, savjetovala je jedna korisnica.
“Ni ovo me ne bi nagnalo da prestanem naručivati sa Sheina”, zaključila je jedna korisnica.
Evo što kažu iz Sheina
Glasnogovornik Sheina rekao je za The U.S. Sun: “Kada smo zaprimili upit kupca, odmah smo pokrenuli istragu. Istraga je pokazala da je paket, nakon što je prošao naš proces kontrole kvalitete i napustio naše postrojenje, sadržavao samo naručene Shein artikle. U kontaktu smo s kupcem i ponudili smo puni povrat novca.”
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Dave Roberts wasn’t quite ready to bench struggling second baseman Gavin Lux in favor of Kiké Hernández, but Lux was beginning to test the patience of the Dodgers manager as his slump extended into a third week and the playoffs drew near.
Lux was one of baseball’s best hitters for seven weeks after the All-Star break, batting .347 with a 1.043 on-base-plus-slugging percentage, seven homers, 14 doubles and 21 RBIs in 40 games from July 20 to Sept. 4. But that bat went into a deep freeze this month, the left-handed-hitting Lux hitting .111 (four for 36) with a .378 OPS, no extra-base hits and three RBIs in 16 games from Sept. 6 through Tuesday night.
With Hernández hitting .291 with an .855 OPS, four homers, three doubles and 10 RBIs in 22 games since Aug. 23, did Roberts consider giving the right-handed-hitting Hernández more starts against right-handers?
“It’s been a rough couple of weeks for Gavin, but I think his body of work since he got going has been very good, and I’m going to give him every opportunity to start against right-handers in the postseason,” Roberts said before Wednesday night’s game against the San Diego Padres.
Gavin Lux emerged from a slump with two hits on Wednesday.
(Robert Gauthier / Los Angeles Times)
“I think his mindset has been consistent, and it’s my job to continue to instill confidence. To have Kiké available in whatever spot is huge, but that’s not on my mind right now.”
Roberts’ faith in Lux was rewarded Wednesday night when Lux lined a two-out, score-tying single to center field in the fourth inning and singled in the eighth inning of a 4-3 victory over the Padres that pushed the Dodgers to the brink of their 11th National League West title in 12 years.
“I’m trying to have a good mentality, that I want to be in that position, that I can get a big hit with two outs and not be afraid to [screw] it up,” Lux said after the Dodgers pushed their division lead to three games with four games to play. “You know, just wanting that opportunity and embracing it.
“It’s a playoff mentality. You have to do whatever you can to win and compete, kind of forget about how bad your mechanics feel and just go out and play baseball.”
The Dodgers trailed 2-1 in the fourth inning when Tommy Edman lined a two-out double to right-center field. Lux took two balls before lacing a 95-mph fastball from Dylan Cease into center field to score Edman for a 2-2 tie. Shohei Ohtani capped the rally with a double to right for a 3-2 lead.
“He made me look good tonight,” Roberts said of Lux. “I trust him. I trust all of our guys. Tommy has been scuffling, and he came up with a big hit, and Gavin really came up big for us tonight.”
Lux missed all of last season after tearing two ligaments in his right knee in a freak spring-training baserunning mishap, and he acknowledged that he babied the surgically repaired knee in his return this season. The result was a swing that was more tentative and produced more soft contact, which led to a .213 average, .563 OPS, three home runs, eight doubles and 24 RBIs in 78 games before the All-Star break.
Lux adjusted his mindset and approach in the week before the break — ”I don’t think it’s a swing change, I’m just trying to be more aggressive, and when I get a decent pitch to hit, put a good swing on it,” he said — and the results were almost immediate.
Lux won NL player of the week to start the second half and continued to tear up the league until early September, when he went into a deep funk.
“There’s a little passivity at times with breaking balls early, there’s more swing and miss, and probably a little bit more chase,” Roberts said. “I’d like to think there isn’t a loss of confidence.”
Lux didn’t think his attacking mentality wavered, but opposing pitchers began attacking him differently.
“I’m getting a lot of backdoor spin, tons of changeups and splits,” Lux said. “It’s that cat-and-mouse game where you take one thing away, then they go to what you’re not hitting. I was probably too slow to adjust and got caught in-between. But I think I’m moving in the right direction and figuring out a game plan and an approach that works.”
Gavin Lux disagrees with umpire Andy Fletcher on a strike call Wednesday.
(Robert Gauthier/Los Angeles Times)
Lux, a .203 hitter with a .555 OPS in 279 career plate appearances against left-handers, has had a particularly tough time against them this season, batting .156 with a .402 OPS in 49 plate appearances, struggles that reduced him to a platoon role with Hernández and Chris Taylor.
“Any baseball player would tell you that the more you’re out there, you get into a good, consistent rhythm, you get to feel things out a little more,” Lux said. “But at the end of the day, I can’t make any excuses. I have to be better against left-handers if I want to be in there every day.”
The Dodgers have been in a dogfight with San Diego and Arizona for the division all summer, so Roberts hasn’t had the luxury of giving Lux a longer leash against left-handers.
“It’s hard for a hitter when you’re not getting those looks, but I feel that, quite frankly, we’ve had better options [against left-handers],” Roberts said. “I do believe Gavin is going to hit left-handed pitching, and going forward, he’s going to be an everyday player. But I think that his splits this year, that’s more on me, given his lack of opportunities.”
Leading professional networking platform LinkedIn on Thursday announced it has added 10 new language options, including four Indian regional languages.
The new language options are Vietnamese, Greek, Persian, Finnish, Hebrew, Hungarian, along with four Indian regional languages — Bengali, Marathi, Telugu and Punjabi.
The new additions bring LinkedIn’s support to five Indian languages, including Hindi, it said in a statement.
“We’re excited to announce that LinkedIn is now more inclusive and accessible than ever. We’ve expanded our language support to include 10 new languages, each representing a vibrant part of our global community,” said Chief Product Officer Tomer Cohen.
LinkedIn’s member base in India has surpassed 135 million, with engagement rates growing at 20 per cent year-over-year. India stands as LinkedIn’s second-largest and fastest-growing market.
By adding these languages, LinkedIn aims to bridge language barriers on the platform, allowing more people to establish deeper professional identities and engage more meaningfully with their networks.
“With these additions, our platform now supports a total of 36 languages, helping professionals around the world connect, communicate, and collaborate more effectively,” said Cohen.
Last month, the Microsoft-owned platform appointed Kumaresh Pattabiraman as new Country Manager and Product Head in India. According to Pattabiraman, LinkedIn has evolved from being just a jobs platform to becoming a dynamic global community where professionals connect for jobs, learning, networking, and knowledge sharing.
India is among the top five countries with the fastest-growing AI talent and has the highest AI skill penetration globally, and LinkedIn members are using AI skills three times more frequently than the global average.
LinkedIn recently launched a new video experience in India, in a bid to tap into one of the fastest-growing markets with uploads growing 60 per cent year-on-year in the country.
Whether you are a seasoned traveller or just starting out on your journey, India offers a plethora of options for travellers. From famous tourist hotspots to quaint and peaceful locations, there’s a destination for everyone. However, on this World Tourism Day, know about some lesser-visited and gorgeous off-beat places in India. So, next time when you want to take a break from the hustle of city life or just get away from crowds, you have a location in mind. These six locations will be perfect for your next getaway.
World Tourism Day: Visit off-beat places in India to experience peace, adventure and a diverse culture. (Pexels)
World Tourism Day: 6 off-beat places in India
Hemis, Leh
A quaint, beautiful village situated in the Leh district, Hemis is worth exploring for many reasons. Sandwiched between the Karakoram Mountains to the north and the Himalayas to the south, this off-beat destination is known for the famous Hemis Monastery. It is also home to the Hemis National Park, where you can catch a glimpse of the elusive snow leopard. You can also spot a wide array of langurs, wolves, red foxes, deers, and marmots.
Best time to visit: Between June and September.
Mawlyngbna, Meghalaya
Known as the cleanest village in Asia, Mawlyngbna is an adventure hub of Meghalaya. It is nestled at the Indo-Bangladesh border. This lesser-visited small village is also known for its natural beauty and offers a chance to immerse in local culture. Visitors can explore the village and admire the beautiful flower gardens and waterfalls.
Best time to visit: October and November.
Gurez Valley, Kashmir
If experiencing the nomadic lifestyle of shepherds among snow-capped peaks and gurgling streams is an off-beat experience on your bucket list, you must visit Gurez Valley. This remote valley is one of the most unique destinations in India. It offers scenic trekking routes with stunning views of the Himalayas, camping experiences, and a chance to immerse in local culture and cuisine. Wular Lake, Habba Khatoon Peak, and Razdan Pass are some popular attractions.
Best time to visit: Late May to early October.
Chopta, Uttarakhand
A beautiful hill station, Chopta in Uttarakhand is a place for off-beat travellers to relax in the lap of nature while enjoying activities like trekking and camping. This destination is known for its famous Tungnath Temple trek, one of the Pancha Kedars and the highest temple dedicated to Lord Shiva, and the Chandrashila Peak, where one gets insane views of the Himalayas.
Best time to visit: Between April and June.
Sandakphu, Darjeeling
Sandakphu is a tiny town in Darjeeling that marks the highest points in the Eastern Himalayas. Adventure enthusiasts also go on the Sandakphu Phalut trek, which offers the breathtaking experience of seeing four of the world’s tallest peaks – Sleeping Buddha, Kanchenjunga, Lhotse, and Makalu. Phalut, Meghma, and Tumling are the most attractive tourist locations in Sandakphu.
Best time to visit: Any time of the year. However, the Sandakphu Phalut trek can be done in Spring (March to May) and Autumn (October to November).
Kashid, Maharashtra
Located in the Konkan belt, this coastal town has one of the most alluring beaches, surrounded by majestic cliffs, crystalline water, and golden sand. It remains one of the few beaches in the country that has not lost its beauty. Murud Janjira Fort, Phansad Wildlife Sanctuary, Revdanda Beach Fort, and Korlai Fort are some of the must-visit places here.
By clicking the PlayStation Direct link, you’ll be placed in a queue ready to purchase either a standard PS5 Pro console, or items from the Anniversary Collection.
Sony explains more: “When countdown reaches zero, you’ll be assigned a random place in the queue. Don’t worry – your place in the queue is secure. Opening multiple queue tabs or manually refreshing the page will not affect your place. The page refreshes automatically.
“Have your payment details ready. We accept Visa, Mastercard, Maestro cards and Paypal. You’ll need a PSN account to buy directly from PlayStation. Have your Sign-In ID ready.”
UPDATE: According to PlayStation UK on X (formerly Twitter), PS5 Pro pre-orders will be begin at 10am BST UK time as predicted.
This also applies to pre-orders for the 30th Anniversary Collection – which includes themed PS5 Pro bundles, PlayStation Portals, controllers and more. You can see the Twitter interaction confirming UK timings further down the page.
Based on other information posted by users in other countries, it looks like the PS5 Pro will go on sale at 10am local time in every region (that’s 10am ET/7am PT for customers in the US).
One thing that’s worth noting is that you’ll need a PlayStation Network ID in order to purchase items from the PlayStation Direct website, so it’s worth signing in now to give yourself the best chance possible of securing a console.
Using multiple devices will also give you a better shot of securing a console if you’re placed in a queue once PS5 Pro pre-orders open.
PS5 Pro pre-order timing tweet from PlayStation UK (Image: SONY)
ORIGINAL: Despite reservations about the price, there’s a lot of buzz about Sony’s brand new and massively upgraded PS5 Pro console.
If you’re interested in purchasing the new console at launch, then PS5 Pro pre-orders will go live on September 26, exclusively on the PlayStation Direct website. The console will be available to pre-order from additional retailers on October 10, before launching in full on November 7.
Unfortunately, despite attempting to contact Sony on multiple fronts, the company is yet to officially announce exactly what time PS5 Pro pre-orders will go live. This means the PS5 Pro could go on sale as early as midnight local time.
However, based on previous timings for the original PS5 (back when there were major PS5 stock issues), customers can expect the PS5 Pro pre-orders page to go live at around 10am BST UK time.
READ MORE: How to pre-order the PS5 Pro 30th Anniversary Collection
The PS5 Pro will launch with a £699 price tag, although PlayStation Direct could offer various bundles when pre-orders go live.
The standard PS5 Pro comes with a 2TB SSD, as well as one DualSense controller and a copy of Astro’s Playroom built-in to the system.
The PS5 Pro is a disc-less console, which means you’ll have to purchase a disc drive separately, but only if you have a lot of games on disc, or use it to watch DVD/Blu-rays.
Pre-orders for Sony’s new 30th Anniversary Collection hardware and accessories will also go live on September 26, including an anniversary-themed PS5 Pro.
The limited edition PS5 Pro 30th Anniversary variant comes with a themed version of the console itself, complete with 2TB of storage, and matching accessories, including a DualSense wireless controller, a DualSense Edge wireless controller, a DualSense Charging Station and a Console Cover for the Disc Drive add on (although the disc drive will be sold separately).
It also ships with an anniversary themed Vertical Stand, as well as an original PlayStation controller-style cable connector housing four PlayStation Shapes cable ties. That’s on top of a PlayStation sticker, a Limited Edition PlayStation Poster and a PlayStation Paperclip… for some reason.
According to Sony, each PS5 Pro Anniversary Edition is individually numbered as a collector’s item. Only 12,300 of the Pro models will be available worldwide.
As for the console itself, the PS5 Pro aims to improve on the original PS5 in three main ways. Specifically with a bigger GPU, Advanced Ray-Tracing and AI-driven upscaling.
The GPU will provide rendering that’s up to 45% faster thanks to 67% more Compute Units and 28% faster memory. This should lead to a better balance between visuals and performance.
Advanced Ray Tracing will provide “more dynamic reflection and refraction of light”, which allows rays to be cast at double and sometimes even triple the speeds of the current PS5.
Then there’s the AI Driven Upscaling, which is said to use “machine learning-based technology to provide super sharp image clarity by adding an extraordinary amount of detail”.
Elsewhere, PS5 Pro Game Boost will give older PS4 and PS5 games an upgrade in the visual and performance department.
Games that will receive a boost include Final Fantasy 7 Rebirth, Demon’s Souls, Marvel’s Spider-Man 2, Alan Wake 2 and Hogwarts Legacy.
Ram Trucks has ripped the covers off its updated range of Heavy Duty pickups early, though it’s keeping some details quiet for now.
Until now the refreshed 2500 and 3500 had only been glimpsed in camouflage, but Ram has elected to release imagery early given that the unmistakable vehicles will be shedding disguises for open-road testing of the cooling system.
Details surrounding design, powertrain and technology updates will come at a later time.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
All three variants revealed sport revised headlights and reshaped side mirror lights.
The front grille of the HD has been beefed up, with extra horizontal slats, while the Rebel model can be distinguished by its combination of horizontal and vertical grille slats.
While some of the detailing is a bit fussier up front, Ram has kept the same bulging bonnet as the current 2500 and 3500, and the front bumper appears unchanged.
Only the Rebel has been shown from the rear, revealing a refreshed tail light design.
Rebel
Nothing is known about the interior of the updated HD, although it’s likely to introduce technology debuted on the new 1500.
That includes a 12.3-inch digital instrument cluster and a 14.5-inch infotainment screen, with the option of an additional 10.3-inch front passenger screen.
It’s unclear what will power the new Heavy Duty range.
In the US, it’s currently available with a 6.4-litre Hemi petrol V8, though Ram’s recently revealed 1500 update saw the lighter-duty pickup lose its Hemi V8.
In Australia, the 2500 and 3500 are offered exclusively with a 6.7-litre turbo-diesel inline six producing 276kW of power and 1152Nm of torque.
Shares of Easy Trip Planners saw a recovery on Thursday, September 26, climbing as much as 6.38 per cent to hit an intraday high of Rs 36.49.
The rebound followed a major drop of up to 8 per cent the previous day amid multiple block deals. The drop, meanwhile, led to a fresh 52-week low for the stock.
Nishant Pitti sold 24,65,49,833 (24.65 crore) shares of the company for a total value of Rs 920.06 crore, with the shares sold in a price range of Rs 37.22 to Rs 38.28, according to data available on NSE bulk deals.
This represents about 14 per cent of Easy Trip Planners, reducing Pitti’s stake to approximately 14 per cent from the earlier 28.13 per cent held as of the quarter ended June 2024.
According to the June quarter data available on the exchange website, a total of 64.3 per cent of the equity in the company is held by the promoter and the promoter group. The remaining 35.70 per cent rests in the public shareholders’ hands.
In a separate filing, the company said that it has entered an exclusive partnership with PhonePe to launch its Hotels segment on the platform.
The collaboration aims to enhance user experience by providing seamless access to millions of domestic and international hotel options.
PhonePe users will benefit from unique access to a wide array of top hotel deals and special offers. EaseMyTrip plans to expand its offerings further by introducing Activities and Cabs on PhonePe, creating a comprehensive travel booking experience.
The EaseMyTrip Hotels platform is known for its user-centric design, featuring a smooth interface, competitive pricing, and flexible booking options, including free cancellations. All these advantages will now be available to PhonePe users, the company revealed.
On Monday, the company announced its partnership with Bank of Baroda to launch a co-branded travel debit card for frequent travelers, making it the first such card introduced by a public sector bank.
“Bank of Baroda, one of India’s leading public sector banks, in collaboration with EaseMyTrip.com, one of India’s largest online travel tech platforms, today announced the launch of the Bank of Baroda EaseMyTrip Co-branded Travel Debit Card, designed to cater to frequent travellers and entertainment & lifestyle enthusiasts. This is the first co-branded travel debit card to be launched by a public sector bank,” the company said in an exchange filing.
The market capitalisation of Easy Trip is Rs 6,473.26 crore, according to BSE. The company falls under the BSE 500 category.
Disclaimer:Disclaimer: The views and investment tips by experts in this News18.com report are their own and not those of the website or its management. Users are advised to check with certified experts before taking any investment decisions.
Aparna Deb
Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious abo…Read More
Early voting periods have officially begun in five states, with more set to kick off throughout October. Knowing the specifics about your own state’s rules is crucial if you’re hoping to take part in the process.
Almost every state offers residents options allowing them to vote before Election Day on Nov. 5, but these options vary greatly in terms of start date, lengths and methods available, depending on the state. A few states don’t even have the option for all residents to vote early, just those with an approved excuse. Check out the map below for details about each state’s early voting process, and read on for a more in-depth breakdown.
Early voting got renewed attention during the first year of the COVID-19 pandemic, when the 2020 presidential race was in full swing. Around 70% of the 154.6 million Americans who voted in that race did so prior to Election Day — either in person or by mail — with nearly 50% also doing so during the 2022 midterms, suggesting that the increased early voting trend might last.
For more information about the election, read about how you can find your voter registration online and where each presidential candidate stands on the child tax credit
What is early voting?
While it may go by different names depending on the state, “early voting” refers to the process that allows you to cast your vote prior to Election Day.
Some states call it in-person early voting, which lets you go to a specific polling place and casting your vote in a way similar to how you’d vote in person on Election Day.
Other states refer to it as in-person absentee voting, which lets you to visit a designated office, request an absentee ballot for any reason, fill it out, and submit it during the same visit. This may also be called no-excuse absentee voting, meaning that any registered voter can do it for any reason. Every state, even the few with no other early voting options, offer absentee voting for those with eligible excuses, such as serving in the military or attending school away from home.
As the early voting page for the National Conference of State Legislatures notes, these two methods end up feeling pretty much the same for voters at the end of the day.
What about all-mail voting?
A handful of states and Washington, DC, run their elections under an all-mail system, meaning that every registered voter is mailed a ballot that they can fill out and return by Election Day. These states also offer other early voting options should their voters want them for whatever reason, so it’s best to contact your local election office for details about those options.
When does early voting start in my state?
Below, we have more details information about the process, broken down by state, based on voting information gathered by the NCSL. Just a reminder that requesting an absentee ballot by mail is available everywhere for registered voters with eligible excuses. Below, you’ll find another interactive map laying out which states have begun their early voting periods.
As of Sept. 26, early voting periods have started in South Dakota, Vermont, Illinois, Minnesota and Virginia, with the latter two of those being considered key swing states for presidential elections. For each of those states, these periods will go all the way through Election Day. In Vermont, an all-mail state, ballots will be mailed out to residents no later than Oct. 1. The remaining states and DC join the fray over the course of the next month.
Alabama: No early voting, only absentee voting with an approved excuse.
Alaska: In-person absentee voting. Begins Oct. 21 in most places and lasts until Election Day. Contact your local election supervisor’s office to confirm any potential differences.
Arizona: In-person absentee voting. Begins Oct. 9 everywhere and lasts until Nov. 1, the Friday before Election Day. This end date can vary under certain circumstances so check with your local election office.
Arkansas: In-person early voting begins Oct. 21 and lasts until Nov. 4, the day before Election Day.
California: The state has all-mail voting, with other early voting options. Early period begins Oct. 7 and runs until Election Day.
Colorado: All-mail voting, with in-person early voting options. Early period begins Oct. 21 and lasts until Nov. 4, the day before Election Day.
Connecticut: The state has in-person early voting. Begins Oct. 21 and lasts until Nov. 3, the Sunday before Election Day.
Delaware: The state has in-person early voting. Begins Oct. 25 and lasts until Nov. 3, the Sunday before Election Day.
District of Columbia: All-mail voting, with in-person early voting options. Early period begins Oct. 28 and lasts until Nov. 3, the Sunday before Election Day.
Florida: In-person early voting. Begins as early as Oct. 26 and may run to Nov. 2, the Sunday before Election Day, but dates can vary by county. Contact your local election office for details.
Georgia: In-person early voting. Begins Oct. 15 and last until Nov. 1, the Friday before Election Day. Hawaii: All-mail voting, with early in-person options. Early period lasts from Oct. 22 until Election Day.
Idaho: In-person absentee voting, but only in some counties. Begins Oct. 21 and lasts until Nov. 1, the Friday before Election Day. Contact your local election office to confirm early voting options.
Illinois: Early in-person voting. Begins Sept. 26 and lasts until Nov. 4, the day before Election Day.
Indiana: In-person absentee voting. Begins Oct. 8 and lasts until Nov. 4, the day before Election Day.
Iowa: In-person absentee voting. Begins Oct. 16 and lasts until Nov. 4, the day before Election Day.
Kansas: In-person absentee voting. Begins Oct. 16 and lasts until Nov. 4, the day before Election Day.
Kentucky: In-person absentee voting. Begins Oct. 31 and lasts until Nov. 2, the Saturday before Election Day.
Louisiana: Early in-person voting. Begins Oct. 18 and lasts until Oct. 29, one week before Election Day.
Maine: In-person absentee voting. Begins Oct. 6 and lasts until Oct. 31, the Thursday before Election Day.
Maryland: Early in-person voting. Begins Oct. 24 and lasts until Oct. 31, the Thursday before Election Day.
Massachusetts: Early in-person voting. Begins Oct. 19 and lasts until Nov. 1, the Friday before Election Day.
Michigan: Early in-person voting. Begins Oct. 26 and lasts until Nov. 3, the Sunday before Election Day.
Minnesota: In-person absentee voting. Begins Sept. 20 and lasts until Nov. 4, the day before Election Day.
Mississippi: No early voting; only absentee voting with an approved excuse. Absentee period begins Sept. 23 and lasts until Nov. 2, the Saturday before Election Day.
Missouri: Early absentee voting. The time frame begins earlier for those with an approved absentee excuse: Sept. 17. No Excuse absentee period begins Oct. 22. Both periods end on Nov. 4, the Monday before Election Day.
Montana: Early absentee voting. Begins Oct. 7 and lasts until noon on Nov. 4, the day before Election Day.
Nebraska: Early in-person voting. Begins Oct. 7 and lasts until Nov. 4, the day before Election Day.
Nevada: All-mail voting, with other early voting options. Early period begins Oct. 12 and lasts until Nov. 1, the day before Election Day.
New Hampshire: No early voting options only absentee voting with an approved excuse.
New Jersey: Early in-person voting. Begins Oct. 26 and lasts until Nov. 3, the Sunday before Election Day.
New Mexico: Early in-person voting. Begins Oct. 8 and lasts until Election Day.
New York: Early in-person voting. Begins Oct. 26 and lasts until Nov. 3, the Sunday before Election Day.
North Carolina: Early in-person voting. Begins Oct. 17 and lasts until Nov. 2, the Saturday before Election Day.
North Dakota: Early in-person voting. Begins at least 15 days prior to Election Day, but the time frame varies across the state and prospective voters should contact their local election office to confirm.
Ohio: In-person absentee voting. Begins Oct. 8 and lasts until 5 p.m. on Nov. 3, the Sunday before Election Day.
Oklahoma: In-person absentee voting. Begins Oct. 30 and lasts until Nov. 2, the Saturday before Election Day.
Oregon: All-mail voting, with other early voting options. Early period begins Oct. 31 and last through Election Day, with election officials planning to mail ballots to all registered voters between Oct. 16 and Oct. 18.
Pennsylvania: In-person absentee voting. Begins as early as four weeks prior to Election Day and lasts until Election Day. The exact time varies by area, so contact your local election office to confirm.
Rhode Island: In-person absentee voting. Begins Oct. 16 and lasts until Nov. 4, the day before Election Day.
South Carolina: Early in-person voting. Begins Oct. 21 and lasts until Nov. 2, the Saturday before Election Day.
South Dakota: In-person absentee voting. Begins Sept. 20 and lasts until 5 pm on Nov. 4, the day before Election Day.
Tennessee: Early in-person voting. Begins Oct. 16 and lasts until Oct. 31, the Thursday before Election Day.
Texas: Early in-person voting. Begins Oct. 21 and lasts until Nov. 1, the Friday before Election Day.
Utah: All-mail voting, with other early voting options. Early period begins Oct. 22 and lasts until Nov. 1, the Friday before Election Day.
Vermont: All-mail voting, with other early voting options. Ballots sent out no later than Oct. 1, and you can submit through Election Day.
Virginia: In-person absentee voting. Begins Sept. 20 and lasts through Election Day.
Washington: All-mail voting, with other early options. Early period begins Oct. 18 and lasts through Election Day.
West Virginia: In-person early voting. Begins Oct. 23 and lasts until Nov. 2, the Saturday before Election Day.
Wisconsin: In-person absentee voting. Begins Oct. 22 and lasts until Nov. 3, the Sunday before Election Day.
Wyoming: In-person absentee voting. Begins Oct. 8 and lasts until Nov. 4, the day before Election Day.
For more information about the election, here’s how you can find out what’s on your ballot online.
New York has reported the state’s first death from Eastern equine encephalitis (EEE), a disease that spreads through bites from mosquitoes.
The patient was the first person to contract EEE in New York since 2015, according to a press release issued by the state on Monday.
“Keeping New Yorkers safe is my top priority,” Governor Hochul said in a statement.
WHAT IS EEE, THE MOSQUITO-BORNE DISEASE THAT KILLED A NEW HAMPSHIRE MAN?
“Following the first confirmed human case of EEE, my administration took statewide action to help protect communities – and with today’s declaration, we’re making more state resources available to local departments to support their public health response.”
New York has reported the state’s first death from Eastern equine encephalitis (EEE), a disease that spreads through bites from mosquitoes.(iStock)
“We’ve been informed this patient has passed away from EEE; we extend our sympathies and our hearts go out to their family.”
State Health Commissioner Dr. James McDonald has declared EEE an imminent threat to public health, which will make more resources available for prevention measures, such as spraying to reduce mosquitoes.
NORTHEASTERN TOWNS ISSUE VOLUNTARY LOCKDOWN TO PREVENT SPREAD OF MOSQUITO-BORNE DISEASE
The state has announced plans to expand access to insect repellent in parks and campgrounds, and is encouraging New York residents to take steps to protect against mosquito-borne illness.
What is EEE?
Eastern equine encephalitis is caused by a virus that is spread through the bite of an infected mosquito, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), which describes EEE as a “rare but serious disease.”
Only a few cases are reported in the U.S. each year, most in the Eastern or Gulf Coast states, the agency states on its website.
Some Northeastern towns have enacted voluntary lockdowns due to the rise in EEE cases.(iStock)
Humans and other animals that contract the virus are considered “dead-end hosts,” the CDC states, which means they can’t spread it to mosquitoes that bite them.
“EEE is only spread to humans via a mosquito bite, and cannot be transmitted directly by other humans or horses,” Dr. Kurt Vandock, PhD, a public health expert and VP of strategic growth for Mosquito Squad in Maryland, told Fox News Digital.
The patient was the first person to contract EEE in New York since 2015.
Common symptoms of EEE include fever, vomiting, diarrhea, headache, stiff neck, seizures, behavioral changes and drowsiness.
These usually appear five to 10 days after being bitten.
“Most people have no symptoms; others get only a mild, flu-like illness with fever, headache and sore throat,” Vandock said.
Using insect repellents that contain DEET can help to protect against mosquito bites, experts say.(iStock)
“For people with an infection of the central nervous system, a sudden fever (103º to 106º), severe headache and stiff neck can be followed quickly by seizures and coma.”
The disease can be deadly, resulting in fatalities for 30% of infected people. It can also lead to chronic neurological deficiencies, per the CDC.
ANTHONY FAUCI’S WEST NILE VIRUS DIAGNOSIS: WHAT TO KNOW ABOUT THE MOSQUITO-BORNE DISEASE
“The best way to confirm any illness is with an approved and accurate test administered by a medical professional,” said Vandock.
“Eastern equine encephalitis is a serious disease with symptoms occurring fast,” he warned.
“If you live in an area with noted EEE activity and have flu-like symptoms after being bitten by a mosquito, you should seek medical care immediately.”
Concerns of wider infection
In addition to New York, other states that have reported human EEE cases include Massachusetts, Vermont, New Jersey, Rhode Island, Wisconsin and New Hampshire.
“Anytime life is put at risk by vector-borne disease, we are concerned,” Vandock said.
“As viral loads increase and transmission rates follow this trend, it is a sign that interventions are necessary to help reduce the risk of transmission,” he went on.
Common symptoms of EEE include fever, vomiting, diarrhea, headache, stiff neck, seizures, behavioral changes and drowsiness.(iStock)
“One case of any vector-borne disease is one too many.”
As far as why cases have been more prevalent in northeastern states, Vandock said there’s no simple answer.
“Conducive weather patterns, high population density, the heavy presence of the primary vector and seasonality — coinciding with increased outdoor activity — can create the perfect storm for rapid transmission,” he said.
“One case of any vector-borne disease is one too many.”
The black-tailed mosquito (Culiseta melanura), the primary vector of EEE, can be found in large numbers in the Northeastern United States, according to Vandock.
“It is known to feed mainly on birds, but does not typically feed on humans,” he said. “As a result, the transmission of EEE to humans and horses is generally thought to occur via ‘bridge vectors,’ which contract the virus from infected birds and can then pass the virus on to other hosts.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
The mosquitoes that act as “bridge vectors” can be found in the Northeast areas where transmission is occurring, the expert noted.
The risk of contracting the EEE virus is highest during the summer months — especially toward the end of summer, when people go back outdoors as temperatures cool, Vandock said.
The mosquitoes that act as “bridge vectors” can be found in the Northeast areas where transmission is occurring, an expert noted. (iStock)
“Anyone who lives or works close to wetlands and swamps is also at an increased risk,” he said.
The Midwest saw a similar outbreak of EEE in 2019 in Michigan, Vandock noted, as many schools canceled after-school activities after numerous fatalities from the disease.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“Current trends suggest that with increasing globalization, population densities, ranges of competent hosts and a favorable climate, the occurrence of EEE and other vector-borne diseases will increase,” he added.
Dr. Marc Siegel, senior medical analyst for Fox News and clinical professor of medicine at NYU Langone Medical Center, said he is not concerned by the increase in cases.
“It is still a very slight uptick, and it is confined to mosquito transmission,” he told Fox News Digital, adding that he only anticipates “sparse cases” in other parts of the country.
Treatment and prevention
There is currently no vaccine for Eastern equine encephalitis, and supportive care is the only means of treating symptoms.
A mosquito control inspector sprays pesticide to kill mosquitos amid a Zika virus outbreak in Miami, Florida, in 2016.(Getty Images)
Educating the public about the risk, encouraging mosquito repellent use, and spraying to control the mosquito population are the best ways to prevent infection, according to experts.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
The state of New York issued the following recommendations for prevention.
Wear long sleeves, pants and socks when outdoors during periods of high mosquito activity, such as dusk or dawn.
Use insect repellents that contain DEET.
Ensure that there are screens in all windows and doors.
Eliminate standing water in outdoor areas where mosquitoes tend to breed.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
Suneil Shetty recently spent a therapeutic Sunday at home. Wondering what relaxing activity he engaged in? He took the opportunity to prune his plants. Sharing a video on Instagram, Suneil Shetty discussed the merits of pruning – not just in the literal sense. He also considered it as a metaphor for getting rid of unwanted elements in life. In the reel, Suneil is seen pruning various plants on the expansive balcony located in what looks to be a high-rise building. Among other species, we spotted what seemed to be lemon plants. Suneil used shears to prune some of them but also used his bare hands to pull out some stalks.
Also Read: Rubina Dilaik Shows ‘Ghar Ki Kheti’ From Her Hometown In Himachal Pradesh
In the caption, Suneil Shetty wrote, “Sundays like these = Therapy. There’s something magical about pruning – cutting away the dead bits so the rest can thrive. It’s like hitting the reset button, not just for my plants, but for me too. A little trim, a little fresh air, and boom – we’re both ready to grow again. Sometimes, we all need that… trim the old, make space for the new, and let the light in. Who else is pruning life today?”
Watch the complete video below:
This is not the first time Suneil Shetty has given his fans and followers a glimpse at his ‘green’ side. Some weeks ago, he posted a video in which he showed off his homegrown lemons. He is seen plucking some of them from several plants on his balcony. He seemed quite proud of them and noted their “colour of sunshine, happiness, health, and pure energy!” Click here to read the full article.
Also Read:Neena Gupta Had A “Good Morning” As She Relished Onion Pakodas With Chutney
At least 90,530 newly displaced people have been reported in Lebanon, including nearly 40,000 in 283 shelters, the International Organization for Migration said on Wednesday.
The legal challenges surrounding Biogen’s Aduhelm and Cassava Sciences’ simufilam underscore the ongoing difficulties in Alzheimer’s drug development, leading to securities litigation over allegedly misleading statements about trial results and commercialization efforts.
Shriram Properties Ltd (SPL), a leading real estate developer in South India and part of the Shriram Group, has launched a new project under the ‘Codename – Pudhiya Chennai’, an apartment project in the Thirumazhisai neighbourhood of Chennai.
Located in the rapidly growing West Chennai corridor, this RERA-approved development offers a total saleable area of 1.1 million sq ft (msf) and has a revenue potential of around ₹550 crore to ₹600 crores, says a release.
The property is located near key transit points, including the Thirumazhisai Metro Station, the New Mofussil Bus Terminus, the Chennai-Bangalore Expressway, and the upcoming Parandur Airport.
“With its strategic proximity to major transport hubs and expanding infrastructure, we are confident that this project will deliver long-term value and strong appreciation, ensuring our customers a highly rewarding investment, said Vivek Venkateswar, Chief Sales & Marketing Officer, Shriram Properties Ltd.
SPL has delivered 44 projects with a saleable area of 24.4 msf, mostly in Bengaluru and Chennai and in recent years at Kolkata. It has a development pipeline comprising of 42 projects with an aggregate development potential of 42.1 msf, as of June 30, 2024.
Also read: Shriram Properties launches Chennai project with ₹600 cr revenue potential; stocks rally
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
KLASIČNI ekspres-lonci nekada su bili vrlo popularni. Iako ih neki još uvijek koriste, većina je prešla na električne višenamjenske uređaje koji kombiniraju funkcije više aparata, uključujući ekspres-lonac, poput popularnog Instant Pota.
Ovaj uređaj jedan je od najprodavanijih kuhinjskih aparata posljednjih godina uz fritezu na vrući zrak, a njegova popularnost pripisuje se jednostavnosti korištenja. Dosadašnja iskustva korisnika bila su pozitivna, no jedna korisnica nedavno je objavila upozorenje.
Elizabeth Hassell rekla je u videu na TikToku da je htjela pripremiti večeru u Instant Potu, ali je zaboravila umetnuti metalnu posudu te je greškom izlila grah izravno u unutrašnjost uređaja. Nakon što je shvatila pogrešku, preokrenula je uređaj kako bi izbacila grah.
“Zastrašujuće”
Tada je primijetila veliku rupu koja je otkrivala unutarnje žice. Hassell je naglasila da nijednom nije stavila Instant Pot na štednjak ili neki drugi izvor topline. “Ovo je jednostavno od korištenja”, rekla je.
Dodala je da smatra kako njezin Instant Pot u ovakvom stanju predstavlja rizik od požara te da je na neki način sretna što je slučajno usula grah i otkrila problem. Hassell je upozorila druge da provjere svoje Instant Pot uređaje kako bi izbjegli slične probleme.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
“Nikada nisam tako brzo ustao iz kreveta da nešto provjerim zbog videa na TikToku. Srećom, moj je u redu. Ali to je zastrašujuće”, “Oprosti, ali jasno je da je izgorjelo izvana”, “Zasigurno je tvoj muž to učinio i nije ti rekao”, “Isto mi se dogodilo”, “Idem provjeriti svoj”, “Ovo je ludo, sada moram provjeriti svoj”, “Moj je povučen zbog toga, provjeri povučene proizvode te marke”, “Moj se jednom počeo dimiti”, neki su od komentara ispod njezinog videa.
Instant Pot je prije nekoliko godina imao sličan problem s uređajima
Prije nekoliko godina Instant Pot je obavijestio kupce da pet serija njegovih Gem 65 8-u-1 Multicooker uređaja ima problem s pregrijavanjem, što je uzrokovalo “oštećenje na donjoj strani uređaja uslijed topljenja materijala”, navodi se u njihovoj službenoj objavi na Facebooku, prenosi Daily Dot.
Serije koje su bile pogođene imale su sljedeće kodove: 1728, 1730, 1731, 1734 i 1746. Prema srebrnoj naljepnici na dnu Hassellinog Instant Pota, on nije bio među oštećenim uređajima iz 2018. godine, no moguće je da se problem ponovno javlja i zahvaća noviju seriju uređaja.
Kada se problem pojavio prije nekoliko godina, Instant Pot nije povukao proizvode s tržišta, već su kupce zamolili da ih odmah prestanu koristiti. Naveli su da će pogođeni uređaji biti zamijenjeni.
Korisnik čiji je Instant Pot imao istopljenu donju stranu izjavio je na jednom forumu da je njegov uređaj na kraju eksplodirao. Iako nije jasno kako bi izložene žice mogle uzrokovati eksploziju, zabrinjavajuće je što bi mogle doći u kontakt s vodom na radnoj površini, što bi moglo dovesti do električnog požara.
Instant Pot još nije komentirao ovaj slučaj.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Vivo has added one more device to its V series – the Vivo V40e. According to the company, this is India’s slimmest smartphone in the 5500mAh battery category.
Vivo V40e Variants and Price
The V40e will be available in two colour variants – Royal Bronze and Mint Green. It will be priced at Rs 28,999 (inclusive of taxes) for the 8GB+128GB variant and Rs 30,999 (inclusive of taxes) for the 8GB+256GB variant.
Vivo V40e offers and discounts
Buyers can avail flat 10 per cent instant discount with SBI and HDFC Bank.
Vivo V40e Features and Specs
The Vivo V40e is just 0.749cm thick and comes with a 3D Curved Display. The smartphone is equipped with a dual camera setup – featuring a 50MP OIS Main Camera powered by a Sony IMX882 sensor and an 8MP Ultra Wide Angle Camera. The phone’s wide-angle camera has a 116° field of view.
For those who love to click selfies, the smartphone boasts a 50MP Eye-AF Group Selfie Camera with a 92° wide-angle field-of-view. “It has the highest pixel count for a front camera in its segment, delivering exceptionally crisp images,” the company said.
Both front and rear cameras support 4K video recording, while the rear camera gets an Ultra-stable 4K video recording capability with a combination of OIS+EIS working in tandem to deliver stable videos and enhanced post-production editing ability.
The vivo V40e is powered by the recently launched MediaTek Dimensity 7300 (4nm) Processor. The phone packs a 5500mAh battery complemented by an 80W Flashcharge for uninterrupted usage.
The V40e features a 120Hz high refresh rate 17.206cm (6.77-inch) curved display with a high 93.3 per cent screen-to-body ratio.
The smartphone gets an IP64 Dust and Water Resistance along with Wet Touch technology.
Enhanced Software Experience
The Vivo V40e runs on FunTouch OS 14, built on Android 14 and company offers 3 years of Android software updates and 4 years of security patches.
Jordan is an underrated gem with surreal natural wonders and stunning landscapes that seem otherworldly. Offering numerous bucket-list-worthy experiences, Jordan is home to a plethora of breathtaking places that are not only visually stunning but also therapeutic. From UNESCO World Heritage sites to mesmerizing natural phenomena, Jordan captivates travelers with its rich history and awe-inspiring beauty, making it a destination that promises unforgettable moments. Here are some must-visit places in Jordan.
Jordan has numerous places that feel otherwordly and beautiful. (Pexels)
ALSO READ: Nepal to organise Yoga Retreat to promote spiritual tourism in shadow of the Himalayas
Dead Sea beach
It’s a surreal experience to float in the Dead Sea.(Pexels)
For non-swimmers, this lake is a paradise, as they can simply float effortlessly. This landlocked salt lake offers a once-in-a-lifetime experience. The high salt content makes the water extremely buoyant, allowing nothing to sink. It is the lowest water surface on Earth, located below sea level. The minerals in the adjacent mud by the banks are also highly therapeutic, making it a unique experience to slather on the mud and float in the buoyant waters.
ALSO READ: Nayanthara and Vignesh Shivan’s Mykonos getaway will spark your wanderlust: Top must-visit places on this Greek island
Wadi Rum
Wadi Rum is a red-sand desert.(Pexels)
The rocky red desert landscape, with its striking red sand and unusual rock formations, feels surreal, almost like Mars on Earth. Also known as the “Valley of the Moon,” Wadi Rum boasts stunning cliffs, canyons, and dunes that will take your breath away. Adding to the sci-fi atmosphere, dome-like accommodations dot the vast desert, enhancing the futuristic vibe. This area is also steeped in cultural heritage, as ancient inscriptions on the rock formations reveal that humans inhabited the region, dating back to ancient periods. The stark, rugged landscape is perfect for adventure seekers, offering a range of ways to explore, from camel rides to jeep safaris.
Petra
Petra is a UNESCO World Heritage site.(Pexels)
Petra is a UNESCO World Heritage Site and is famous for its rock-cut architecture. The ancient city is a must-visit place for history enthusiasts. Petra’s natural beauty, with towering sandstone cliffs and dramatic canyons, creates a breathtaking backdrop for the city’s historical wonders.
Dana Nature Reserve
It is a wildlife sanctuary and perfect for nature lovers. It’s home to a wide variety of flora and fauna like caracals, red foxes, mountain gazelles, and more. There are also hiking trails that offer picturesque views of the mountains.
Amman
The capital city of Jordan is a unique blend of ancient ruins and a bustling modern city. The Jordan Museum houses a large collection of ancient artifacts, while the Amman Citadel features impressive ruins atop a hill. Additionally, the Roman Theatre is a well-preserved amphitheater that showcases the city’s rich history.
ALSO READ: This Japanese-style pod hotel in Noida charges just ₹1k for a 12-hour stay. Take a tour
With Sony dominating the gaming headlines over the past couple of weeks – PS5 Pro reveal, the 30th Anniversary Collection and State of Play – its’ easy to forget that one of Nintendo’s biggest new games of 2024 is about to launch exclusively for the Switch. Shining the spotlight on Princess Zelda instead of Link, The Legend of Zelda: Echoes of Wisdom has a September 26 release date. While there’s no official launch time, the Nintendo support page suggests that fans may have to wait until 2pm UK time in order to start playing. “Content will usually be available at 14:00 GMT on the day of release,” reads a Nintendo support post. Daily Express has contacted Nintendo for clarification, and will update this article with any official announcement regarding the release time.
Pre-order customers can pre-load the game early, although with a file size in the single digits, downloading shouldn’t take too long if you do decide to wait until launch.
If you’re on the fence about the game and not sure whether it’s for you, then the good news is that early reviews have been largely positive.
Critics seem to like the game’s new Echo ability, which lets Zelda make copies of various items and enemies. The dungeon design, creative puzzle solutions, and beautiful overworld are also singled out for praise.
However, some reviewers have criticised the game’s performance, as well as Zelda’s limited ability to engage in traditional combat.
The performance issue is interesting, because the similar looking Link’s Awakening also suffered from frame drops in the overworld.
In the few hours I’ve played so far, I can confirm that the frame-rate does drop at times, although it’s not as regular or severe as Link’s Awakening.
Likewise, switching between echoes can be a little clumsy and time consuming, occasionally disrupting the game’s momentum.
Despite a few issues, Echoes of Wisdom is miles better than Princess Peach Showtime, which is another recently released Switch game where you get to play as the female support character.
Available from the Nintendo eShop for £49.99, Echoes of Wisdom tasks players with saving Hyrule from mysterious rifts that are swallowing residents.
With Link falling victim to one of these dark rifts, Zelda teams up with a fairy named Tri, who gives the Princess a magical Rod that can create copies of items and enemies.
Players can use these Echoes to overcome obstacles, bypass enemies and even defeat monsters.
You can create makeshift bridges using the Echoes of old beds, distract enemies by conjuring up rocks and throwing them in the opposite direction, or call on bats to destroy any monsters that might be in your way.
Few cars mean more to Mitsubishi in Australia than the Outlander Plug-in Hybrid EV (PHEV).
It’s the best-selling plug-in hybrid in the country, and the Outlander nameplate is Mitsubishi’s most popular among local buyers.
So, it stands to reason the flagship Outlander PHEV GSR should represent all that is good about the Japanese carmaker in 2024.
It shares the same powertrain as lesser variants, gets all the kit of the plush Exceed Tourer, and brings a trendy black styling pack for good measure.
But in top-spec the Outlander PHEV is no budget buy – at $73,790 before on-road costs, it’s a $16,500 jump over the base ES.
WATCH: Paul’s video review of the Outlander PHEV Exceed
This comes as Chinese challengers are creating competition with a wave of new electrified SUVs. So, does the flagship GSR have what it takes to compete with a cheap PHEV onslaught?
How does the Mitsubishi Outlander compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Mitsubishi Outlander against similarly sized vehicles.
Mitsubishi
Outlander
How much does the Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV cost?
The blacked-out GSR tops the Outlander PHEV range with an asking price of $73,790 plus on-road costs.
Model
Price before on-road costs
2024 Mitsubishi Outlander Plug-in Hybrid EV ES 4WD 5 Seat
$57,290
2024 Mitsubishi Outlander Plug-in Hybrid EV Aspire 4WD 5 Seat
$63,790
2024 Mitsubishi Outlander Plug-in Hybrid EV Exceed 4WD 7 Seat
2024 Mitsubishi Outlander Plug-in Hybrid EV GSR 4WD 7 Seat
$73,790
To see how the Mitsubishi Outlander lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool.
What is the Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV like on the inside?
Mitsubishi has done a decent job of tarting up the interior for the flagship GSR, although its economy SUV roots are apparent. With that said, the main touch points throughout the cabin are undeniably premium.
This top-spec GSR gets all the fruit, including quilted leather seats with three-stage heating, electric adjustment and massage functions.
Aside from all the toys, the seats are exceptionally comfortable with a soft and inviting base cushion. Once settled, the heating function is a go-to for winter mornings.
It can be a bit of a faff finding the massage settings in the infotainment menus, but it’s worth it.
In front of the driver sits a heated four-spoke perforated leather steering wheel. It’s soft, ergonomically pleasing, has plenty of texture, and pairs well with the premium feel of the front pews.
The surrounding interior is a sea of black, with soft touch finishes on the door cards, centre armrest, and dash.
In place of colour there’s a mix of patterns and textures, but it’s not the most cohesive package from a design standpoint. Aesthetics aside, the cabin of the GSR is a pleasant place to spend time.
You will find hard plastics, but they’re mostly relegated to low traffic areas. Our car also had a few rattles and squeaks.
All variants of the Outlander PHEV feature the same dual infotainment and instrument screens.
That means you get a 9.0-inch infotainment touchscreen and a 12.3-inch digital instrument cluster.
On one hand, the digital driver display is easily digestible, with a basic layout and readouts for speed, energy use, fuel economy, audio playback and adaptive cruise. It’s not pretty, but the functionality is there. All variants except the base ES also get a head-up display.
On the other hand, the infotainment system reflects poorly on this flagship GSR given it’s circa-$80,000 drive-away price tag.
To begin with, the screen is far smaller than its rivals, and the low-resolution graphics are a throwback to the 2010s. Integration of the screen appears an afterthought, as the rectangular unit is tacked on the dash like an aftermarket item bought off eBay.
In terms of features, the screen houses a native satellite navigation, but that’s about it. Your best bet is to stick to Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
In my experience however, that wasn’t quite so straightforward. Wireless Apple CarPlay was temperamental, often failing to establish a connection with my phone.
Alternatively, you can connect your device via USB-A and USB-C outlets located under the centre stack. A wireless phone charger also resides there. Physical climate controls are housed above.
While some of the tech leaves a bit to be desired, the GSR comes with a panoramic sunroof that brightens up the cabin and goes some way to justifying its flagship status.
Storage options up front include a small armrest cubby, small glovebox, large centre cupholders, a sunglasses holder, and door bins fit for a 1L drink bottle.
I’d almost argue the second row is just as well equipped.
In the GSR, rear passengers are treated to heated seats (outboard), map pockets, and three connectivity options (USB-A, USB-C and a 1500W power outlet). The latter is particularly useful for charging larger devices such as laptops.
There’s plenty of room for people, too.
With slide and recline adjustability, the second-row seats can be tinkered to maximise both leg- and headroom. Alternatively, there’s the option to sacrifice second-row space for those in the third row room, or for extra boot capacity.
Five adults will fit in relative comfort, but if you plan on seating seven then it’s worth considering the size of your passengers.
The third row is strictly for small children, as there’s very little leg- or headroom. When not in use, it’s best to fold them away and free up the full 494 litres of boot space, which expands to 1414L with the second row folded down.
Practicality in the boot is bolstered by the inclusion of a powered tailgate and a 1500W power outlet.
To see how the Mitsubishi Outlander lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool.
What’s under the bonnet?
The Outlander PHEV teams a 2.4-litre petrol engine with two electric motors and a lithium-ion battery.
Technical Specifications
Mitsubishi Outlander Plug-In Hybrid EV
Engine
2.4-litre 4cyl petrol
Engine power
98kW
Engine torque
195Nm
Electric motors
1 x front 1 x rear
Front electric motor power
85kW
Rear electric motor power
100kW
System power
185kW
System torque
450Nm
Transmission
Single-speed transaxle
Battery
20kWh lithium-ion – 350V
Charge time (DC)
38 minutes – 0 to 80 per cent
Driven wheels
All-wheel drive
Kerb weight
2145kg
Fuel economy (claim)
1.5L/100km
Electric driving range (claimed)
84 kilometres – NEDC
CO2 emissions – claimed
35g/km
Fuel tank capacity
56 litres
Octane rating
91 RON
Towing capacity – braked
1600kg
Towball download – maximum
160kg
To see how the Mitsubishi Outlander lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool.
How does the Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV drive?
The Outlander PHEV is an absolute breeze to drive, and especially effective as a versatile family car.
MY23 Outlander PHEV Exceed Tourer shown
Not all PHEVs successfully integrate petrol and electric power, but the Outlander PHEV does it seamlessly, resulting in a smooth and comfortable drive.
At low speeds the dual electric motors provide instant torque, and the all-wheel drive layout ensures the grunt is usable. Some electric-powered vehicles struggle to put their power down, often spinning the wheels from a set of lights, but the Outlander surges forward without fuss despite it’s 2145kg kerb weight.
The Outlander PHEV is right at home rolling around on battery power alone, while the same can’t be said for some single-motor plug-in hybrids.
It’s quiet too, leaning on the muted electric motors where possible. Transitions between electric and petrol power is smooth and intuitive – the 2.4-litre four-cylinder never makes a dramatic, noisy entrance.
In regular driving the powertrain prioritises the electric motors, treating the petrol engine as a back-up generator more than anything. The systems work in tandem to maximise outputs at full throttle.
With a claimed EV range of 84km, most city commuters who charge their Outlander nightly will rarely need to call upon the combustion engine anyway.
Most of the time, the only noise to penetrate the cabin is the background whir of electric motors, especially during urban driving.
Aside from a quiet ride, the Outlander PHEV offers user-friendly controls, with light steering and progressive throttle and brake pedals. Auto-hold is on hand to give your right foot a rest in heavy traffic.
There’s no learning curve – just about anyone could drive this car despite its innovative powertrain and large footprint.
Ride comfort is another plus point. The Outlander PHEV is softly sprung – it floats over speed humps rather than bouncing or crashing.
You feel some vibrations through the cabin, but it’s nothing worth complaining about. The price you pay for refinement is driving engagement, of which there’s little.
There’s plenty of body roll through corners, and the light controls in the Outlander don’t encourage you to hustle it. But that’s not really what most buyers look for in a family SUV.
Of more relevance is ease of parking and visibility. The Outlander isn’t particularly easy to see out of, although variants from the Aspire upwards come with a surround-view camera that aids parking in tight shopping centre lots.
Beyond city limits, the Outlander remains a very agreeable SUV to drive.
In fact, it doesn’t require much driving at all. The GSR is equipped with Mitsubishi’s MI-Pilot driver assist suite, including adaptive cruise control with stop/go, lane centring, and steering wheel touch sensors.
When given the reins the system handles extended highway runs effectively, delivering smooth throttle and steering inputs. Setting MI-Pilot up is straightforward, done via clearly labelled buttons on the steering wheel.
The hybrid powertrain is tractable when overtaking, and efficient when maintaining a consistent speed. Even if you’re a little lazy with your charging habits, the Outlander PHEV is an economical family hauler.
It’s also well-equipped to handle weekend adventures, with all-wheel drive, hill descent control, and several off-road drive modes.
From a safety perspective, the Outlander PHEV is well appointed with blind-spot monitoring and rear cross-traffic alert, as well as front and rear parking sensors to supplement the surround cameras.
My main complaint – the traffic sign recognition system is regularly tripped up by school zones and roadworks.
What do you get?
There are now five grades of Outlander PHEV on sale in Australia, led by the GSR featured here.
Outlander Plug-in Hybrid EV ES highlights:
Super All-Wheel Control (S-AWC)
Variable Mode Regenerative Braking System
Innovative Pedal Operation Mode
Single-pedal driving – to crawl speeds
7 Drive Modes
EV Charging and HVAC Scheduler
Mode 4 DC port – V2G compatible
Mode 3 charging cable
Mode 2 AC charging cable
Push-button start
Paddle shifters
Electric park brake
18-inch silver alloy wheels
LED headlights with manual levelling
LED daytime running lights
LED front turn signal
Rear spoiler LED high stop lamp
Dual-zone climate control
9.0-inch touchscreen
Satellite navigation
12.3-inch digital driver display
6 x speakers including 2 x tweeters
Wireless Apple CarPlay
Wired Android Auto
Bluetooth phone and audio streaming
DAB+ radio
Cloth seat trim
Acoustic Vehicle Alert System
Rear Seat Alert
40:20:40 split 2nd row incl. recline adjustment
Tyre repair kit (Replaces Full Size Spare)
Rear LED fog lights
Outlander Plug-in Hybrid EV Aspire adds:
20-inch two-tone alloy wheels
Smart key
Head-up display
Wireless smartphone charger
240V/1500W power outlets
Privacy glass
Electrochromatic rear-view mirror
Roof rails
LED headlights with auto levelling
LED front fog lights
Leather steering wheel
Leather gearshift knob
Microsuede, leatherette seat trim
Heated front seats
Power driver seat incl. lumbar
Power tailgate incl. one-touch open
Multi Around Monitor (MAM)
Adaptive high beam
Rain sensing wipers
Outlander Plug-in Hybrid EV Exceed adds:
5+2 seats
BOSE 9-speaker premium audio
Panoramic sunroof
Pull-up rear roll sunshade
Power tailgate – hands free
Tri-zone climate control
Black leather-appointed seat trim
Light Grey leather-appointed seat trim – optional
Front seats with memory function
Power passenger seat
Third row recline adjustment
Unique illumination in front door trim
Aluminium gearshift trim panel
Heated steering wheel
Front LED sequential indicators
MI-Pilot
Adaptive cruise control incl. stop&go
Lane centring assist
Steering wheel touch sensors
Outlander Plug-in Hybrid EV Exceed Tourer adds:
Two-tone exterior body colour
Two-Tone high-grade leather-appointed seat trim
Front seats with massage function
Heated rear seats
Outlander Plug-in Hybrid EV GSR adds:
20-inch black alloy wheels
Gloss black front & rear under garnish
Gloss black grille
Gloss back door mirrors
Gloss black roof rail
Black ‘Outlander’ bonnet emblem
Black leather appointed seat trim
Silver stitching
Is the Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV safe?
The Outlander wears a five-star ANCAP safety rating based on 2022 tests – applying to all variants including PHEV models.
Category
Mitsubishi Outlander
Adult occupant protection
83 per cent (31.61 out of 38)
Child occupant protection
92 per cent (45.43 out of 49)
Vulnerable road user protection
81 per cent (44.20 out of 54)
Safety assist
83 per cent (13.35 out of 16)
Standard safety features include:
8 airbags incl. front-centre, driver’s knee
Adaptive cruise control
Auto high-beam
Autonomous Emergency Braking (AEB)
Pedestrian, Cyclist detection
Junction assist
Reverse AEB
Blind-spot monitoring
Driver attention alert
Forward collision warning
Lane departure warning
Lane keep assist
Steering wheel vibration
Selective wheel braking
Parking sensors front, rear
Rear cross-traffic alert
Reversing camera
Traffic sign recognition
Outlander Exceed adds:
MI-Pilot
Adaptive cruise control incl. stop&go
Lane centring assist
Steering wheel touch sensors
Speed Limit Assist
How much does the Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV cost to run?
The Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV is covered by a five-year, 100,000km warranty, though this can be extended to a 10-year/200,000km warranty if you service within the dealer network.
Ownership Program
Mitsubishi Outlander Plug-in Hybrid EV
Warranty
5 years or 100,000km – standard 10 years or 200,000km – conditional 8 years or 160,000km – PHEV battery
Roadside assistance
Up to 5 years – service activated
Service interval
12 months or 15,000km
Service pricing
$1495 – 5 years
To see how the Mitsubishi Outlander lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool.
CarExpert’s Take on the Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV
Want a PHEV with seven seats? Then it’s just about a case of which Outlander you should buy, rather than if you should buy one.
There’s the Kia Sorento PHEV, but that commands a $10,000 premium, enough to price out many potential buyers. The same applies to the Volvo XC90 Recharge plug-in hybrid, with its $128,390 before on-roads price tag.
Of course, there are options outside the PHEV realm. Hybrid versions of the Hyundai Santa Fe, Kia Sorento and Toyota Kluger are all viable alternatives, although none can match the Outlander PHEV from a running costs standpoint.
The plug-in Outlander offers a truly unique driving experience – electric silence and efficiency when you want it, long-distance touring capability, and the benefits of all-wheel drive. It’s a compelling package.
It has its shortcomings – the interior tech is rudimentary and the third row of seating is best saved for emergencies.
If you can look past that, then the Outlander PHEV makes a comfortable, practical family car. The GSR on test isn’t the pick of the range though.
Instead, I’d drop down to the Exceed, saving $4500 in the process. You lose the black appearance pack and a couple of luxuries, but the core qualities of the Outlander remain unchanged.
Interested in buying a Mitsubishi Outlander? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
Vedanta on Wednesday said its board will meet on October 8 to consider and approve the fourth interim dividend on equity shares for the financial year 2024-25.
“The meeting of the Board of Directors of the company is proposed to be scheduled on Tuesday, October 08, 2024, to consider and approve the fourth interim dividend on equity shares, if any, for the financial year 2024-25,” Vedanta said in a BSE filing.
The record date has been fixed as Wednesday, October 16, 2024, it added.
Mohammad Haris
Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experi…Read More
The Worldcoin price printed two massive daily bullish candles in mid-July, which halted the descending trend and triggered a strong rebound. Sadly, the gains squeezed completely as the token dropped below the previous lows. The token did attempt a similar rise as before, a couple of times, but it resulted in a 25% to 30% pullback. However, a similar volume pattern appears to have kicked in and hence the possibility of a similar rise also emerges in the next few hours.
After a brief consolidation, the WLD price experienced a steep upswing and reclaimed the crucial resistance at $2. The bulls are trying very hard to hold the token above the gains, while the bears seem to hold back until the price achieves the next higher target. Does this suggest that the ongoing WLD price rally may trap the bulls at the highs? Are bears silent on purpose?
The Worldcoin price chart has reached a fascinating point where it resembles a previous pattern but the technicals suggest a huge bull run is on the horizon. Previously in mid-July, the upswing failed to rise above the lower bands of the Gaussian channel, but currently, the price has surpassed the upper resistance. This indicates a potential shift from a bearish to a bullish trend, which may push the prices higher.
Secondly, the RSI has reached the upper threshold for the first time since March 2024. Back in February, when the levels broke above the range, the prices surged by more than 400%. The RSI traded around the upper resistance and soon after forming new highs, it dropped to its bottom. Therefore, if the RSI rises and enters the overbought range, the levels are expected to sustain within the range for a while, paving the way for the WLD price to trigger another 200% rise to reach $6, one of the pivotal resistances.
The market dynamics are flipping as the trade is heading towards the end of the quarter and with the start of last quarter, the Worldcoin (WLD) price is expected to trigger a fine bull run.
A small team writes and publishes content for a corporate blog. The company doesn’t know what, if any, impact the content has on visitors. The team just keeps creating and publishing content, and no one knows if, let alone how, it ultimately drives action.
At Ally Financial, that was the beginning of an innovative story that ultimately led to a win for Best Content-Driven Website and Best Use of Interactive Content at the 2024 Content Marketing Awards. It also led to Jim Bentubo being named the 2024 B2B Content Marketer of the Year.
The story got its first new chapter in 2021. Jim, who was the director of social content at Ally, saw that the blog was disconnected from the brand literally (it was on a separate platform from the main website) and figuratively (it published an article on the best bumper stickers).
“I want to take this on. It’s a great challenge,” the former journalist says.
So, he and the team at Ally did. Jim became the senior director of content production, and that “blog” turned into Conversationally, a data-driven content hub.
First-party data reveals opportunities
“We’re in such a unique situation where (our customers are) literally telling us what they’re saving for, what they’re striving for with their life goals,” Jim explains.
That happens through a feature of Ally’s savings and spending accounts. Customers can create buckets such as a vacation, home, higher education, etc., and set a total goal. Then, they can automatically or manually save a portion of their income for that bucket.
Jim wanted to use that and other data to craft a personalized “blog” strategy that connected all the threads under the Ally.com umbrella.
He and another Ally employee dug into the first-party data to understand what people were spending money on, what they saved for, etc. They overlaid search trends, social conversations, and third-party research to create a lens from which to think about content.
“We were given tons of freedom from our leadership who said, ‘We agree with your direction. You guys are the experts, build this,’” he says, noting that the initial planning was done over 18 months.
Audiences think uses, not products
A lot of financial sites explain what a mortgage is, but the Conversationally team sees its role differently. “People don’t go, ‘Oh man, I can’t wait to get a mortgage,’” Jim says. “They’re like, ‘I’m saving for a home.”
So, Ally sees customers’ goals as savings buckets for homes, weddings, travel, etc. They also work as broad themes for Conversationally. “There is a lot of power in personalization and being able to put content closer to our products,” Jim says.
The personalization he refers to isn’t just, for example, content about home ownership targeted to people looking for mortgages. Instead, Ally tailors the content to the journey.
For example, a person who starts a wedding savings bucket will see content based on their progress. So, once they’re close to the goal, Ally knows they’re likely close to the wedding, so it delivers content about tipping vendors.
Someone with a home savings bucket would want to know how to pick the right real estate agent as they begin the journey but won’t care about what goes into closing costs until they are near the end of the journey.
While that progression works well for personalizing wedding and home ownership content, the Ally team learned that audiences with trip-savings buckets operate differently. Most people take a vacation before they save 100% of their goal. Since the journey isn’t linear, Ally delivers a mix of content that might resonate at any point in their trip-savings journey.
Ally calls this the “nurture nature of content” — Conversationally nurtures its readers to become customers. Someone who reads a piece on the data-driven content hub and visits an Ally product page is two times more likely to convert into a customer than someone who just goes to a product page.
In its first year, Conversationally attracted nearly 4 million page views.
Publishing partners help Ally find audiences
But to get there, the team needed to come up with a strategy for reaching audiences. Potential visitors aren’t just eagerly waiting for a corporate blog update, so the Conversationally team needed a strong distribution plan to get in front of people when they might be thinking about money and major life milestones.
Ally went to the places where those audiences were already consuming relevant content by partnering with media brands. The team worked with Condé Nast’s Traveler to reach the travel-savings audience and Architectural Digest for the home-savings audience. It turned to Dotdash Meredith to reach its Brides audience for wedding savers and the Parents property to connect with growing families.
In these co-branded distribution partnerships, Ally relied on the expertise and credibility of the publisher to craft the relevant content, which Ally published on the Conversationally site. The publisher promoted the content on its social media channels and directed the audience to the Conversationally site. After the visitors read that article, Ally could serve up content about how its saving products could help them achieve the relevant goal.
Jim says this co-branding idea isn’t common. Many times, publishers slammed the door on his idea. They wanted their social media followers to land on their sites, not Ally’s.
But Jim knew the best outcome for Ally required the publishers’ social media audiences to visit the Conversationally site and get into the Ally content ecosystem.
Ally grows a Conversationally team across the brand
Conversationally launched as a team of two with an assist from an agency partner who designed the site’s wireframes and conceptual elements. An in-house tech team did the site development work, which ensured that Conversationally was connected to the Ally site.
The content hub had a soft launch in 2022, and the fully integrated website debuted in 2023. The team now totals seven — primarily content strategists and editors who have areas of specialty such as deposits and investments, home and brand, and distribution channels, including Meta, Pinterest, and Reddit. They brief and work with an outside agency that creates the content.
The Conversationally team views the content through the lens of end-to-end consumer journeys. “We’re more thoughtful about how the content is going to show up. Are people going to see it? If they do see it, is it going to lead to something that is mutually beneficial for the consumer and for Ally? The team focuses on every piece having a path logically to a product we have.”
Though an outside agency produces most of the content, an in-house team member is dedicated to brand writing, telling the money stories related to their corporate partnerships such as the Charlotte Major League Soccer team and NASCAR driver Alex Bowman.
While the Conversationally team is small, many people across Ally play a role in the content and promotion.
Every quarter, the Conversationally editorial board gathers. Division presidents, tech executives, and marketing leadership learn about the data-informed editorial plans and chime in with their perspective. That ongoing buy-in for the content means the Conversationally team doesn’t get requests for individual content pieces from the various divisions.
In addition, a content planning meeting is scheduled over two days. The research team presents the trends they’re seeing regarding the consumer’s mindset, spending habits, and other topical buckets. The search team goes over what’s spiking and what people are talking about. Social listening also is brought into the conversation.
With all this data, the team is better informed to plan the content.
For example, they once learned in these planning meetings that one of the top reasons people used their credit card was cruise-related. Though Ally published a lot about travel, it hadn’t delved into the cruise space. The next quarter, it did.
The Conversationally team also analyzes the big picture, looking for the overlaps of what’s happening and where people are today, along with expected events like the U.S. elections, to put together a content plan that will resonate with the audience.
Conversationally chases a better North Star
Conversationally uses a data-informed, executive-backed editorial plan that shows how corporate blogs can evolve into a dynamic and engaging site.
“Too often brands are chasing SEO terms that might not align ultimately to what they want, what is beneficial to a consumer, or what they provide as a service,” Jim says. “Our North Star is always to provide personalization whenever we can so it’s relevant to the audience. But, ultimately, it puts somebody on the path to the right product or solution, so it’s mutually beneficial to us, too.”
Register to attend Content Marketing World in San Diego. Use the code BLOG100 to save $100. Can’t attend in person this year? Check out the Digital Pass for access to on-demand session recordings from the live event through the end of the year.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
As China’s economy has descended into deflation, the central bank’s lack of urgency has been a source of frustration. Officials at the People’s Bank of China (PBoC) at first expressed confidence that deflation was, so to speak, transitory. When it persisted, they worried less about falling prices than about the side-effects of fighting them. They were reluctant to ease monetary policy decisively as China’s currency was too weak, banks’ profit margins too slim and bond yields too low.
You have reached your maximum number of articles. Log in or create an account FREE of charge to continue reading.
By entering your email and pushing continue, you are agreeing to Fox News’ Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive.
Please enter a valid email address.
One in five polled Americans say they “rarely or never” wake up feeling well-rested — and a new survey has identified the factors keeping sleep at bay.
Stress in general was labeled as the biggest culprit, negatively impacting 74% of Americans’ sleep routines, according to the survey by U.S. News & World Report.
“More specifically, we gathered data on the bedtime worries keeping Americans awake at night,” Julia Forbes, sleep editor at U.S. News 360 Reviews, told Fox News Digital.
BEST AND WORST BEDTIMES FOR VARIOUS GENERATIONS
Based on the survey of 1,200 American adults, these were the biggest concerns that kept Americans from drifting off in 2023.
One in five polled Americans say they “rarely or never” wake up feeling well-rested — and a new survey has identified the factors keeping sleep at bay.(iStock)
Top 5 worries at bedtime
1. Inflation
2. COVID-19
3. Gun violence in America
4. Climate change
5. 2024 Presidential election
The 2023 list of worries was almost identical to 2022, with the Russia-Ukraine war taking the last spot.
The cost of living woes are not surprising, according to Jonathan Alpert, a psychotherapist in Manhattan and Washington, D.C., and author of the book “Be Fearless: Change Your Life in 28 Days.”
SLEEPING LONGER ON WEEKENDS COULD LOWER HEART DISEASE RISK BY 20%, STUDY FINDS
“This is often top of mind for people, including many of my patients,” Alpert, who was not involved in the survey, told Fox News Digital.
“As the prices of goods and services continue to increase, so do people’s worries about making ends meet.”
Stress in general was labeled as the biggest culprit, negatively impacting 74% of Americans’ sleep routines.(iStock)
The psychotherapist also commented on climate change making the list.
“People who worry about climate, some might argue, don’t have more pressing concerns, such as how to pay their bills or if their child might be involved in a school shooting,” Alpert said.
“As the prices of goods and services continue to increase, so do people’s worries about making ends meet.”
“My guess is that the climate change worriers might inhabit more blue than red states, and politics is at play here.”
Dr. Chris Mosunic, chief clinical officer at Calm in San Francisco, said it’s “no surprise” that the election is one of the top worries keeping Americans up at night.
SLEEP AND TRAVEL DON’T ALWAYS MIX: HERE ARE 7 TIPS TO HELP YOU REST ON THE ROAD
“When it comes to getting a good night’s rest, especially in moments of heightened anxiety like the election, practicing healthy habits is crucial to winding down at night,” he told Fox News Digital.
Alpert agreed that the election continues to be a source of stress for his patients, as they have a difficult time shutting it off at night.
Going to bed at inconsistent times was the top worst sleep habit impacting people’s slumber, the survey found.(iStock)
In addition to racing thoughts, certain habits and activities can make it more difficult to get the optimal quality and quantity of sleep.
Top 5 worst sleep habits
1. Going to bed at different times
2. Viewing screens in bed
3. Eating too much before bed
4. Falling asleep with the TV on
5. Pulling all-nighters
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Dr. Chris Winter, a neurologist and sleep medicine specialist with Mattress Firm in Houston, Texas, said that inconsistent schedules has a rightful spot at the top of the list.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“More and more research is coming out that shows even when sleep quality is sound and sleep amounts are adequate, inconsistency of sleep timing can lead to a large range of negative health consequences — heart disease, weight gain, cognitive decline and even cancer,” Winter, who also was not involved in the survey, told Fox News Digital.
Nearly 90% of adults and 75% of children keep at least one electronic device in their bedrooms, according to a poll taken by the National Sleep Foundation.(Kurt “CyberGuy” Knutsson)
The screen time issue is easily solved, he noted — “just leave your phone in the kitchen.”
Nearly 90% of adults and 75% of children keep at least one electronic device in their bedrooms, according to a poll taken by the National Sleep Foundation (NSF).
“Inconsistency of sleep timing can lead to a large range of negative health consequences.”
Staying up all night deserves to be higher on the list, according to Winter.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“It’s a terrible situation to be in from a sleep, health and safety perspective,” he said.
The general recommendation is for adults between 18 and 64 years of age to get between seven and nine hours of sleep per night, according to the NSF.
Thecha is hands-down one of the most loved recipes from Maharashtra. And for good reason! With its fiery taste and bold flavours, it is a perfect pairing for mellow dishes like dal chawal or even curd rice. Do you love thecha so much that you pair it with almost everything? Well, then you are in for a treat! Joining the bandwagon of creative recipes is the crispy and cheesy thecha rolls – a delicious snack that has spice, crunch and cheesy goodness all in one bite! Ready to learn how to make it? Then roll up your sleeves and read on to learn how you make this easy recipe at home!
Also Read: How To Make Thecha Curd Rice: A Bowl Meal That’s Both Comforting And Flavourful
Thecha has a fiery and spicy taste. (Photo: iStock)
What Exactly Is Thecha Made Of?
Thecha is a treat for spice lovers. Thecha is a traditional Maharashtrian chutney usually made with green chillies, garlic, and roasted peanuts, all pounded together with a dash of salt. The smoky flavour of roasted peanuts when combined with the spicy flavour of the green chillies makes for an irresistible chutney. Its simplicity, versatility, and strong flavours make it a popular condiment for your mellow main dishes.
Why You Should Make Cheesy Thecha Rolls At Least Once?
Cheesy thecha rolls are a brilliant way to add more of your favourite condiment to your diet. The combination of spicy thecha combined with mellow flavours of other ingredients makes the dish irresistible. Plus, this is a great recipe if have some leftover thecha from the previous night and want to utilize it quickly. Have some last-minute guests over? Make these thecha rolls. Want an easy tiffin box recipe for your kids? Make these cheesy rolls and wow them. Moreover, the crispy outer layer of these rolls makes them a delightful treat for tea time!
Thecha is a spicy Maharashtrian chutney (Photo: iStock)
Thecha Rolls Recipe | How To Make Cheesy Thecha Rolls
To make thecha rolls is pretty simple. This recipe was shared by Instagram user Pickles & Wine on Instagram. To make these rolls, start by:
1. Preparing Thecha
Heat a pan with some oil in it. Then add green chillies and garlic cloves to it. Cook it for 4-5 minutes until the garlic and the green chillies have become slightly soft. Then transfer the ingredients to a mortar and add roasted peanuts and salt on top of it. Using a pestle, ground the ingredients and your thecha is ready.
2. Prepare Bread
Now take 4-5 slices of bread and remove its sides. Flatten it using a rolling pin. Slather a spoonful of butter on it, and add some thecha and a cheese cube on it. Secure the bread ends with water. Roll it up. Continue the same process with other breads as well.
3. Cook Bread Rolls
On medium flame, heat a pan with some oil in it. Gently place the thecha rolls on it and cook until crispy and golden brown on both sides. This should take 4-5 minutes in total. Remove from heat, cut it from between and serve with ketchup!
Watch the full video below:
Also Read: Thecha Pav: A Must-Try Maharashtrian Delight You Can Make In Minutes
Try this easy Cheesy Thecha rolls recipe today and let us know in the comments below if you like it or not.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-09-24/Human-rights-seminar-held-elaborating-on-CPC-plenum-guiding-principles-1x9RFs8Zu3S/img/ac7a654b0644456f8fb853637251c0b4/ac7a654b0644456f8fb853637251c0b4.png' alt='People with disabilities respond to customer requests at a supported employment center for the disabled in Zhangye City, northwest China's Gansu Province, May 13, 2024. /CFP'
The China Society for Human Rights Studies held a seminar in Beijing on Tuesday on the guiding principles of the Third Plenary Session of the 20th Central Committee of the Communist Party of China (CPC) and its implications for the comprehensive development of protection and promotion of human rights.
Participants emphasized that the plenary session, held at a crucial time in advancing China’s modernization and the rejuvenation of the Chinese nation, laid out a comprehensive blueprint for further deepening reform comprehensively to advance Chinese modernization. The resolution put forward more than 300 reform measures spanning sectors such as the economy, culture and ecology, as it serves as both a roadmap for national rejuvenation through Chinese modernization and a declaration for advancing human rights.
The seminar attendees noted that the plenary session focuses on enhancing the protection of economic, social and cultural rights, ensuring that all citizens equally enjoy these rights through a series of reform initiatives. They highlighted China’s efforts to develop “whole-process people’s democracy,” which presents a Chinese approach to safeguarding civil and political rights and enriches global human rights discourse.
Additionally, the session is committed to safeguarding the rights of women, children, the elderly and people with disabilities, ensuring their rights are better protected through targeted reforms, seminar attendees agreed.
Participants also underscored the significance of promoting environmental rights, encapsulated by China’s core concept in the country’s pursuit of ecological progress that “lucid waters and lush mountains are invaluable assets.”
Moreover, the seminar addressed the strengthening of legal guarantees for human rights, emphasizing the role of sound governance and effective laws in upholding these rights. Participants further pointed out China’s contributions to global human rights governance, providing Chinese wisdom and solutions for the reform and improvement of global governance systems, including those related to human rights.
In this part of his Pharmaceutical Executive video interview, Jonathan Scheinberg, of the Northeast Science and Technology Center, identifies key factors that pharmaceutical and biotech companies should consider when selecting and developing mega campuses.
Veterinarians, vet technicians, practice managers, rescuers, behaviorists, nutritionists, trainers, volunteers, and other animal professionals are the backbone of pet ownership. Helping pets and their families live in harmony and health together.
Catster wants to highlight some of these underrated champions of the animal world—who we like to refer to as Heroes of The Pet World.
We will interview some of the most inspiring vet clinics, animal hospitals, animal shelters, and rehabilitation organizations around the world to share all the wonderful and oftentimes harsh experiences they face while working to help, heal, guide, revitalize, and protect our furry family members.
These are the stories of unsung animal superheroes!
Let’s get to know the Furball Farm Cat Sanctuary in Faribault, Minnesota!
Mission
In your own words, what is Furball Farm Cat Sanctuary’s mission and purpose?
FFCS’s mission is to provide a safe sanctuary for cats who were once looked at as unwanted pests and whose lives were in danger. We aim to take in homeless feral unsocialized cats (in imminent danger) that regular rescues cannot accept. We get these animals from professional trappers that we partner with only. After fully vetting them, they are allowed to live a comfortable life in our sanctuary. If possible, we socialize them so they can be adopted out into a forever home. We also teach the public about the importance of spaying and neutering outside feral cats they might be caring for around their own homes.
What is your individual mission or goal, as a vet professional and as a person?
My mission is to provide low-cost or no-cost spay and neuter surgeries so that the number of stray and suffering cats declines. This will result in less need for feral cat sanctuaries throughout the area and decrease the number of kittens born that rescue organizations are presently struggling to deal with.
Day-to-Day Experience
What is it like being a vet professional in Faribault, Minnesota, and at Furball Farm Cat Sanctuary?
It is very rewarding taking care of cats who have been living in survival mode and are now living a life of luxury. When a cat realizes they are safe and begins to accept human touch and love, it makes all of the hard emotional and physical work worth it.
How big is your team?
We have a team of 5 full-time employees, 2 part-time employees, and about 40 dedicated volunteers who rearrange their lives to care for the sanctuary cats.
Do you have staffing shortages and how do you deal with them?
When there is a shortage, our dedicated team members step up to help cover. Our volunteers are very passionate about the cats in our care.
How many animals on average do you help on a weekly basis?
That is a tricky question. We are contacted dozens of times every single day by people wanting us to take their “friendly” cats. These animals are not used to living in a colony environment and will not be happy in our sanctuary! If it is a dire emergency and a cat’s life is in jeopardy, we do our best to help them find a solution.
Challenges and Rewards
What is the hardest part of your job? How do you handle euthanasia and patient loss?
Saying “no” because we have to abide by our conditional use permit that limits the number of cats. That makes it extremely difficult emotionally. We try to help every cat in dire need and the pressure to stay within our allotted numbers is at times a factor in whether or not we can help a cat case. There is no animal control in our area so often that’s what we are for cat situations in Faribault and surrounding communities. Many times a call for help is a call with a case with 20+ cats needing a safe place and medical attention.
What are some of the biggest challenges that your organization faces?
Truly the biggest challenge is educating the public to be a part of the solution. If every person who fed an outside cat made sure to spay or neuter it, the amount of calls we get would be drastically reduced. We understand that cost is a huge factor, which is why our next chapter is to add a veterinary clinic on-site to help.
What is the most rewarding part of doing what you guys do?
Seeing our cats happy. Watching a former “feral” cat play like a kitten makes us know we are doing a great service for these cats. Also being able to adopt a formerly feral cat into a loving home is extremely rewarding. In 2023 alone, we had 367 successful adoptions!
What are some of the accomplishments or specific animals that have made a big impact on you as a person or on your team?
Sadly, it’s the cats that came to us as emaciated, sickly, unwanted pests that have fueled our fire and have made an impact on us. “Jonni” was a very sick intact stray female cat who was literally starving to death. She was eating sticks and rocks to survive! She came to us so frail that she couldn’t be spayed for months until she was healthy enough to go under anesthesia. Jonni learned to trust and love humans and we were able to place her in a loving forever home. Another example is “Fernando” and unfortunately, he came to us too late. He was far too emaciated and sick to survive and have any quality of life. He was euthanized on our veterinarian’s recommendation. Situations like this are fuel for our fire to stop the suffering of homeless cats.
Future
What are Furball Farm Cat Sanctuary’s main goals for the future?
We will continue to educate the public on how important it is to end the suffering of homeless cats through spaying and neutering. We have sterilized over a thousand cats since the inception of our “Spay it Forward” program which was started by Dr. Beverly Stephenson’s generous contribution in 2022. We recently received permission to add a veterinary clinic on-site where we will offer low-cost and no-cost spay and neuter surgeries to low-income residents and farmers.
How can the general public help make your lives easier?
Donating financially to our amazing organization helps make things less stressful. We are not supported by any government organization and survive solely on public donations. Taking care of over 350 cats AND funding a brand new vet clinic will be an enormous task. We are up for it because we know that we can make a huge difference.
Stories
What are some of the funniest or most outrageous pet names you’ve encountered?
Our current mascot Will, was an angry, crabby, scary, feral cat on intake. He would hide out in a cat tower and pop out and slap humans if they came too close. We lovingly referred to him as Oscar the Grouch, like he was popping out of a garbage can. It took a year to calm him down and now he is 100% petable and loves humans!
How to Help
If someone wants to visit, join, support, or volunteer at your organization, where can they find more information and get in touch?
You can find us on Facebook, Instagram, and YouTube, doing live videos with our cats throughout the day. You can also watch our cats for free on Twitch 24/7 at furball_farm for our form of cat therapy. Our website is FurballFarmCatSanctuary.com which has information about the sanctuary as well as our wish lists, our online shop with Furball merchandise, how you can volunteer, and various ways you can donate to our cause.
Our 14,000 square foot sanctuary is also open to visitors 365 days a year from 1:00 pm to 5:00 pm Central Standard Time so the public can help socialize the cats. We also have an Airbnb, Furball Farm Inn that hosts visitors from all over the world and is adjacent to the sanctuary. Everyone is welcome to come and enjoy the Furball experience!
Anything else you’d like to tell the cat community?
Please be a part of the solution to stop the suffering of outside cats. Feeding IS breeding…. Breeding is suffering. Find a way to spay and neuter homeless cats in your area, there are many options available if you reach out to rescue organizations in your location. We will be one for our area hopefully in 2025! Thank you!
Mindspace Business Parks REIT has entered into an agreement to build three built-to-suit data centres for Princeton Digital Group at Airoli in Mumbai, where the REIT has a 50-acre campus ecosystem.
The REIT has already developed two data centres for PDG with an area of 6.3 lakh square feet and the current contract will add 10 lakh square feet to its portfolio.
When completed, the business Park will feature five data center buildings and the total data center footprint within the Mindspace REIT portfolio will stand at 16.5 lakh square feet. “This landmark development spanning 15 acres, will become a part of the larger 50-acre campus ecosystem of Mindspace Airoli West,” the REIT said in a statement.
“This deal reinforces our commitment to diversifying our portfolio and tapping into high-growth sectors like data centres,” said Ramesh Nair, CEO, Mindspace REIT.
“For us, integrating data centres into our portfolio makes strategic sense as they offer stable and long-term revenue streams, future proofs our portfolio, and help diversify income sources,” he added.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
JEDNA od najpopularnijih igara ove godine upravo se pojavila na PlayStationu 5 bez velike najave.
>> Ova igra je u tri dana prodana u pet milijuna primjeraka
Iako su već neko vrijeme kružile glasine da će Pocketpair donijeti Palworld na PS 5, to nikada nije bilo službeno potvrđeno. Zato je bilo pravo iznenađenje kada je tijekom Sonyjevog prijenosa State of Play objavljeno da je akcijsko-avanturistička igra postala dostupna za tu konzolu.
Palworld (koji se često opisuje kao Pokémon s oružjem) pojavio se na Xboxu i PC-ju u Early Access verziji u siječnju i odmah postao hit, prodavši se u više od milijun primjeraka u samo osam sati, piše Engadget. U roku od mjesec dana, igra je privukla više od 25 milijuna igrača. Prema Microsoftu, imala je najuspješniji debi među igrama drugih izdavača na Game Passu.
Trenutak za izlazak igre na PS-u 5 nije idealan
Međutim, ubrzo se doznalo da The Pokémon Company istražuje Palworld. Osam mjeseci kasnije, tvrtka i Nintendo su tužili Pocketpair.
“Ova tužba traži zabranu daljnjeg kršenja i odštetu jer Palworld, igra koju je razvila i izdala optužena tvrtka, krši više patenata”, izjavio je Nintendo nakon podnošenja tužbe prošlog tjedna. Izvršni direktor Pocketpaira rekao je da je igra “prošla pravne provjere”, a također je najavio da će tvrtka pokrenuti odgovarajuće pravne postupke i istrage u vezi s optužbama o kršenju patenata.
Dakle, trenutak za izlazak Palworlda na PS 5 nije baš idealan. No, ako ste spremni kupiti igru koja bi zbog tužbe mogla biti ugašena za nekoliko mjeseci ili godina, sada to možete učiniti na svom PlayStationu.
Cijena igre je 28.99 eura, a možete je vidjeti ovdje.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
The Dodgers scored once in the bottom of the ninth inning to pull to within two runs of the San Diego Padres, they had runners on first and second with no outs and Miguel Rojas up, and in the on-deck circle was Shohei Ohtani, who had hit .778 (14 for 18) with five home runs, two doubles and 13 RBIs in his previous four games.
The Padres, it seemed, would need an act of divine intervention to prevent baseball’s hottest hitter and presumptive National League most valuable player from imposing his will on Tuesday night’s game, and third baseman Manny Machado is convinced they got one from Peter Seidler, the beloved former Padres owner who died last November.
One pitch after squaring to bunt and taking a strike, Rojas ripped a hard ground ball right at Machado, who took two steps to the bag and touched third and fired to second baseman Jake Cronenworth, who threw to first base to complete a stunning game-ending triple play to complete the Padres’ 4-2 victory over the Dodgers.
“I think he’s been with us all year, he’s shining upon us right now, smiling down, enjoying this moment, enjoying this victory with us, enjoying the celebration,” Machado said after the Padres clinched a playoff berth and trimmed the Dodgers’ NL West lead to two games with five games remaining.
“In a tough spot, with Ohtani in the on-deck circle, we turn a triple play against one of the best teams in baseball? He’s looking upon us.”
San Diego took a 4-1 lead into the ninth thanks to Cronenworth’s two-run homer in the second inning and RBI hits from Xander Bogaerts (single) and Cronenworth (double) in the fourth off Dodgers starter Landon Knack.
Padres right-hander Michael King gave up one unearned run and three hits in five innings to improve to 13-9 with a 2.95 ERA, and relievers Adrian Morejon, Jeremiah Estrada, Tanner Scott and Jason Adam combined for three scoreless innings.
Closer Robert Suarez, who blew a save by giving up two runs in the ninth inning against the lowly Chicago White Sox last Friday, came on to pitch the ninth and gave up singles to Will Smith, Tommy Edman and Kiké Hernández, the latter a shattered-bat bloop into center field that cut the lead to 4-2.
Padres pitching coach Ruben Niebla came to the mound, and the entire infield huddled around Suarez.
“We’ve been picking each other up all year, and we told Robert on that mound visit, ‘Hey, we got you, man, go out there and keep doing your thing,’ ” Machado said. “We did that a few days ago, when he gave it up–we’ve got your back. That’s what this team is all about.”
What transpired next–a game-ending triple play–is so rare that it has happened only 28 times in major league history and only three times in the wild-card era, according to Major League Baseball researcher Sarah Langs. It was the 10th triple play in Padres’ history and first to end a game.
“That was the perfect play,” Machado said. “We were thinking he was going to bunt, and he showed bunt the first pitch. I was thinking he was going to bunt [again] and he hit a ground ball right at me. Instantly, you know, hey, let’s try to turn this and get us out of it.”
Asked if a triple play even crossed his mind as he strategized for the Rojas at-bat, Dodgers manager Dave Roberts said, “No, not at all.”
Even after Machado fielded the grounder, “I thought he was going to go from third to first,” Roberts said.
“We couldn’t have scripted it any better,” Padres manager Mike Shildt said. “What a play by Manny.”
After a wild beer-and-champagne celebration in the visiting clubhouse of Dodger Stadium, and long after the home team had departed, the Padres gathered in front of the first-base dugout for a team picture, but there was one key member of the club who was missing.
“Manny! Manny! Manny!” they chanted, and up the dugout steps came a shirtless Machado, dressed in tan pants and nothing else. Machado plopped down in the front row, leaned back into the arms of his teammates for a few pictures, and the Padres returned to the clubhouse for a little more revelry.
“We are celebrating tonight, but we are coming tomorrow with the same energy,” right fielder Fernando Tatis Jr. said after the Padres improved to a major league-best 41-17 since the All-Star break. “I want more of this. We are going to make it happen. We are just going to keep coming as a group.This group is special.
Shares of PC Jeweller gained over 4 per cent on Wednesday as the company has announced that its board will meet soon to consider and approve the alteration in the share capital of the company by sub-division / split of existing equity shares having face value of Rs 10 each.
The counter opened at Rs 156.70 on the BSE – a gain of around 3.77 per cent from the previous close of Rs 151. The stock gained further to touch the intra-day high of Rs 157.30, which is also a fresh 52-week high. The 52-week low of the stock is Rs 25.45.
“In the same meeting, the Board will also consider the appointment of new Directors of the Company, if any,” PC Jeweller said in an exchange filing.
The company added that the trading window for trading / dealing in its shares is being closed with immediate effect and shall remain closed till two days after the declaration of un-audited financial results for the quarter and six months ended September 30, 2024 for designated persons.
The scrip has given a multibagger return of around 474 per cent in one year. It has gained over 203 per cent so far this year.
Nepal aspires to be one of the favourite Yoga and spiritual destinations in the global travel market. The annual retreat will promote spiritual tourism
In an attempt to promote spiritual tourism, the Hotel Association of Nepal (HAN) is organising a Yoga retreat in western Nepal’s Pokhara where renowned Yoga enthusiasts from across the world will train in theoretical and practical aspects of the ancient wisdom.
Nepal to organise Yoga Retreat to promote spiritual tourism in shadow of the Himalayas (File Photo by PTI)
The event to be organised in collaboration with Purna Yoga Centre between October 16 and 19 will see the participation of more than 100 yoga enthusiasts in the retreat in the tourist hub Pokhara, according to the organisers.
Vegetarian and organic foods will be served and devotional songs as well as relaxing music will be played during the four-day retreat.
By organising this event, Nepal aspires to position itself as one of the favourite yoga and spiritual destinations in the global travel market, said Binayak Shah, HAN president.
The retreat will be organised annually to promote spiritual tourism, he said.
“The art and science of yoga originated from the Himalayas and lord Shiva is the first yogi who taught the ancient wisdom to the humans,” he pointed out. “Now we want to cash on this ancient wisdom which is believed to have originated from the Himalayas, the abode of lord Shiva.”
“Discourses and practical sessions on yoga, pranayam, meditation and the historical background as well as philosophical wisdom linked to the practice will be given to the participants on the occasion,” said Lata Tulachan, a Nepali-origin yoga instructor from the US.
“Yoga not only helps to improve our physical and mental health but also enhances the spiritual well-being of the individual and brings peace in life,” Tulachan added.
Catch every big hit,…
See more
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / Nepal to organise Yoga Retreat to promote spiritual tourism in shadow of the Himalayas
This story has been published from a wire agency feed without modifications to the text. Only the headline has been changed.
Sony recently unveiled the PS5 Pro, confirming that pre-orders will go live on the PlayStation Direct website on September 26, before launching in full on November 7. However, in a follow-up post on the PlayStation Blog, Sony revealed plans to release another range of new consoles and accessories in November, this time to celebrate the 30th anniversary of the original PlayStation. The PlayStation 30th Anniversary Collection includes new variants of the PS5 Digital Edition and PS5 Pro, as well as themed DualSense controllers, and even a brand new version of the PlayStation Portal, featuring the original PSOne colour scheme. Pre-orders for the new items will also go live on September 26, before launching in full on November 21.
The limited edition PS5 Pro 30th Anniversary variant comes with a themed version of the console itself, complete with 2TB of storage, and matching accessories, including a DualSense wireless controller, a DualSense Edge wireless controller, a DualSense Charging Station and a Console Cover for the Disc Drive add on (although the disc drive will be sold separately).
It also ships with an anniversary themed Vertical Stand, as well as an original PlayStation controller-style cable connector housing four PlayStation Shapes cable ties. That’s on top of a PlayStation sticker, a Limited Edition PlayStation Poster and a PlayStation Paperclip… for some reason.
According to Sony, each PS5 Pro Anniversary Edition is individually numbered as a collector’s item. Only 12,300 of the Pro models will be available worldwide.
Elsewhere, the 30th Anniversary PlayStation 5 Digital Edition includes a themed console with a 1TB SSD, as well as a limited edition DualSense controller and a Console Cover for the separate disc drive.
It also contains the same limited edition bonus items as the PS5 Pro, including the PlayStation Shape cable ties and this year’s must-have item, the PlayStation paperclip.
The 30th Anniversary DualSense Edge, standard DualSense and PlayStation Portals will also be in limited supply, although it’s unclear how many units will be available and for how long.
In terms of pre-order availability, this is where things get a little bit confusing.
For UK customers, it looks like the 30th Anniversary PS5 Pro, PlayStation Portal and DualSense Edge will only be available from the PlayStation Direct website, with pre-orders going live on September 26.
Anniversary themed PS5 Digital Edition consoles will also be available to pre-order from PlayStation Direct on September 26, before going on sale at participating retailers from October 10.
Finally, the Anniversary DualSense controller will be available to pre-order from the PlayStation Direct website and at select retailers from September 26.
Daily Express will be back with more pre-order information, prices and store links later this week, so keep checking back for regular updates.
The Royal Automobile Club of Queensland (RACQ) has released its biannual Unroadworthy Roads Survey, calling the ‘winner’ the state’s most despised road.
Based on submissions from motorists who use Queensland roads, the RACQ found the circa-1700km Bruce Highway was the most complained about road, receiving 167 scathing pieces of feedback from road users.
Starting at Bald Hills in Brisbane’s north, the Bruce Highway stretches all the way to Cairns, and consists of sections with as few as one lane in each direction, or up to four lanes when leaving the state’s capital.
In summary, motorists said its surface was rough, narrow, lacking in overtaking opportunities, and can be susceptible to flooding, with particular areas in Wide Bay, Central and North Queensland drawing the most ire.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
Image credit: RACQ
RACQ head of public policy Dr Michael Kane said the results backed the motoring club’s Fix the Bruce campaign, which has received the support of the Queensland Opposition leading up to this year’s election.
“The stretch between Childers and Gin Gin is the most dangerous, where you are almost 10 times more likely to be involved in a fatal or serious injury crash than on the Hume Highway in NSW,” Dr Kane said.
“The Bruce is the backbone of our State, but it’s broken. So far this year, 30 people have lost their lives in crashes on the Bruce Highway – we’ve already surpassed the five-year average of 29 deaths and it’s only September.
“We need the State and Federal Governments to commit to a 10-year funding arrangement to upgrade all poorly rated 2-star sections of the highway.
“We’re also calling for the Federal Government to return to the pre-existing 80:20 infrastructure funding split with the State Government. This is a national road, and the Federal Government must do the heavy lifting to bring it up to standard with other national highways.”
Second to the Bruce Highway was the Kennedy Highway, which ranked only 11th in the last Unroadworthy Roads Survey in 2022.
Despite running for about 35km, Mount Mee Road to the north of Brisbane received 52 complaints, equivalent to more than 1.6 every kilometre.
A popular road with motorcyclists, it’s been criticised for being left in a state of disrepair with large potholes throughout fast corners, a large number of blind corners, and a lack of overtaking opportunities.
Investing in a commercial property can be very rewarding, however, it comes with various risks. (Representative image)
Investing in commercial properties in today’s time shows a promising scope, it offers a steady income, long-term appreciation, and business growth opportunities. Here’s what you need to avoid during the purchase.
Written by Vijay Kamboj:
In today’s modern world, investing in real estate is one of the most solid investments one can make in their lifetime. Estimates show that the Indian real estate sector contributes about 6.5-7 per cent to the GDP of India. And, investing in commercial properties in today’s time shows a promising scope, it offers a steady income, long-term appreciation, and business growth opportunities. However, there are numerous pitfalls that seasoned investors or first-time buyers can fall into. Therefore, it is important to steer through the complexities of commercial real estate wisely and with care.
Overlooking the Condition of the Property
When going out to invest in a commercial space just focusing on the price and location is not enough, it is equally important to have a look at the physical condition of the building or the space. Failing to conduct a thorough inspection can often lead to issues like unforeseen repair costs down the road. If the property you are choosing was previously used for industrial purposes then make sure to have a look at the spaces where raw materials were stored. Usually, those spaces are the worst part of a property and might require renovation soon after you purchase the property.
Overestimating Property’s Income Potential
One major mistake that is seen among first-time buyers is focusing on gross income potential without considering the net income after expenses like taxes, maintenance, insurance, and management fees. Misjudging these numbers can lead to negative cash flow or a return on investment far below expectations. When evaluating a property’s income potential, use realistic numbers and consider vacancy periods, tenant turnover, and potential market downturns.
Ignorance in Zoning and Land Use Restriction
Zoning laws dictate how properties can be used, and these vary significantly from one municipality to another. Some investors mistakenly assume they can use the property for any business purpose, only to find out later that the building isn’t zoned for their intended use. This mistake can cause delays, increase costs, or even halt your plans altogether. Always verify the zoning regulations before purchasing and ensure that your intended business aligns with local land-use policies.
Lack of Financial Guidance
One major mistake that investors often make is taking a loan when planning to invest in commercial property. However, it is important to know that it is one of the riskiest moves. In most cases, lenders will only support you if you have a substantial amount of cash to inject into a commercial property project yourself. While loans can be a useful tool for financing a property investment, it’s wise not to rely on them too heavily, especially when you’re just starting. A balanced approach to financing will help you maintain flexibility and reduce risk in your investment strategy.
In short, investing in a commercial property can be very rewarding, however, it comes with various risks. Therefore, it is essential to take time to plan carefully consult experts, and focus on long-term profitability to ensure that your commercial property investment is a wise one.
(The author is the founder of Bric-X Infra)
Business Desk
A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings …Read More
The next bull run is approaching, and everyone’s wondering: Can PEPE, the popular meme coin, really compete with the likes of Ethereum?
And then there’s Raboo ($RABT), the latest meme coin hitting the ground running, shaking things up with impressive gains and innovative features that could make it the true breakout star of this bull run. Read on to find out why!
Pepe: Is a bullish breakout on the horizon?
After a bit of a slump in August, PEPE’s price has been moving pretty steadily through early September.
You can feel the optimism growing, but many people are holding back, waiting for a clearer signal before putting their money on the line. On-chain data suggests PEPE could be gearing up for a bullish shift, but it’s still dealing with some selling pressure.
If it breaks through that, we could see PEPE gain some serious momentum. But for now, it’s a waiting game, with cautious investors looking for stronger signs before jumping in. PEPE has potential, but it might need to prove itself a bit more to really steal the spotlight.
Is an ETH bull run coming?
Ethereum is still the leader of blockchains with the most active developers, tons of users, and a market cap that’s five times bigger than its closest competitor. And still, ETH hasn’t been performing as well as some had hoped.
Some of the reasons include uncertainty around the upcoming U.S. presidential election, growing competition from blockchains like Solana, and a few concerns over its tokenomics. Plus, the reaction to the new U.S. spot ETFs has been mixed.
Even with these challenges, some experts think ether is still a solid play, especially as we head toward the end of the year. Ethereum might be a contrarian bet, meaning it might be an opportunity to buy in before the market really picks back up. The competition is fierce, but Ethereum’s future could still be bright if it keeps evolving.
Raboo outperforms both ETH and Pepe with 90% gains
Raboo has pulled off an impressive 90% gain since its presale launched. Now in its fifth stage, the project has already raised over $2.5 million, with its price jumping from $0.003 to $0.0057. Analysts are calling for even bigger moves, predicting a 233% surge during the presale and a potential 100x increase once it officially launches.
What’s fueling Raboo’s wild success is its unique SocialFi platform, where users can earn passive income. The Post-to-Earn model lets users cash in on their content, all while enjoying zero buy/sell taxes. Plus, the smart contract has been fully audited by SOLIDProof, giving people even more confidence in Raboo’s future.
Raboo’s ecosystem is all about staking $RABT tokens and earning passive income by being part of the community. Meanwhile, the team is pushing forward with Rabooscan, an AI tool that’s already making waves. And that’s just the start—Raboo’s roadmap is packed with plans like NFTs, token burn events, and listings on major exchanges.
With the next bull run fast approaching, Raboo could easily outshine both PEPE and Ethereum, making it the one to watch for anyone looking to ride the meme coin wave to the top.
For any successful journey, you need to know where you are, where you want to be, and what paths you can take to get there. Much like traveling in a car equipped with a GPS, a content strategy roadmap can help you navigate complex content decision-making and reach your goal.
What is a content strategy roadmap?
A content strategy roadmap is a high-level plan designed to achieve your marketing objectives. It provides an overarching view of content development and distribution across each stage of the marketing funnel (awareness, consideration, and decision). It should include key initiatives, who’s responsible for each of them, and deadlines for their completion.
While similar to a content calendar, a content strategy roadmap is more comprehensive. It focuses on the broad steps for reaching high-level goals rather than the fine, tactical details of producing individual pieces of content. Think of it as a macro view of your content marketing plan that helps keep you on course as you work toward success. (See the sidebar below for details on building a content calendar.)
Essential components of a content roadmap
A content roadmap should provide a clear overview without diving too deeply into specific action steps. When you’re ready to build it, take note of the critical elements that should be included:
Target audience: Who you are trying to reach
Objectives: What you want the audience to do after engaging with your content
Content plan: The types of content you will create and how you plan to distribute them (e.g., blog posts, white papers, social media)
Project milestones: Key moments you’ll track, such as kickoff, first draft, final draft, and publishing dates
Stakeholders: The team members responsible for each initiative and any other departmental partners you’ll involve when necessary.
Building your content roadmap
The first step of developing your roadmap is determining what priority goal(s) you want to achieve. For example, are you aiming to grow your customer base, generate leads, convert prospects into customers, engage your audience to improve retention, or all of the above? The objectives you select will be the destinations your content roadmap leads to.
Next, evaluate your existing content — this represents your current location. Identify evergreen assets that are usable as-is, content that needs updating, and stories that don’t align with your goals and can be discarded. This process will help you set the starting point for your map.
From there, identify gaps along the path that need to be filled and the effort required to fill them. This represents the possible routes you can take toward your destination.
Your efforts may involve keyword research, collaboration with your sales team, and analyzing customer data to understand what content resonates with your audience. By assessing these factors, you’ll identify the milestones you must reach as you progress along your content journey.
Standard features of effective content roadmaps
Although their structure and design can vary depending on your business, effective roadmaps typically share these features:
Visual clarity: Your roadmap should be easily interpreted at a glance, whether it takes the form of a flowchart, timeline, or map.
A well-organized structure: This helps ensure consistency when multiple team members contribute to developing the roadmap.
Accessibility: The full path — and all the steps in between — should be easy for others to understand, including executive stakeholders.
Fluidity: The roadmap should be easy to update or revise when your strategy, goals, or customer insights change.
When you’re ready to create your content roadmap, a robust content management system can help streamline the process, making it easy to update, organize, and optimize your content strategy.
How to Build an Effective Content Calendar
As industries evolve, marketing teams must move quickly while also staying organized. A content calendar enables this by helping you track the content you’re publishing, where, and when.
What is a content calendar?
A content calendar is a tool that outlines your publishing schedule across different channels. It can track content for various purposes, including blog posts, social media updates, and press releases.
The level of detail can vary, but a well-constructed calendar keeps everyone aligned and ensures you provide your audience with a consistent stream of quality content.
Three steps to creating a content calendar
Define outcomes: Ensure all business goals and stakeholder priorities are accounted for and all the assets you plan to produce align with your strategic content roadmap.
Set a schedule: Establish a realistic content creation cadence based on the available team resources. Consider using a content management system to speed up all the steps in your publishing process.
Create and populate: Fill your calendar with key information like topics, channels, due dates, and links to drafts. Don’t forget to note important events or critical themes that will resonate with your audience.
Once created, continually assess your calendar’s performance, making adjustments to optimize your strategy when new insights come to light.
About Brightspot
Brightspot is your CMS solution for delivering brilliant, modern digital experiences with a flexible, fast, and secure platform that you can trust to consistently elevate your content approach. An enterprise-grade powerhouse of tools and templates that can be tailored to your specific business needs for today and beyond. Our robust, ready-to-go library is fully customizable to meet the demands of your business, content contributors, and developers. But we don’t stop there: We offer the flexibility to craft front-end experiences, ensuring content delivery exactly as you need it. For more information on how Brightspot is the right CMS platform for your company, visit our website here. Ready to learn about the ways Brightspot can support your digital strategy? Chat with an expert today!
Israel’s economy should have been trundling towards recovery. After all, many of the 300,000 workers who left their jobs to fight have now returned to offices, factories and farms. Instead, a difficult situation is becoming ever more acute. GDP growth came to just 0.7% between April and June, on an annualised basis, some 5.2 percentage points below economists’ expectations, according to Bloomberg, a news agency. On September 16th Bezalel Smotrich, Israel’s finance minister, was forced to ask legislators to approve an emergency deficit increase. It was the second time he had made such a request this year.
Looking for more Connections answers? Click here for our daily Connections hints, as well as our daily answers and hints for The New York Times Mini Crossword, Wordle and Strands puzzles.
Need the answers for the New York Times Connections puzzle? To me, Wordle is more of a vocabulary test, but Connections is more of a brainteaser. You’re given 16 words and asked to put them into four groups that are somehow connected. Sometimes they’re obvious, but game editor Wyna Liu knows how to trick you by using words that can fit into more than one group. Read on for today’s Connections hints and answers.
There’s also news in the Connections world. The Times now has a Connections Bot, like the one it’s had for some time for Wordle. Go there after you play to receive a numeric score and to have the program analyze your answers. And players who are registered with the Times Games section can now nerd out by following their progress, including number of puzzles completed, win rate, number of times they nabbed a perfect score and their win streak.
Read more: NYT Connections Could Be the New Wordle: Our Hints and Tips
How to play Connections
Playing is easy. Winning is hard. Look at the 16 words and mentally assign them to related groups of four. Click on the four words you think go together. The groups are coded by color, though you don’t know what goes where until you see the answers. The yellow group is the easiest, then green, then blue, and purple is the toughest. Look at the words carefully and think about related terms. Sometimes the connection has to do with just a part of the word. Once, four words were grouped because each started with the name of a rock band, including “Rushmore” and “Journeyman.”
Read more: Connections Bot Will Give You a Numeric Score Every Day
Hints for today’s Connections groups
Here are four hints for the groupings in today’s Connections puzzle, ranked from the easiest, yellow group to the tough (and sometimes bizarre) purple group.
Yellow group hint: Three sports successes.
Green group hint: Color your walls
Blue group hint: Foods with regional names
Purple group hint: Think of a famous horse race
Answers for today’s Connections groups
Yellow group: Trio of sports achievements
Green group: Needs for painting a room
Blue group: Food named after cities
Purple group: ____ derby
Read more: Wordle Cheat Sheet: Here Are the Most Popular Letters Used in English Words
What are today’s Connections answers?
The completed NYT Connections puzzle #472 for Sept. 25, 2024.
NYT/Screenshot by CNET
The yellow words in today’s Connections
The theme is trio of sports achievements. The four answers are hat trick, threepeat, trifecta and triple crown.
The green words in today’s Connections
The theme is needs for painting a room. The four answers are drop cloth, paint, roller and tape.
The blue words in today’s Connections
The theme is food named after cities. The four answers are broil, cheesesteak, sprouts and wings. (London, Philadelphia, Brussels and Buffalo.)
The purple words in today’s Connections
The theme is ____ derby. The four answers are demolition, home run, Kentucky and soap box.
It depends on multiple factors. One of the biggest is age.
In general, as you age, less sleep is required. While that may be true, the amount of sleep people need is an individualized experience, and not everyone requires the same amount of rest to properly function throughout the day.
LACK OF SLEEP COULD BE A FACTOR IN ‘SILENT EPIDEMIC,’ EXPERTS WARN
How much sleep a person needs may also not be consistent. For example, if you have a poor night’s sleep one night, you may require more hours of rest the next.
Pregnancy can also affect sleep. Pregnancy can affect quality sleep through physical discomfort, hormone shifts and anxiety, according to the Sleep Foundation.
While adults may not need as much sleep as toddlers, it’s still vital to ensure you are getting enough quality rest each night to properly function when you wake up. (iStock)
While there are a number of factors that play into a good night’s sleep, here are some general guidelines for how much sleep different generations should get and tips for sleeping soundly.
Newborns require a lot of sleep. A newborn’s sleep schedule requires flexibility from parents because their hours of slumber are often far from consistent.
In general, newborns up to the age of 3 months need between 14 and 17 hours of sleep a day, according to the National Sleep Foundation. This includes naps throughout the day.
Infants from 4 to 11 months old still need between 12 and 15 hours every day.
LACK OF SLEEP POSES CONCERNING RISK FOR KIDS, STUDY FINDS: ‘CRUCIAL ROLE’
Newborns only sleep for an hour or two at a time, so establishing a schedule can be tricky.
Even though it will take time to establish a steady routine with your baby, it’s never too soon to start incorporating healthy habits.
Newborns need a lot of sleep, but they only rest for short periods at a time. (iStock)
For example, establishing a calming routine, putting babies to bed once they begin to get drowsy and giving them time to settle down all contribute to good sleep, according to Mayo Clinic.
Also, remember it’s never too early to begin reading to your baby — which can also become a bedtime routine staple.
Toddlers need between 11 and 14 hours of sleep every night, according to the National Sleep Foundation.
6 EXPERT TIPS FOR FIRST-TIME MOMS DURING THE INITIAL FEW MONTHS OF MOTHERHOOD THAT ARE CRITICAL TO HEALTH
At this age, you can really start to establish a bedtime routine with your child through actions like picking out pajamas, brushing teeth and reading a book together.
The time that toddlers go to bed varies for families, but anywhere from 6 p.m. to 8 p.m. is a good time to begin thinking about getting to bed, according to Parents.com.
Read a book with your child to help create a calm, relaxing setting before bed. (iStock)
Children between 3 and 5 years old should get 10 to 13 hours of sleep per night, according to the National Sleep Foundation — while kids 6 to 13 years old should get nine to 11 hours of sleep every night.
Starting school will help children establish a daily routine.
When kids start school, it’s important to ensure they get to bed at an hour that allows them to get proper sleep before a busy day of learning.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR LIFESTYLE NEWSLETTER
For school-age children, a bedtime between 7:15 p.m. and 9 p.m. is generally a good idea, per Parents.com.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Adults between ages 18 and 64 should get between seven and nine hours of sleep each night, according to the National Sleep Foundation’s guidance, while those over 65 should get between seven and eight hours of sleep.
If you’re having trouble falling asleep, try to adjust your bedtime routine to include relaxing activities, like listening to calming music or reading a book.
Also, “white noise” could help you to fall asleep, according to the National Sleep Foundation.
A dark, cool room can contribute to a good night’s sleep. (iStock)
You can get “white noise” through a fan or by using a sound machine or a noise app on your phone.
A cool room is another contributor to quality sleep, according to the National Sleep Foundation, with an ideal temperature of between 60 and 67 degrees Fahrenheit.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
You can also limit caffeine intake and meals too close to bedtime to prepare your body for a restful sleep.
Delhi’s love for world-class Asian cuisine is undeniable, with new restaurants continuously popping up and enticing us. One such exciting addition is Kamei, a luxurious “Modern Asian Restaurant & Cocktail Bar” in the vibrant heart of South Delhi. With 15 years of culinary expertise from the renowned House of Fio backing it, Kamei promises an exceptional dining experience.
Upon entering Kamei, I was immediately struck by the lively atmosphere and chic decor. Even though the restaurant opened only a couple of months back, it was nearly full, the energetic music blending seamlessly with the buzz from the bar area. It felt like the perfect spot for a weekend night out.
As someone who enjoys cocktails, I couldn’t resist exploring their innovative drink menu. I opted for the Palo-Mei, a tequila-based concoction made with 1800 Silver tequila and infused with Bird’s Eye chilli. This cocktail was a delightful balance; the heat of the chilli was beautifully offset by the sweetness of strawberry and grapefruit, creating a refreshing yet complex drink. I also tried the Mango Tai, another tequila delight. Don’t let its name fool you-it wasn’t overly sweet. Instead, it offered a subtle mango flavour combined with the invigorating notes of basil and citrus.
The menu at Kamei is a fascinating blend of traditional and modern dishes, showcasing the diverse flavours of East Asia, with influences from China, Japan, Thailand, and beyond. The “Smalls to Share” section features an array of signature cold plates, while the “Larges to Share” includes classic curries and wok dishes that can be paired with Kamei Fried Rice or Yaki Udon for a complete meal.
One dish that stood out was the Coconut Sea Bass Ceviche, enhanced by a richly flavoured coriander coconut leche de tigre. This dish was light yet creamy, with the prawn cracker adding a delightful crunch-plus, it was a feast for the eyes!
No visit to an Asian restaurant would be complete without dim sum and sushi, so I ordered the Chicken Siu Mai. It was incredibly succulent, bursting with juicy flavours. I also had to try the Prawn Tempura, a dish I can’t resist at any Asian restaurant. Kamei did not disappoint; the tempura was perfectly balanced, with a delightful contrast between soft and crunchy textures.
Another must-try for avocado lovers is the Yuzu Avocado. This dish features grilled avocado paired with a zesty wasabi sauce and a creamy yuzu emulsion. The crispy rice cake added a perfect crunch, making it a heavenly experience.
While savouring the array of delightful dishes and cocktails, I was surprised with a dessert that elevated my mood to new heights. The Honeycomb, a Malaysian sponge cake drizzled with whisky caramel sauce and served with vanilla gelato, was simply divine-a true match made in heaven.
Chef Aditya Moitra, the Lead R&D Chef of Fio Restaurants, shares his vision: “With Kamei’s menu, we hope to elevate Delhi’s culinary boundaries. I approach traditional culinary techniques as a canvas for flavour pairings, and it’s been exciting to bring that thought into Kamei’s curation.”
If you too prefer Asian cuisine when dining out, Kamei offers an unforgettable experience. If you ask me, I just can’t wait to revisit it.
What: Kamei Where: Eldeco Centre, Hauz Rani, Malviya Nagar, New Delhi When: 12.40-4 pm, 7 pm – 12 am
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-09-24/China-to-work-with-ASEAN-to-build-closer-community-with-shared-future-1xabDk9Np4s/img/8e9afc6394094071a550714acaf6f7d4/8e9afc6394094071a550714acaf6f7d4.png' alt='Chinese Vice Premier Ding Xuexiang, also member of the Standing Committee of the Political Bureau of the CPC Central Committee, addresses the opening ceremony of the 21st China-ASEAN Expo and the China-ASEAN Business and Investment Summit in Nanning, south China's Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, September 24, 2024. /Xinhua'
China is willing to work with the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) to deepen practical cooperation and write a new chapter in building a closer China-ASEAN community with a shared future, Chinese Vice Premier Ding Xuexiang said on Tuesday.
Ding, also a member of the Standing Committee of the Political Bureau of the Communist Party of China (CPC) Central Committee, made the remarks while addressing the opening ceremony of the 21st China-ASEAN Expo and the China-ASEAN Business and Investment Summit in Nanning, south China’s Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region.
China and ASEAN enjoy a long history of friendly relations and are good neighbors, good friends and good partners, Ding said, adding that China and ASEAN have always been moving forward hand in hand, which has become the most successful and dynamic model of Asia-Pacific regional cooperation and a vivid example of promoting the building of a community with a shared future for mankind.
China is advancing its efforts to build a great modern socialist country in all respects and pursue national rejuvenation through a Chinese path to modernization, which will bring great opportunities to the world, Ding said.
He said China will continue to follow the principle of amity, sincerity, mutual benefit and inclusiveness in neighborhood diplomacy, deepen practical cooperation with ASEAN countries and write a new chapter in building a closer China-ASEAN community of shared future.
Ding called on China and ASEAN countries to elevate strategic mutual trust to new heights. He said efforts should be made to implement the Global Development Initiative, the Global Security Initiative, and the Global Civilization Initiative, further synergize their development strategies, and strengthen high-quality Belt and Road cooperation to better promote regional and global prosperity and stability.
He also called on China and ASEAN countries to advance open cooperation to a new level. Both sides should implement the Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreement (RCEP) with high quality, work for an early conclusion of the negotiations for version 3.0 of the China-ASEAN Free Trade Area (FTA), steadily expand institutional opening up, and build a more stable and smooth cross-border industrial and supply chain, he added.
China and ASEAN countries need to foster a new pattern of all-round connectivity, Ding said, urging the two sides to jointly build the New International Land-Sea Trade Corridor at a high level and make solid progress in developing important economic corridors and key projects.
China and ASEAN countries should expand new areas of cooperation in science, technology and innovation, Ding said, adding that the two sides should jointly implement China-ASEAN science and technology innovation enhancement program, accelerate the construction of platforms such as joint laboratories, and ensure that more innovative achievements benefit the people of both sides.
Ding also urged China and ASEAN countries to cultivate new highlights in mutual understanding and affinity among the people. Taking the China-ASEAN Year of People-to-People Exchanges as an opportunity, Ding said the two sides should further deepen exchanges and cooperation in culture, tourism, training, and youth and solidify the foundation of public opinion regarding bilateral relations.
Malaysia’s Prime Minister Anwar Ibrahim delivered a video address. Deputy Prime Minister and Minister in charge of the Office of the Council of Ministers of Cambodia Vongsey Vissoth, Deputy Prime Minister of Laos Kikeo Khaykhamphithoune, and Deputy Prime Minister and Minister of Finance of Vietnam Ho Duc Phoc, as well as Secretary-General of ASEAN Kao Kim Hourn, attended the opening ceremony and delivered speeches successively.
After the opening ceremony, Ding toured the exhibition hall and exchanged views with the heads of the exhibitors.
Max Colao, CEO of OncoVerity, discusses his extensive experience in the biotech industry and shares how his company is harnessing computational biology and machine learning to develop personalized cancer treatments that aim to reshape the future of oncology care.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
JOŠ uvijek je moguće nabaviti novi iPhone 15 Pro ili iPhone 15 Pro Max kod trgovaca ako požurite, no Apple je službeno prekinuo proizvodnju oba modela iz prošle godine, kao i iPhonea 13 te drugih proizvoda u sklopu godišnjeg pojednostavljivanja ponude.
Kao što čini svake godine, Apple je službeno ukinuo proizvode koje su zamijenili noviji modeli. U skladu s tom praksom tvrtka je prestala proizvoditi spomenute iPhone 15 Pro i Pro Max – dva jedina prijašnja iPhonea koja su mogla pokretati Apple Intelligence, piše Apple Insider.
I dalje se mogu pronaći na stanju
Kupci koji preferiraju te modele mogu ih pronaći na stanju još neko vrijeme, kako u internetskim tako i u fizičkim trgovinama, sve dok se zalihe ne rasprodaju. Neke trgovine nude određene popuste, poput Amazona, na oba 15 Pro modela kako bi se riješile zaliha.
Uz nove iPhone modele, najstariji iPhone koji je još bio u proizvodnji također je povučen – ove godine to je iPhone 13 iz 2021. godine. Sadašnja iPhone linija sastoji se od iPhonea 14 i iPhonea 14 Plus, iPhonea 15 i iPhonea 15 Plus, četiri nova modela iPhonea 16 te iPhonea SE treće generacije iz 2022. godine.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Ostali proizvodi koje je Apple ukinuo
Na svom rujanskom događaju Apple je zamijenio liniju AirPods Max gotovo identičnim modelima u novim bojama, sada s USB-C priključkom umjesto Lightninga. Posljedično, svi stariji modeli AirPods Max povučeni su iz prodaje.
AirPods 2 i AirPods 3 također su zamijenjeni s dva nova modela AirPods 4. Nova verzija ima novi dizajn, nadogradnju na H2 čip i podršku za personalizirani zvuk s dinamičkim praćenjem pokreta glave.
Apple je također povukao svoju liniju FineWoven maski za iPhone nakon negativnih povratnih informacija kupaca. Međutim, nije ukinuo sve proizvode od FineWoven materijala – on se i dalje koristi za određene Apple Watch remene i MagSafe novčanik.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
It took all of three innings on opening day for Shohei Ohtani to steal his first base of the season.
Then, the Dodgers waited three weeks to watch him swipe one again.
It’s easily forgotten now, with Ohtani stealing bags on an almost nightly basis and padding a total that’s reached gaudy heights, but there was a time early this season his stolen bases felt rare.
“I think there was a bit, for him, of feeling out the initial part of the season,” first base coach Clayton McCullough said. “New team. New kind of lineup. I think he just kind of eased his way in.”
After stealing his first base with the Dodgers in their South Korean season-opener on March 20, Ohtani played 15 more games before swiping his second. Four steals came in a six-game stretch from April 13-19. Then, there was another 10-game drought that wasn’t snapped until May 3, when Ohtani recorded his first two-steal effort of the year.
This trend continued through the entire first half.
At the end of April, Ohtani’s five steals ranked just 25th in the majors.
At the end of May, he’d barely cracked the top 10 with 13 steals.
By the season’s midway point in late June, Ohtani’s stolen base total had climbed to only 16. Forget about the 40-40, 50-50 and (potentially) 60-60 milestones he has pursued this year.
At that point, it didn’t seem certain that 30-30 would even be achieved.
“I think there was a feeling out period,” McCullough said. “Like, ‘If I’m gonna go, I want to be safe.’”
But then, circumstances changed.
Mookie Betts’ broken hand thrust Ohtani into the leadoff spot of the batting order. And with a shorthanded lineup behind, his aggressiveness on the bases began to increase.
Suddenly, as if there was some turbo switch the $700-million star forgot to hit, or a self-imposed governor he decided to finally turn off, Ohtani’s base-stealing exploded, becoming his most unexpectedly dangerous attribute during a monstrous performance to close the season.
“I think that Shohei realized how good of a base stealer he has become or can become,” manager Dave Roberts said.
“It seemed like in July and August, every time he got over [to first base], he went,” McCullough added. “And he was safe.”
Indeed, in 69 games going back to July 4, Ohtani has stolen 39 bases and been caught only twice. He hasn’t gone more than five games in that period without at least one steal. And entering Tuesday’s pivotal National League West showdown with the San Diego Padres, he’d recorded stolen bases in the team’s previous five games.
“He’s on a mission,” Roberts said. “It’s hard to imagine him being this focused ever before for this stretch of time.”
That latter point applies to Ohtani’s entire game at the moment.
He has all but assured himself of a third career MVP award, leading the National League in home runs (53), RBIs (123) and OPS (1.023) while ranking third in batting average (.301).
He just earned the most obvious NL Player of the Week award maybe ever, following a seven-game stretch that saw him go 16 for 32 with six home runs, 17 RBIs and a historic performance in Miami last Thursday in which he became the first player in MLB history to have 50 homers and 50 steals in the same season — with enough time remaining for a 60-60 season to remain narrowly possible, too.
And now, with the Dodgers having clinched a postseason berth and closing in on a NL West title, he’s gearing up for his first appearance in the MLB playoffs, soon to end an October wait that has lasted seven years and more than 850 career games.
“Since I’ve come to the United States,” Ohtani said in Japanese, “it’s the stage I’ve dreamed of.”
And one where his burgeoning base-stealing skill set should be on full display.
“Postseason games are more important,” Ohtani added last week. “And if I can steal bases later, I think it will be good for the team.”
Entering this year, it was clear Ohtani would run more often. Unable to pitch while rehabbing from Tommy John surgery, it was an easy way for him to boost his production on the offensive side.
In the spring, he began working with the club’s player performance and strength and conditioning staff on improving his quickness and refining his running stride. He mentioned to coaches his desire to steal more often, after eclipsing the 20-steal just mark twice in his first six MLB seasons with the Angels.
“He’s just so powerful, with strength and quickness,” Dodgers special assistant Ron Roenicke said before the season, mesmerized by Ohtani’s raw foot speed and explosiveness. “I’m sure they see that in the NFL. But you don’t see that very often in baseball, not with that kind of speed and strength.”
What Ohtani had to add, however, was the cerebral component of knowing when to steal and how to time it.
McCullough was key in that process, delivering scouting reports on opposing pitchers’ tendencies to all Dodgers hitters before each series. As the season unfolded, Ohtani took particular interest in trying to identify such cues himself, sometimes reviewing video in the dugout with a stopwatch in hand.
“I think he likes the challenge of studying pitchers, learning the tendencies,” Roberts said. “I think that’s something that intrigues him.”
Still, it wasn’t until the second half of the season Ohtani truly started to step on the gas.
The Dodgers’ Shohei Ohtani has not been caught stealing since July 23, a stretch of 32 consecutive steals heading into Tuesday’s game.
(Mark J. Terrill / Associated Press)
Ohtani has mentioned no specific impetus for the change, saying simply that when it comes to stealing bases, “the feeling is that if I can go, I go aggressively.”
Roberts and McCullough insisted there was no directive from the team, either.
“It wasn’t [us telling him] like, ‘Hey, you need to be more aggressive. You need to go,’” McCullough said.
Instead, the first base coach noticed a gradual shift in Ohtani’s base-stealing mindset.
Whereas early in the year Ohtani seemed wary of getting thrown out — when Ohtani set his previous career high of 26 steals in 2021, he was also caught stealing a major league most 10 times — he grew more aggressive by the second half of the season, coinciding with his move up to the leadoff spot following Betts’ hand injury.
“To me, he almost kind of got on a heater, like a hitter or a pitcher,” McCullough said. “You get in this run where you’re going and you’re safe and you’re feeling good about things, you got the rhythm of it, and it’s lining up.”
Soon, stolen bases started feeling like a given for Ohtani, whose average sprint speed ranks in the top third of all major leaguers.
While he’s been picked off or thrown out on the base paths a handful of times in the course of live action, Ohtani hasn’t been caught on a stolen base attempt since July 23 — 55 games and 32 steals ago.
“In years past, watching him, I don’t think he was a great base stealer. I don’t think he got great jumps,” Roberts said. “But now when I watch him, especially from the third base dugout at home, where I have a good visual of the pitcher and the runner, his jumps are on point.”
He figures to give the Dodgers a different October dynamic as well, after they stole no bases in last year’s sweep by the Arizona Diamondbacks and were just two for three in their 2022 elimination by the San Diego Padres.
“I don’t think he’s prepared any differently,” McCullough said of Ohtani’s base stealing. “I think he’s just more self-assured now.”
And of course, there is slim but possible pursuit of a 60-60 season, with Ohtani entering Tuesday with 53 home runs and 55 steals — a mark topped only by Cincinnati Reds shortstop Elly De La Cruz, who also happens to have 16 unsuccessful steal attempts.
“I think he realized that he was on track to have a really special season,” Roberts theorized. “And what can make it a little bit more special and unique, is adding some more stolen bases.”
Tecno has added one more device to its POP series – the Tecno Pop 9. According to the company, the smartphone has been designed with Gen Alpha, college students, and trendsetters in mind.
“It’s a sign of independence, a pocketful of personality, and a whole lot of fun. Strategically placed at the entry level with specifications that matter to the users, it encourages users to not just be part of the conversation, but share their vibe and lead it.
According to the company, this smartphone has been launched with to make 5G accessible to all. The company claims that it comes with the segment’s first 48MP Sony AI camera and a 120Hz refresh rate.
Also, the POP 9 presents segment-first 5G with an all-directional NFC.
The Tecno POP 9 5G is now available for pre-booking on Amazon with a sale starting on October 7. It will be available in three colour options – Midnight Shadow, Azure Sky, and Aurora Cloud alongside 2 in-the-box super fun and vibrant mobile skins.
As part of a special launch offer, it starts at just Rs 8,499 for the 4GB + 64GB variant and Rs 8,999 for the 4GB + 128GB variant, making it an unbeatable deal for those looking for a feature-rich 5G smartphone.
Hurricane John struck Mexico’s southern Pacific coast with life-threatening flood potential after growing into a major hurricane in a matter of hours.
This National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration satellite image shows Hurricane John near southern Mexico. Mexico travel alert: Deadly Hurricane John strikes southern Pacific coast with ‘life-threatening’ flood potential (NOAA via AP)
It came ashore near the town of Punta Maldonado late Monday night as a Category 3 storm with maximum sustained winds of 120 mph (190 kph). John’s rapid intensification made authorities rush to keep pace and warn people of its potential destruction.
“Seek higher ground, protect yourselves and do not forget that life is the most important thing; material things can be replaced. We are here,” Mexican President Andrés Manuel López Obrador wrote on the social media platform X.
By early Tuesday, John had weakened to a Category 2 hurricane with 100 mph (160 kph) maximum sustained winds, according to the U.S. National Hurricane Center. It was expected to batter Punta Maldonado and the nearby tourist hubs Acapulco and Puerto Escondido before being weakened over the high terrain inland.
The center said before landfall that “life-threatening” storm surges and flash floods were already ravaging the Pacific coast near Oaxaca.
The unexpected surge in strength caught scientists, authorities and residents of the area by surprise, something AccuWeather Senior Meteorologist Matt Benz attributed to warmer oceans, which add fuel to the hurricanes.
As a result, surprise surges in hurricanes’ strength have become increasingly common, Benz said.
“These are storms that we haven’t really experienced before,” he said. “Rapid intensification has occurred more frequently in modern times as opposed to back in the historical record. So that’s telling us there’s something going on there.”
Residents were tense in Oaxaca’s coastal cities as the forecast shifted and authorities responded.
Laura Velázquez, the federal coordinator of civil protection, told residents of Pacific coastal cities they should evacuate their homes and head to shelters in order to “protect theirs and their family’s lives.”
“It’s very important that all citizens in the coastal zone … take preventive measures,” Velázquez said.
Ana Aldai, a 33-year-old employee of a restaurant on the shores of the tourist hub Puerto Escondido, said businesses in the area began closing after authorities ordered the suspension of all work on the area’s main beaches.
The governments of Guerrero and Oaxaca states said classes would be suspended in a number of coastal zones on Tuesday.
Oaxaca’s governor said the state government had evacuated 3,000 people and set up 80 shelters. It also said it sent out 1,000 military and state personnel to address the emergency.
Videos on social media from Puerto Escondido showed flip-flop-clad tourists walking through heavy rain and fishermen pulling their boats out of the water. Strong rains in previous days have already left some roads in the region in a precarious position.
Aldai said she was “a little bit distressed” because notice from authorities came quickly. “There was no opportunity to make the necessary purchases. That also distresses us,” she said.
Benz, the meteorologist, expressed concern that the storm could slow once it hits land, leaving the storm hovering over the coastal zone, which could cause even greater damage.
The hurricane is bleak news for the region, which last year was walloped by Otis, a similar rapidly intensifying hurricane.
Otis devastated the resort city of Acapulco, where residents had little warning of the strength of what was about to hit them. One of the most rapidly intensifying hurricanes ever seen, scientists at the time said it was a product of changing climate conditions.
Otis blew out power in the city for days, left bodies scattered on the coast and desperate family members searching for lost loved ones. Much of the city was left in a state of lawlessness and thousands scavenged in stores, scrambled for food and water.
The government of López Obrador received harsh criticism for its slow response to Otis, but authorities have since pledged to pick up their speed.
President-elect Claudia Sheinbaum said her government planned to work on improving an early alert system, similar to what the country has with earthquakes.
Through Thursday, John is expected to produce 15 to 30 centimeters (6 to 12 inches) of rain across coastal areas of Chiapas state with more in isolated areas. In areas along and near the Oaxaca coast to southeast Guerrero, between 25 and 50 centimeters (10 and 20 inches) of rain with isolated higher totals can be expected through Thursday.
“You’re going to feel the impacts of the storm probably for the next couple of weeks to a couple of months,” meteorologist Benz added.
Confirming earlier rumours, Sony has announced plans to hold a State of Play event for September. The next PlayStation showcase will take place at 11pm BST UK time on the evening of September 24. Running for around 30 minutes, the new State of Play event will give fans a look at upcoming PS4 and PS5 games, as well as a selection of PlayStation VR 2 releases. The good news is that you can watch the entire thing unfold live by checking out the video below. Daily Express will also keep this article updated with all the latest game reveals and announcements, so keep checking back for more information.
The news was announced by Sony on the PlayStation Blog, alongside confirmation of how many games will be shown during the event.
“State of Play is back today, September 24! Tune in live for news and updates on more than 20 upcoming PS5 and PS VR2 games from studios around the world.
“The 30+ minute show begins September 24 at 3pm PT / 6pm ET on YouTube and Twitch, and will be broadcast in English and Japanese.”
Similar to the recent PS5 Pro reveal event, Sony also warns streamers to beware potential copyrighted material, such as licensed music.
In terms of new game announcements, fans already have a pretty good idea about two new (sort of) games coming to PS5 in the coming months.
Indeed, if the rumours are to be believed, Sony is getting ready to unveil remastered versions of both Horizon Zero Dawn and Days Gone.
These games would likely benefit from improved textures and resolutions, performance boosts, ray-tracing support and DualSense functionality.
While I like the idea of a Days Gone with even more zombies on screen at once, I’m with the majority of PlayStation fans, who believe that Bloodborne is more deserving of a remaster.
Speaking of improvements to existing games, don’t be surprised if Sony spends a little time going previewing the PS5 Pro and how it will enhance certain titles.
I’m also backing Sony to use the State of Play to reveal the PS Plus Essentials for October, potentially announcing a blockbuster new addition such as The Last of Us 2 or Resident Evil Village.
Speaking of Resident Evil, fans of Capcom’s survival horror series may have noticed the game trending on X in recent days.
There are rumours that Capcom will use the State of Play to announce Resident Evil 9, which is tipped to launch in the second half of 2025. Previous rumours have also suggested the original Resident Evil will be remade in the same style as the recent Resident Evil remakes, such as Resi 2, Resi 3 and Resi 4.
Another game rumoured to appear at the State of Play event is Legacy of Kain: Soul Reaver 1 and 2 Remastered.
A PlayStation Store listing for the Soul Reaver remasters was spotted earlier this week, which suggests it will be announced during the State of Play event.
Elsewhere, Rocksteady is reportedly working on a new Batman game, following the terrible reception for Suicide Squad: Kill the Justice League. While it’s probably too soon for a State of Play reveal, there’s always a chance the Caped Crusader could make an appearance.
The Ford F-150 has lost some of its muscle – at least on paper – with the pickup’s overall load capacity while towing being trimmed.
According to dealer documents shared to the Ford F150 Owners Australia group on Facebook, both short- (SWB) and long-wheelbase (LWB) versions of the Ford F-150 have had their gross combination mass (GCM) figure reduced by 450kg.
For the Ford F-150 SWB, its GCM has gone from 7720kg to 7270kg, while the F-150 LWB’s GCM now stands at 7315kg from 7765kg.
“Ford Australia has updated the published maximum gross combination mass (GCM) of the F-150 line-up to include a reduction to account for maximum towball downforce weight (TDW) – 10 per cent of aggregate trailer mass (ATM),” a company spokesperson told CarExpert.
“The vehicle itself and all other weights, including gross vehicle mass (GVM), payload and maximum braked towing capacity, remain unchanged.”
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
While gross vehicle mass (GVM) refers to the maximum legal weight of a vehicle when it’s fully loaded – kerb weight plus payload capacity – GCM is the sum of the maximum weight a vehicle can carry and tow at the same time.
Unlike GVM and braked towing capacities, GCM isn’t an enforceable figure and is a calculation to better inform customers about how much they can tow with their vehicles fully loaded.
In this case, Ford has nominated a TDW of 10 per cent, whereas previously it didn’t include this figure. Other manufacturers vary in how much the TDW accounts for, if at all.
Previously, the F-150’s GCM was its GVM plus its 4500kg braked towing capacity, the standard figure for the pickup when fitted with a 70mm tow ball. With a 50mm tow hitch however the braked towing capacity drops to 3500kg.
Most vehicles have a GCM which is lower than their combined GVM and braked towing capacity, so owners don’t push their vehicle’s weights to the upper limits.
For example, the Ram 1500 DT has a GVM of 3450kg and a braked towing capacity of 4500kg. Combined this totals 7950kg which is 237kg more than its 7713kg GCM.
Additionally, the Ford Ranger Wildtrak V6 has a GVM of 3350kg and a braked towing capacity of 3500kg, however the 6850kg total is 450kg higher than its 6400kg GCM.
Though the 450kg GCM reduction for the Ford F-150 may impact potential buyers, its ranking amongst its North American ‘light duty’ pickup rivals remains unchanged.
The price of gold in the bullion market of Delhi rose by Rs 600 to Rs 76,950 per 10 grams on Monday. (Representative/AP)
According to Chintan Mehta the demand for gold as a safe investment option has further increased due to rising geopolitical tensions, especially due to the war in West Asia, as Israel continues to attack Gaza
The upward trend in gold prices is continuing and the price of gold has already crossed Rs 76,000 in this Pitru Paksha. Usually, there is a slowdown in the markets during this period as people avoid shopping and auspicious events owing to their religious beliefs.
However, gold prices keep fluctuating owing to global developments. Hence, even though there is a slowdown in the market, the price of gold has not dropped.
Gold prices are reaching new record highs every day. Amidst the rise in gold prices in the international market, the price of gold in the bullion market of Delhi rose by Rs 600 to Rs 76,950 per 10 grams on Monday. In the previous trading session on Thursday, gold with 99.9% purity closed at Rs 76,350 per 10 grams.
“Gold prices have increased by 27 per cent this year, and it has reached an all-time high,” Chintan Mehta, the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of Abans Holdings, said.
Mehta said that the demand for gold as a safe investment option has further increased due to rising geopolitical tensions, especially due to the war in West Asia, as Israel continues to attack Gaza.
Sources attributed the rise in gold prices in local markets to the increasing demand from jewelers and retailers.
Amidst the continuous rise in gold, many have questioned whether the trend will continue in the festive season as well. Anuj Gupta, Commodity Head at HDFC Securities, said that following the interest rate cut in the United States, gold prices have increased. Since the interest rate is going to be cut in future as well, the rise in gold prices may continue. The price of gold also benefited from the weakening of the dollar index.
Anuj Gupta said that till Diwali, the price of gold will remain in the range of Rs 75,000 to Rs 76,000. The price of silver is expected to remain between Rs 92,000 to Rs 95,000.
The popular Solana-based Dogwifhat (WIF) meme coin is making waves in the cryptocurrency landscape with its impressive performance over the past 24 hours. On September 24, 2024, WIF topped the cryptocurrency market with a significant 16% upside rally and is currently trading near the $2.02 level.
WIF Price Momentum
Besides its impressive performance, WIF’s trading volume has also skyrocketed by 75% over the past 24 hours. This rising trading volume suggests higher participation from traders and investors following the breakout of the recent consolidation zone.
It will be more interesting to see whether WIF will face selling pressure or continue to soar following a notable upside rally.
Dogwifhat (WIF) Technical Analysis and Upcoming Levels
According to CoinPedia’s technical analysis, WIF appears bullish and is currently facing strong resistance near the $2 level. This marks the third time since August 2024 that WIF has reached this level. Earlier whenever WIF reached this level it always faced selling pressure resulting in a price drop of over 30%.
Source: Trading View
However, this time the market sentiment has shifted, and traders’ and investors’ interest has skyrocketed. Based on the historical price momentum, if WIF closes its daily candle above the $2.06 level, there is a strong possibility that WIF could soar by 14% to reach the $2.4 level in the coming days.
If this doesn’t happen, we may see a price reversal similar to those WIF has experienced in the past.
WIF’s Bullish On-chain Metrics
Currently, this positive outlook is further supported by on-chain metrics. According to the on-chain analytics firm Coinglass, the WIF long/short ratio currently stands at 1.03, the highest since August 2024, indicating bullish market sentiment among traders.
Source: Coinglass
Additionally, WIF’s future open interest has skyrocketed by 40% over the last 24 hours and by 10% over the past 10 hours. This rising open interest indicates that traders are betting more on long positions than short positions.
Source: Coinglass
Traders and investors often combine the rising open interest and long/short ratio above 1, when building long positions. With strong bullish on-chain metrics, it appears that WIF is set for a massive upside rally in the coming days.
How many times have you asked this question? How many times have you heard it asked?
In a work setting, this phrase often comes out when you realize some request or suggestion you thought you conveyed wasn’t acted on.
This signal amplification bias (as psychologists call it) explains how some miscommunication happens. People routinely overestimate the quantity (and quality) of the information they communicate.
In other words, people believe they conveyed a lot more than they really did.
Remote work no doubt exacerbates this phenomenon. Email, text messaging, Slack, and Zoom create conditions that increase the potential for miscommunication.
And don’t think you’re safe because your close team shares some kind of mental shorthand. Researchers found that miscommunication happens more frequently among people in close relationships. (My wife just held up her hand to say something.)
As people use AI and other technology to automate even more content — including inter-office communication — I’m seeing more challenges arising from miscommunication (or under-communication) between marketing teams and the rest of the business.
The failure to communicate
For example, a B2B technology client I worked with last month asked me to help streamline its content by aligning its sales and marketing teams.
The sales team didn’t use much of what the marketing team created. Instead, sales reps turned to ChatGPT to create their own content for email and social media.
Worse, they still requested new content from the marketing team, causing a backlog of requests and conflicting priorities. Should the marketing team continue its existing thought leadership plan (and risk sales ignoring it) or accommodate the sales requests for content that didn’t fit into the marketing plan?
This kind of challenge is well documented in sales enablement and B2B content marketing circles. Interestingly, research firm Gartner found that the No. 1 reason for sales and marketing team misalignment is that each group has its own ideas about what moves a customer to action (i.e., they see the funnel differently).
CMI research found that the top three situational challenges marketers mention are related to this misalignment:
A lack of resources (58%)
Aligning content with the buyer’s journey (48%)
Aligning content efforts across sales and marketing (45%)
Wait a minute, you might say. If both teams agree that using the best content is problem No. 1, why not just get everybody together and let the numbers tell the teams which content is the best?
I mean, isn’t it obvious?
Well, it seems obvious. And my client did try it.
The sales team said it needed “better” content. Marketing agreed to produce what sales asked for but delivered this message, “You’d better use the new things we create.”
But the problem didn’t go away. If anything, it got worse.
As it turns out, the teams didn’t suffer from a content quality problem. They didn’t have a usage problem. They had a communication problem.
Two sides of the same problem
Yes, both teams agreed that using the most up-to-date and compelling content is the biggest challenge. But that challenge means different things to each group.
And that insight offers the key to solving the problem.
For sales, the challenge of using the most up-to-date content comes from struggling to find the right pieces and (most importantly) understanding how to use them.
In other words, you might create an excellent technical market guide or complex thought leadership paper. But if the salesperson doesn’t understand it or know how to speak to it, they can’t determine when to put it into a potential customer’s hands.
For the marketing team, the challenge arises from trying to create content that the sales team would use. In other words, when marketing prioritized creating new pieces to attract the sales team’s attention, it shifted its focus away from the audience.
That made the new content less about thought leadership and more similar to what the company’s competitors put out.
When salespeople used the new pieces, they found they didn’t work because they didn’t differentiate the brand. So they’d stop using them and request something new (again).
Neither team got what it wanted.
The answer might seem obvious to you. But it wasn’t to them.
Sales enablement saves the day
You’ve probably heard my bumper-sticker slogan: 90% of a content strategy has nothing to do with content — it has everything to do with communication.
For my client, the way forward turned out to be better communication and sales enablement. In other words, they started creating guidelines and instructions to enable the sales team to use the right content pieces in the ideal way.
Every time the marketing team developed thought leadership content (a white paper, presentation, a bylined article, etc.), it would also develop instructions on how to present the piece, how to sell it, and, ultimately, what it all meant. That way, the sales team would understand when to apply it. Marketing also offered training to help the sales team members act as informed storytellers.
As a result, the teams developed a much closer relationship with the content experiences they created for their prospects. They jointly built a process to identify a prospect’s main pain points, choose the right content to help them, and measure how well the offered content resonated.
This company stopped looking at sales as the final distribution channel of sales materials. Instead, sales became an opportunity for a personalized, intelligent, content-driven experience that delivered value to a potential or existing customer.
Did you make yourself clear?
It’s easy to assume you’ve effectively relayed all the expectations, responsibilities, and processes your content strategy requires. After all, you work in it. Every. Single. Day.
But business moves fast today. And the prevalence of remote teams means asynchronous communication is the norm. Oversights and inefficiencies easily go undiscovered.
Not long ago, I worked with a client at a Fortune 100 insurance company. I discovered that updating one critical part of the company website required a lengthy, manual process with many potential points of failure.
Someone would email the necessary change to a freelancer, who then returned a formatted package of HTML files. Those files were uploaded to a server in the IT department and then moved to the web server to go live.
I asked the person in charge of the process how long he’d been doing it that way. “10 years,” he replied.
“Who knows that you do it this way?” I asked.
He shrugged and said, “I assume everybody knows. I’m not doing this in secret. It goes without saying that this is a critical part of the website.”
Turns out, no one knew.
If you find yourself saying, “Isn’t it obvious?” or “That goes without saying,” pay close attention to the rest of your sentence. Chances are, whatever you think could go without saying needs to be said.
Obviously.
It’s your story. Tell it well.
Subscribe to workday or weekly CMI emails to get Rose-Colored Glasses in your inbox each week.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
Indian Institute of Management (IIM), Sambalpur has decided to introduce AI-enabled teaching to ensure a transformative learning experience among students, an official said.
“We announce the introduction of AI in classrooms for the transformative learning experience. IIM Sambalpur, which began with just 49 MBA students in 2015, is today a proud institute with 320 MBA students,” Director Prof. Mahadeo Jaiswal said.
The authorities of IIM, Sambalpur announced the introduction of artificial intelligence (AI) as faculty during a programme commemorating its 10th Foundation Day on Monday.
Also read: AI will spur new jobs, roles but may impact repetitive, commoditised tasks: Deloitte South Asia CEO
“We created world-class infrastructure and process of onboarding 60 plus of start-ups under our incubation centre and promoted international collaborations,” Jaiswal said.
The institute plans to organise a women’s empowerment summit in February to move towards the goals of ‘Viksit Bharat’, he said.
“IIM Sambalpur this year will have three centres of excellence, a more diverse MBA programme that is in line with National Education Policy’s focused efforts towards international accreditations and expansion of the campus,” Jaiswal said.
The Foundation Day celebration coincided with the launch of the Innovation, Design and Entrepreneurship (IDE) Bootcamp (Second Edition – Phase I), as envisioned by Prime Minister Narendra Modi.
Scheduled from September 23 to 27, this initiative — spearheaded by the Ministry of Education, AICTE, and the Ministry of Education’s Innovation Cell (MIC) — aims to nurture innovation, design, and entrepreneurial skills among students across India.
Also read: IIMA proves it is gold standard for management studies, bags top spot in NIRF list for 5th consecutive time
As China’s economy has descended into deflation, the central bank’s lack of urgency has been a source of frustration. Officials at the People’s Bank of China (PBoC) at first expressed confidence that deflation was, so to speak, transitory. When it persisted, they worried less about falling prices than about the side-effects of fighting them. They were reluctant to ease monetary policy decisively as China’s currency was too weak, banks’ profit margins too slim and bond yields too low.
You have reached your maximum number of articles. Log in or create an account FREE of charge to continue reading.
By entering your email and pushing continue, you are agreeing to Fox News’ Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive.
Please enter a valid email address.
Millions of Americans are using prescription drugs like Ozempic in an effort to lose weight.
These medications, however, could pose some health concerns, and they’re often costly — also, in some parts of the U.S., patients are experiencing shortages.
Recently, social media posts have been buzzing about green tea as a way to shed pounds without the medication or high costs.
WANT TO LIVE LONGER? DRINK GREEN TEA INSTEAD OF BLACK TEA, STUDY CONCLUDES
So should you try green tea as a way to trim your waistline?
Fox News Digital reached out to experts about the beverage’s weight-loss potential.
Here are five key questions they answered.
On social media, there’s been plenty of buzz that green tea could be a way to shed pounds without medication or high costs.(iStock)
1. What’s the science behind the green tea weight-loss claims?
Scientific findings from studies examining green tea extract in energy drinks and weight-loss supplements are mixed at best, according to Cleveland Clinic.
“There’s some speculation that catechins (natural polyphenolic phytochemicals found in food and medicinal plants) in green tea can break down body fat and may rev up your metabolism, contributing to weight loss,” the same source noted.
‘DUAL-ACTION’ WEIGHT LOSS PILL HELPS PEOPLE DROP 13% OF BODY WEIGHT IN THREE MONTHS IN EARLY TRIALS
In addition, research has found that “green tea can help manage your appetite and blood sugar levels,” which may lead to better weight management if used on a regular basis, Cleveland Clinic indicated.
Green tea contains caffeine, which can aid in weight loss.
Kelli Metzger, a registered dietitian at the George Washington University School of Medicine and Health Sciences in Washington, D.C., said that green tea contains caffeine, which can also aid in weight loss.
“Green tea contains caffeine and epigallocatechingallate (EGCG), which can help boost metabolism and break down fat cells,” Metzger told Fox News Digital.
EGCG is the most abundant catechin in green tea, per Healthline.
2. Can green tea help with other medical issues?
In studies, EGCG has been found to help lower blood pressure, LDL (“bad”) cholesterol and inflammatory markers for heart disease, said Metzger.
“It may also enhance insulin sensitivity, helping to reduce the risk of diabetes,” she added.
Although this information is promising, Metzger emphasized that it’s vital to discuss this with a health care provider.
“It is best to consult a physician before adding large amounts of green tea or EGCG supplements to your daily intake,” said one expert. (iStock)
“The EGCG may interfere with absorption of some cholesterol-lowering or antipsychotic medications, so it is best to consult a physician before adding large amounts of green tea or EGCG supplements to your daily intake,” she advised.
One cup of green tea contains about 50 to 100 milligrams of EGCG, Metzger noted, while most experts suggest consuming no more than 338 milligrams per day.”
Consuming 800 milligrams or more of EGCG per day could lead to liver damage, she warned.
3. Should green tea’s caffeine levels be a red flag?
Since green tea contains caffeine, those who drink it or take supplements with green tea extract should be aware of the effects of the drug, experts say.
A cup of green tea contains roughly 29 milligrams of caffeine, compared to 95 milligrams in a cup of coffee.
If you’re sipping green tea all day in the hope of shedding pounds, keep a tally of your caffeine totals.
“Up to 400 milligrams of caffeine per day is considered safe for most people,” Metzger said.
“Overall, adding green tea to your diet, especially if it replaces juices or sodas, is a good choice,” she told Fox News Digital.
Those who are sipping multiple cups of green tea throughout the day in hopes of shedding pounds, however, should keep a tally of caffeine totals, the expert advised.
OZEMPIC PUSH FOR SENIORS? SOME DOCTORS SAY MORE PEOPLE AGE 65 AND OVER SHOULD BE ON IT
It’s also important to be aware of your sensitivity to caffeine.
For some people, the drug may cause anxiety, jitters, restlessness, headaches, increased heart rate and/or difficulty sleeping, Metzger cautioned.
4. Is drinking green tea better than taking supplements?
The better choice is to drink green tea rather than take the extract in supplements, according to some experts.
“Any time you want a nutrient to have the optimal effect, it’s best to eat or drink it when possible,” LaTasha Perkins, M.D., a family physician at Medstar Georgetown University Hospital in Washington, D.C., told Fox News Digital.
To change your body long-term, you should incorporate consistent habits that become part of a healthier lifestyle, experts say.(iStock)
“This is because your body knows what to do with foods and drinks, and can break them down and absorb the nutrients more easily and effectively.”
if you decide to use the extract in supplement form, aim for no more than 338 mg EGCG per day, Metzger recommended.
5. How can green tea fit into an overall weight-loss plan?
Incorporating green tea could possibly help you lose weight, but it’s best as part of a bigger game plan, experts say.
“It can be effective in combination with other lifestyle adjustments for weight loss, such as making healthy choices in your diet while also drinking green tea,” said Perkins.
OBESITY MAKES PEOPLE MORE LIKELY TO CATCH COVID, STUDY SUGGESTS: ‘INDISPUTABLE RELATIONSHIP’
Green tea can also help to stimulate digestion, she noted.
“The stimulation of digestion is how green tea aids the body in metabolizing, because it helps the body’s GI (gastrointestinal) system.”
For some people, caffeine may cause anxiety, jitters, restlessness, headaches, increased heart rate and/or difficulty sleeping, a doctor noted. (iStock)
To change your body long-term, it’s best to incorporate consistent habits that become part of a healthier lifestyle, experts say.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“There’s no quick fix when it comes to weight loss and maintaining a healthy way of living — these habits must be maintained over time,” Perkins said.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
The best thing you can do is make a conscious decision to eat better, she noted.
“Think of food as medicine,” the doctor advised.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Good hydration and exercise are also essential when working toward a weight-loss goal.
Added Perkins, “Balance is key, but nutrition is a good first step to focus on.”
Let’s be honest, Delhi is a city overflowing with culinary delights. But when a new spot promises to elevate the humble pie to an art form, I couldn’t resist giving it a try. So, picture this: a crisp Sunday evening, the city lights twinkling, and me, eagerly heading towards the much-hyped La Croute in Sunder Nagar. Stepping into La Croute is akin to entering a warm embrace. The cafe’s rustic charm is undeniable, with whitewashed walls adorned with whimsical artwork. The star of the show, though, is undeniably the open kitchen. Here, behind a sparkling glass window, the magic happens. We watched with fascination as the bakers, led by the passionate Ipsa herself, meticulously handcrafted each pie – a symphony of flour, butter, and love. Witnessing this dedication instantly upped the anticipation for our meal. Also Read: People Of Tomorrow In Vasant Vihar Delivers A Unique Vegan Dining Experience
Now, onto the good stuff – the food! La Croute’s menu boasts an impressive array of sweet and savoury pies. We opted for a classic – the Chicken and Mushroom Quiche. The first bite was pure revelation. The flaky, golden crust shattered perfectly, giving way to a creamy, perfectly seasoned filling chock-full of juicy chicken and earthy mushrooms. It was the kind of comfort food that makes you sigh with contentment. But La Croute isn’t just about pies, although it’s hard not to be tempted by their endless variety. We also indulged in the Smoked Salmon on Pumpernickel with Cream Cheese. This open-faced sandwich was a delightful play of textures and flavours – the richness of the smoked salmon beautifully balanced by the tangy cream cheese and the subtle sweetness of the pumpernickel bread. For those with a sweet tooth (and honestly, who isn’t?), La Croute offers a selection of tempting options. We couldn’t resist the lure of the Apple Crumble Pie. Imagine warm, spiced apples nestled beneath a buttery crumble topping that practically begged to be devoured. Each bite was a burst of sweet, tart apple goodness, perfectly complemented by the crunchy crumble.
La Croute’s appeal goes beyond just the delicious food. The relaxed vibe of the place encourages lingering over a cup of coffee (they have a great selection!), catching up with friends, or simply escaping the hustle and bustle of the city. It’s the perfect spot for a casual lunch date or a cosy afternoon spent indulging in your sweet (or savoury) pie cravings. Also Read: Thanks & Beyond: The New Dining Hotspot In Nehru Place You Can’t Miss
From the dedication evident in the open kitchen to the explosion of flavours in every bite, it’s a haven for pie enthusiasts and curious foodies alike. Whether you’re a seasoned Delhi foodie or simply seeking a delightful afternoon experience, La Croute deserves to be your next culinary adventure. Trust me, you won’t regret it (and you might just find yourself dreaming of pie for days to come!).
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-09-23/China-sees-rising-urbanization-rate-over-past-75-years-1x8kOreQLWo/img/1c08139a02ce46c3998ea12cdc02c2fc/1c08139a02ce46c3998ea12cdc02c2fc.png' alt='A scene at the Guangming District in Shenzhen, south China's Guangdong Province, August 3, 2024. /CFP'
China’s urbanization rate, which measures the ratio of permanent urban residents relative to the total population, rose by 55.52 percentage points from the end of 1949 to 66.16 percent by the end of 2023, data from the National Bureau of Statistics (NBS) showed Monday.
Over the past 75 years since the founding of the People’s Republic of China, the country has undergone the largest and fastest urbanization process in world history, the NBS said in a report.
There were just 129 cities in China at the end of 1949, with a combined population of 39.49 million. The number of cities reached 694 at the end of 2023, while prefecture-level and larger cities were home to 673.13 million people. Among them, there were 29 cities each with a population exceeding 5 million and 11 cities each with a population of over 10 million.
Remarkably, China’s less-developed western region is rising, representing a more balanced urbanization process. Among the 11 prefecture-level cities that have been added since 2011, nine of them are located in the western region.
As urbanization advances, China has lifted almost all limits on household registration in cities each with less than 3 million permanent residents, making it more convenient for those from rural areas to permanently settle down in cities.
